Preview only show first 10 pages with watermark. For full document please download

Cdm-ip 300l 2.8 Mb

Rating
Date

August 2018
Size

2.8MB
Views

988
Categories

entertainment & hobby musical instruments Modulator

Transcript

CDM-IP 300L Comtech EF Data is an ISO 9001 Registered Company. IP-Centric Satellite Modem Installation and Operation Manual Part Number CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Rev. 1 Errata A Comtech EF Data Documentation Update Subject: Changes to CDM-IP 300L manual Date: Original Document Part Number/Rev: Errata Part Number: September 30, 2004 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Rev 1 CD/CDMIP300L.EA1 This information will be incorporated into the next revision. Change Specifics: Add Turbo option to: Utility – Modulator – Encoder Utility – Demodulator – Decoder Utility – Modem Type – Card 2 TYPE and Card 3 TYPE s:\tpubs\manuals\released_word\ip_cim\cdm-ip 300l_r1\cdm-ip 300l errata e-a1.doc 1 4.2.1.1.6 Function Select – Utility DISPLAY FUNCTION SELECT UTILITY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION MODULATOR DEMODULATOR INTERFACE SYSTEM MODEM TYPE FACTORY SET-UP 4.2.1.1.6.1 Utility – Modulator DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION UTILITY MODULATOR ASSIGN TRANSMIT FILTERS Transmit code rate/type selection. Select one of the following or a variable rate selection (V), as follows: TX-x QPSK 1/2 Code Rate Data Rate Range BPSK 1/2 2.4 to 1250 kbit/s QPSK 1/2 4.8 to 2500 kbit/s QPSK 3/4 7.2 to 3750 kbit/s QPSK 7/8 8.4 to 4375 kbit/s 8-PSK 2/3 64 to 5000 kbit/s OQPSK 1/2 4.8 to 2500 kbit/s OQPSK 3/4 7.2 to 3750 kbit/s OQPSK 7/8 8.4 to 4375 kbit/s BPSK 1/1 4.8 to 2500 kbit/s QPSK 1/1 9.6 to 5000 kbit/s Notes: 1. Max Symbol Rate: 2500 kbit/s 2. Max Data Rate for Low Var Rate: 512.0 kbit/s. TX TERMINAL LO 0 MHz MIX:- Enter: “+” for high mix Or “-” for low mi s:\tpubs\manuals\released_word\ip_cim\cdm-ip 300l_r1\cdm-ip 300l errata e-a1.doc 2 DISPLAY MOD POWER OFFSET 0.0 dB SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Modulator power offset adjust. Offsets the modulator output power readout in the Configuration menu. This feature does not actually change the modulator power level, but displays an offset value in the monitor. The modulator power offset range is -99.9 to +99.9 dB, in 0.1 dB steps. Note: Anything except 0.0 dB will cause ADJ to be displayed for the TX power level ENCODER TYPE VITERBI SCRAMBLER EFD MOD V.35 TX BPSK ORDERING STANDARD MOD SPECTRUM NORMAL TX-RS N/K DEEP 8 DEEP TX IESS-310 MODE OFF ODU ALARM LOW 0 mA ODU ALARM HIGH 0 mA Select Encoder type VITERBI SEQUENTIAL TURBO (Only in Custom mode) Select Scrambling type INTELSAT V.35 Select BPSK Bit Ordering STANDARD NON-STANDARD Select TX spectrum phase NORMAL INVERT Select Reed-Solomon Interleaver Depth 4 8 16 Selection of IESS-310 compliance for 8-PSK 2/3 with Reed-Solomon ON OFF Set ODU low current alarm threshold X.X mA Set ODU high current alarm threshold X.X mA s:\tpubs\manuals\released_word\ip_cim\cdm-ip 300l_r1\cdm-ip 300l errata e-a1.doc 3 DISPLAY RF MODE CONTROL NORMAL SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION NORM - RF power is manually controlled POWER - RF is OFF @ power up COM - RF is OFF @ power up & no remote communications in 10 seconds CARRIER DETECT - RF is OFF when Carrier Detect is lost TX SYMBOL RATE 64.000 Kbps Display only. Displays current TX Symbol Data rate between 4.8 to 2500 ksps 4.2.1.1.6.2 Utility - Demodulator DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION UTILITY DEMODULATOR ASSIGN RECEIVE FILTERS Receive code rate/type selection. Select one of the following or a variable rate selection (V), as follows: RX-x QPSK ½ Code Rate Data Rate Range BPSK 1/2 2.4 to 1250 kbit/s QPSK 1/2 4.8 to 2500 kbit/s QPSK 3/4 7.2 to 3750 kbit/s QPSK 7/8 8.4 to 4375 kbit/s 8-PSK 2/3 64 to 5000 kbit/s OQPSK 1/2 4.8 to 2500 kbit/s OQPSK 3/4 7.2 to 3750 kbit/s OQPSK 7/8 8.4 to 4375 kbit/s BPSK 1/1 4.8 to 2500 kbit/s QPSK 1/1 9.6 to 5000 kbit/s Notes: 1. Max Symbol Rate: 2500 kbit/s 2. Max Data Rate for Low Var Rate: 512.0 kbit/s. RX TERMINAL LO 0 MHz MIX:- Enter “+” for high mix Or “-” for low mix DECODER TYPE VITERBI Select Decoder type VITERBI SEQUENTIAL TURBO (Only in Custom Mode) s:\tpubs\manuals\released_word\ip_cim\cdm-ip 300l_r1\cdm-ip 300l errata e-a1.doc 4 DISPLAY DESCRAMBLER TYPE INTELSAT V.35 RX BPSK ORDERING STANDARD DEMOD SPECTRUM NORMAL RX-RS N/K DEEP 8 DEEP RX IESS-310 MODE OFF LNB ALARM LOW 0 mA LNB ALARM HIGH 500 mA RX SYMBOL RATE 64.000 Kbps SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Select Descrambling type INTELSAT V.35 Select BPSK Bit Ordering STANDARD NON-STANDARD Select RX spectrum phase: NORMAL INVERT Select Reed-Solomon Interleaver Depth 4 8 16 ON, OFF Set LNB low current alarm threshold X.X mA Set LNB high current alarm threshold X.X mA Display only. Displays current RX Symbol Data rate between 4.8 to 2500 ksps s:\tpubs\manuals\released_word\ip_cim\cdm-ip 300l_r1\cdm-ip 300l errata e-a1.doc 5 4.2.1.1.6.6 Utility - Modem Type DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION UTILITY MODEM TYPE MODEM TYPE CUSTOM REV. EMULATION CURRENT_VERSION CDM-IP 300L only supports CUSTOM Programs an emulation mode of a previous Bse modem M&C functional revision. This allows the user to select the CURRENT VERSION or FUNCTIONAL X. CURRENT_VERSION FUNCTION VERSION X (X = Rev. Emulation desired) Notes: 1. Programming a current version (default) allows all features and options (if installed) to operate normally. 2. Programming a FUNCTIONAL version (X) eliminates any changes that affect the later version. The revision emulation feature affects only functional changes. 3. A correction change (e.g., VER 3.1.2) remains fixed in accordance with the latest version. Since the revision emulation default is the current version, program the functional version at the start of each operation. 4. The revision emulation feature does not affect some interface changes for the direct operation of the modem (Configuration save/recall, test mode screen in the Utility/System, all factory setup modes, etc.). s:\tpubs\manuals\released_word\ip_cim\cdm-ip 300l_r1\cdm-ip 300l errata e-a1.doc 6 DISPLAY MODEM OPTIONS HIGH POWER CARD #1 TYPE NOT INSTALLED SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION (Status Only) HIGH POWER HIGH STABILITY VITERBI SINGLE RATE LOW RATE FULL RATE CARD #1 PCB CARD #3 PCB CARD #3 PCB 8-PSK 2/3 TX ONLY RX ONLY 0QPSK TX/RF L-BAND IP 01 CARD #2 TYPE REED-SOLOMON 02 REED-SOLOMON 02 REED-SOLOMON 03 TURBO NOT INSTALLED CARD #3 TYPE REED-SOLOMON 03 REED-SOLOMON 02 REED-SOLOMON 03 TURBO NOT INSTALLED CARD #1 OPTIONS INTELSAT + CADR #2 OPTIONS INTELSAT + (0 or +) (0 or +) (- or +) (- or +) (- or +) (- or +) (x or +) (x or +) (x or +) (- or +) (0 or +) (0 or +) (- or +) (0 or +) (Status Only) TCP ACCELERATION (+ or -) DATA ENCRYPTION (+ or -) DATA COMPRESSION (+ or -) QoS (+ or -) NAT (+ or -) BRIDGING (+ or -) IGMP (+ or -) HEADER COMPRESSION (+ or -) REED-SOLOMON 02 LIST INTELSAT AUPC (- or +) (- or +) REED-SOLOMON 03 LIST INTELSAT AUPC (- or +) (- or +) s:\tpubs\manuals\released_word\ip_cim\cdm-ip 300l_r1\cdm-ip 300l errata e-a1.doc 7 DISPLAY CARD #3 OPTIONS INTELSAT + LOCAL MODEM AUPC ON MODEM SERIAL NO. 1234567890 CARD #1 SERIAL NO. 1234567890 CARD #2 SERIAL NO. 1234567890 CARD #3 SERIAL NO. 1234567890 CONFIGURATION CODE – MODEM CONFIGURATION CODE - CARD #1 CONFIGURATION CODE - CARD #2 SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION REED-SOLOMON 02 LIST INTELSAT AUPC (- or +) (- or +) REED-SOLOMON 03 LIST INTELSAT AUPC (- or +) (- or +) ON, OFF Status only. Conditional or optional dependent. Status only. Conditional or optional dependent. Status only. Conditional or optional dependent. Status only. Conditional or optional dependent. Comtech EF Data supplied code. Status only. Conditional or optional dependent. Comtech EF Data supplied code. Status only. Conditional or optional dependent. Comtech EF Data supplied code. Status only. Conditional or optional dependent. s:\tpubs\manuals\released_word\ip_cim\cdm-ip 300l_r1\cdm-ip 300l errata e-a1.doc 8 DISPLAY CONFIGURATION CODE - CARD #3 SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Comtech EF Data supplied code. Status only. Conditional or optional dependent. s:\tpubs\manuals\released_word\ip_cim\cdm-ip 300l_r1\cdm-ip 300l errata e-a1.doc 9 CDM-IP 300L Comtech EF Data is an ISO 9001 Registered Company. IP-Centric Satellite Modem Installation and Operation Manual Part Number CD/CDMIP300L.IOM REV. 1 May 7, 2004 Copyright © Comtech EF Data, 2002. All rights reserved. Printed in the USA. Comtech EF Data, 2114 West 7th Street, Tempe, Arizona 85281 USA, (480) 333-2200, FAX: (480) 333-2161i CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Preface Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM CUSTOMER SUPPORT Contact the Comtech EF Data Customer Support Department for: Product support or training Information on upgrading or returning a product Reporting comments or suggestions concerning manuals Contact Customer Support using any of the following methods: Mail: Comtech EF Data Customer Support Department 2114 West 7th Street Tempe, Arizona 85281 USA Email: [email protected] Internet: www.comtechefdata.com Phone: (480) 333-2200 (Main Comtech EF Data Number) (480) 333-4357 (Customer Support Desk) Fax: (480) 333-2161 To return a Comtech EF Data product (in-warranty and out-of-warranty) for repair or replacement: 1. Request a Return Material Authorization (RMA) number from the Comtech EF Data Customer Support Department. 2. Be prepared to supply the Customer Support representative with the model number, serial number, and a description of the problem. 3. To ensure that the product is not damaged during shipping, pack the product in its original shipping carton/packaging. 4. Ship the product back to Comtech EF Data. (Shipping charges should be prepaid.) For more information regarding the warranty policies, see Warranty Policy, p. xiv. ii Table of Contents FIGURES .......................................................................................................................IX TABLES..........................................................................................................................X 1 INTRODUCTION...................................................................................................... 1 1.1 Introduction............................................................................................................................. 1 1.2 Major Assemblies.................................................................................................................... 2 1.3 Standard Features................................................................................................................... 2 1.3.1 AUPC................................................................................................................................. 2 1.3.2 Software ............................................................................................................................. 3 1.3.3 Verification ........................................................................................................................ 3 1.3.4 IGMP Support for Multicast .............................................................................................. 3 1.3.5 easyConnect Mode ......................................................................................................... 3 1.3.6 CDM-IP Working Modes and HDLC Addressing Modes................................................. 5 1.3.7 IP Traffic Classifying....................................................................................................... 11 1.4 Options ................................................................................................................................... 12 1.4.1 Turbo Product Coding (TPC) .......................................................................................... 13 1.4.2 3xDES Encryption with Ability to Change Keys ............................................................ 13 1.4.3 IP Header Compression ................................................................................................... 14 1.4.4 Quality of Service ............................................................................................................ 15 1.4.5 Payload Compression...................................................................................................... 20 1.4.6 CDM-IP Demo Mode ...................................................................................................... 22 1.5 Specifications ................................................................................................................... 23 1.6 Compatibility................................................................................................................... 33 1.7 Application Notes ............................................................................................................ 33 1.8 Dimensional Envelope .................................................................................................... 34 2 2.1 INSTALLATION..................................................................................................... 36 Unpacking........................................................................................................................ 36 iii CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Preface Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 2.2 Installation ....................................................................................................................... 37 2.2.1 IDU Installation (Optional)....................................................................................... 37 2.3 External Modem Connections ....................................................................................... 39 2.3.1 Ethernet Interface Connector .................................................................................... 40 2.3.1 Async-Serial Console....................................................................................................... 40 2.3.3 Remote Connector and Pinouts........................................................................................ 41 2.3.4 Connector (J6)........................................................................................................... 41 2.3.5 Fault Connector and Pinouts (J7).............................................................................. 42 2.3.6 Auxiliary 1 Connector and Pinouts (J9).................................................................... 43 2.3.7 Alarms Connector and Pinouts (J10) ........................................................................ 44 2.3.8 RF Output Connector (CP1) ..................................................................................... 44 2.3.9 External Reference (CP2) ......................................................................................... 44 2.3.10 RF Input Connector (CP3) ........................................................................................ 44 2.3.11 AC Power Connector ................................................................................................ 45 2.3.12 Ground Connector (GND) ........................................................................................ 45 3 OPERATION.............................................................................................................. 47 3.1 Methods of Operation........................................................................................................... 47 3.1.1 Front Panel Operation ............................................................................................... 47 3.1.2 Serial Remote Control Operations ............................................................................ 48 3.1.3 Serial Command Line Interface (CLI) Operations ................................................... 48 3.1.4 Telnet Operations...................................................................................................... 48 3.1.5 Web Server Operation............................................................................................... 48 3.1.6 SNMP Operations ..................................................................................................... 48 4 FRONT PANEL MENUS........................................................................................ 51 4.1 Front Panel Operation.................................................................................................... 51 4.1.1 Keypad ...................................................................................................................... 52 4.1.2 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) .................................................................................. 53 4.1.3 Led Indicators ........................................................................................................... 53 4.2 MENUS ............................................................................................................................ 54 4.2.1 Menu Tree................................................................................................................. 54 5 SERIAL REMOTE CONTROL ............................................................................... 95 5.1 Introduction..................................................................................................................... 95 5.2 General............................................................................................................................. 96 5.3 Message Structure........................................................................................................... 96 5.3.1 Start Character .......................................................................................................... 97 iv CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Preface 5.3.2 5.3.3 5.3.4 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Device Address ......................................................................................................... 97 Command/Response ................................................................................................. 97 End Character............................................................................................................ 98 5.4 Configuration Commands/Responses ........................................................................... 99 5.4.1 Modulator Configuration Commands ....................................................................... 99 5.4.2 Demodulator Configuration Commands................................................................. 101 5.4.3 Interface Configuration Commands........................................................................ 103 5.4.4 System Configuration Commands .......................................................................... 104 5.4.5 Automatic Uplink Power Control (AUPC)............................................................. 105 5.5 Status Commands/Responses....................................................................................... 107 5.5.1 Modulator Configuration Status ............................................................................. 107 5.5.2 Demodulator Configuration Status ......................................................................... 108 5.5.3 Error Performance................................................................................................... 110 5.6 6 6.1 Stored Faults.................................................................................................................. 113 CLI AND TELNET INTERFACE .......................................................................... 133 Overview ........................................................................................................................ 133 6.2 Main Menu Page ........................................................................................................... 135 6.2.1 Administration Page................................................................................................ 137 6.2.2 Interface Configuration Page .................................................................................. 152 6.2.3 QoS (Quality of Service) Configuration Page ........................................................ 156 6.2.4 Route Table Configuration Page............................................................................. 162 6.2.5 Protocol Configuration Page................................................................................... 166 6.2.6 Modem Parameters Page......................................................................................... 172 6.2.7 Modem Summary Page........................................................................................... 173 6.2.8 Operations and Maintenance Page.......................................................................... 180 6.2.9 Telnet - Logout Option ........................................................................................... 197 7 WEB SERVER PAGES ....................................................................................... 199 7.1 Web Server Usage ......................................................................................................... 199 7.2 Web Server Menu Tree ................................................................................................ 201 7.3 Home Pages.................................................................................................................... 202 7.3.1 Home Page ..................................................................................................................... 202 7.3.2 Contact Information ....................................................................................................... 203 7.3.3 Support........................................................................................................................... 204 7.3.4 Logoff ............................................................................................................................ 205 7.3.5 ODU Configuration ....................................................................................................... 206 7.3.6 Statistics Pages............................................................................................................... 207 v CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Preface 7.3.7 8 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Reset Unit................................................................................................................ 209 SNMP INTERFACE ............................................................................................. 211 8.1 SNMP Interface............................................................................................................. 211 8.2 SNMP Community String Access Levels.................................................................... 211 8.3 MIB-II ............................................................................................................................ 212 8.3.1 System Group.......................................................................................................... 213 8.3.2 Interface Group ....................................................................................................... 214 8.3.3 ICMP Group............................................................................................................ 220 8.3.4 TCP Group .............................................................................................................. 221 8.3.5 UDP Group ............................................................................................................. 222 8.3.6 EGP Group.............................................................................................................. 223 8.3.7 Transmission Group................................................................................................ 223 8.3.8 SNMP Group .......................................................................................................... 223 8.4 Private MIB Implementations ..................................................................................... 226 8.5 CDM-IP IP Controller Private MIB ........................................................................... 226 8.5.1 CDM-IP Administration Group ............................................................................. 226 8.5.2 Interface Group ....................................................................................................... 233 8.6 CDM-IP300L Private MIB........................................................................................... 247 8.6.1 CDM-IP300L Objects Group.................................................................................. 247 8.7 CDM-IP Controller MIB Tree..................................................................................... 262 8.8 CDM-IP300L MIB Tree ............................................................................................... 271 9 FORWARD ERROR CORRECTION OPTIONS .................................................. 275 9.1 Introduction................................................................................................................... 275 9.2 Coding ............................................................................................................................ 275 9.3 Turbo Product Codec (Hardware Option) ................................................................. 275 9.3.1 Introduction............................................................................................................. 275 9.3.2 Mod/Demod Processing Delay ............................................................................... 277 9.3.3 Comparison of all TPC Modes ............................................................................... 278 9.4 Uncoded Operation (No FEC) ..................................................................................... 279 10 SYSTEM CHECKOUT/FAULT ISOLATION .................................................... 289 vi CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Preface Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 10.1 System Checkout............................................................................................................... 289 10.1.1 ModulatorCheckout ................................................................................................ 289 10.1.2 Demodulator Checkout ........................................................................................... 292 10.1.3 Fault Isolation .................................................................................................... 294 10.1.4 System Faults/Alarms ............................................................................................. 294 10.1.5 Faults/Alarms Display ............................................................................................ 294 10.1.6 Faults/Alarms Analysis........................................................................................... 295 11 AUTOMATIC UPLINK POWER CONTROL (AUPC) ....................................... 301 11.1 AUPC ............................................................................................................................. 301 11.1.1 AUPC – Between Two Modems............................................................................. 303 11.1.2 Remote AUPC ........................................................................................................ 303 12 QUICK-START GUIDE .................................................................................... 307 12.1 Introduction................................................................................................................... 307 12.1.1 Equipment List........................................................................................................ 307 12.1.2 Equipment Setup..................................................................................................... 307 12.1.3 Transmit and Receive IF Configuration ................................................................. 308 12.1.4 Serial console port Command Line Interface (CLI) Configuration........................ 308 12.1.5 Main Menu.............................................................................................................. 309 12.1.6 Restoring Factory Default Configuration ............................................................... 309 12.2 easyConnect Point-to-Point System Configuration ................................................ 310 12.2.1 PC Configuration .................................................................................................... 310 12.2.2 CDM-IP Configuration .......................................................................................... 310 12.2.3 Setting IP Address(es)............................................................................................. 311 12.3 Router Mode Point-to-Point System Configuration .................................................. 312 12.3.1 PC Configuration .................................................................................................... 312 12.3.2 Setting CDM-IP Modems to Router Mode Operation............................................ 312 12.3.3 Setting IP Address(es)............................................................................................. 313 12.3.4 Route Table............................................................................................................. 314 12.4 Troubleshooting IP Module ......................................................................................... 316 12.4.1 easyConnect Mode Troubleshooting................................................................... 316 12.4.2 Router Mode Troubleshooting................................................................................ 318 13 FLASH UPGRADING CDM-IP SATELLITE MODEMS ................................... 320 13.1 Flash Upgrade Overview.............................................................................................. 320 13.2 Downloading Flash Upgrades from the Web ............................................................. 321 13.2.1 Base Modem (M&C or BULK Firmware) .................................................................. 321 vii CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Preface Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 13.2.2 CDM-IP Module Firmware ......................................................................................... 322 INDEX ......................................................................................................................... 325 METRIC CONVERSIONS ........................................................................................... 329 viii CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Preface Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Figures Figure 1. easyConnect Diagram ................................................................................................. 6 Figure 2. Router Mode, Point-to-Point Diagram ........................................................................... 7 Figure 3. Router Mode, Point-to-Multipoint Diagram .................................................................. 8 Figure 4. Router Mode, Partial Mesh, 1½ Hop Diagram............................................................... 9 Figure 5. CDM-IP Dimensional Envelope................................................................................... 34 Figure 6. Installation of the Optional Mounting Bracket KT/6228-1........................................... 38 Figure 7. REAR PANEL CONNECTORS ............................................................................................ 39 Figure 8. Front Panel..................................................................................................................... 47 Figure 9. Keypad.......................................................................................................................... 52 Figure 10. Front Panel Modem Menu Tree (1 of 5) .................................................................... 54 Figure 11. Front Panel Modem Menu Tree (2 of 5) .................................................................... 55 Figure 12. Front Panel Modem Menu Tree (3 of 5) .................................................................... 56 Figure 13. Front Panel Modem Menu Tree (4 of 5) .................................................................... 57 Figure 14. Front Panel Modem Menu Tree (5 of 5) .................................................................... 58 Figure 15. Viterbi Decoder ........................................................................................................ 281 Figure 16. Viterbi Decoder and Reed-Solomon ........................................................................ 282 Figure 17. BPSK and Offset QPSK BER Performance............................................................. 283 Figure 18. Turbo Product Codec................................................................................................. 284 Figure 19. Sequential Decoder, Reed-Solomon, and 1544 kbps ............................................... 285 Figure 20. Sequential Decoder and 56 kbps .............................................................................. 286 Figure 21. Sequential Decoder and 1544 kbps .......................................................................... 287 Figure 22. Typical Output Spectrum ......................................................................................... 291 Figure 23. Typical Eye Constellations....................................................................................... 293 Figure 24. CDM-300L Fault Tree ............................................................................................. 296 Figure 25. AUPC Between Two Modems .................................................................................. 302 Figure 26. Self-Monitoring AUPC with One Modem ................................................................ 302 Figure 27. Main Menu ............................................................................................................... 309 Figure 28. easyConnect Point-to-Point System Configuration............................................... 310 Figure 29. Router Mode Point-to-Point System Configuration ................................................. 312 ix CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Preface Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Tables Table 1. General Specifications .................................................................................................... 23 Table 2. Modulation Specifications .............................................................................................. 24 Table 3. Demodulation Specifications.......................................................................................... 26 Table 4. Digital Data Rates........................................................................................................... 27 Table 5. RFC’s and Protocols ....................................................................................................... 29 Table 6. Operations and Maintenance .......................................................................................... 30 Table 7. Remote Control Specifications ....................................................................................... 31 Table 8. BER Specifications ......................................................................................................... 31 Table 9. Application Notes ........................................................................................................... 33 Table 10. Optional: Mounting Kit , KT/6228-1 (IDU to Equipment Rack) ................................ 37 Table 11. Modem Rear Panel Connectors .................................................................................... 39 Table 12. Ethernet Interface Connector ........................................................................................ 40 Table 13. ASYNC-Serial Console Connector .............................................................................. 40 Table 14. Remote Connector and Pinouts..................................................................................... 41 Table 15. Fault Connector and Pinouts (J7)................................................................................. 42 Table 16. AUX 1 CONNECTOR AND PINOUTS (J9)........................................................................ 43 Table 17. Alarms Connector and Pinouts (J10)..................................................................... 44 Table 18. Front Panel LED Indicators ........................................................................................ 53 Table 19. CDM-IP Web Server Menu Tree................................................................................ 201 Table 20. MIB-II Support ........................................................................................................... 212 Table 21. System Group ............................................................................................................. 213 Table 22. System Services .......................................................................................................... 213 Table 23. Interfaces Table OIDs................................................................................................. 214 Table 24. Address Translation Table OIDs ................................................................................ 216 Table 25. IPGroup OIDs ............................................................................................................. 216 Table 26. IPAddress Table OIDs ................................................................................................ 218 Table 27. Address Translation Table OIDs ................................................................................ 219 Table 28. IP Routing Table OIDs ............................................................................................... 220 Table 29. TCP Group OIDs ........................................................................................................ 221 Table 30. TCP Connection Table OIDs...................................................................................... 222 Table 31. UDP Group OIDs........................................................................................................ 222 Table 32. UDP Listener Table OIDs........................................................................................... 223 Table 33. SNMP Group OIDs..................................................................................................... 223 Table 34. CDM-IP Name Password Config Subgroup OIDs .................................................... 226 Table 35. CDM-IP Access Lists Subgroup OIDs ....................................................................... 227 Table 36. FAST Features ............................................................................................................ 228 Table 37. Features Subgroup ...................................................................................................... 228 Table 38. Encryption Subgroup OIDs ........................................................................................ 229 Table 39. CDM-IP SMTP OIDs ................................................................................................. 230 Table 40. CDM-IP SNMP Trap Configuration OIDs................................................................. 232 Table 41. Ethernet Interface Subgroup OIDs ............................................................................. 233 Table 42. Satellite Interface Subgroup OIDs.............................................................................. 234 Table 43. Route Table OIDs ....................................................................................................... 234 x CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Preface Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Table 44. IGMP Configuration Subgroup OIDs......................................................................... 236 Table 45. Redundancy OIDs....................................................................................................... 237 Table 46. Operation and Maintenance Subgroup OIDs.............................................................. 238 Table 47. Remote Port B Configuration Subgroup OIDs ........................................................... 239 Table 48. IP Routing Statistics Subgroup OIDs ......................................................................... 241 Table 49. Ethernet Statistics Subgroup OIDs ............................................................................. 241 Table 50. QoS Statistics Subgroup OIDs.................................................................................... 242 Table 51. WAN Statistics Subgroup OIDs ................................................................................. 243 Table 52. Compression Statistics Subgroup OIDs...................................................................... 244 Table 53. QoS Rules Subgroup OIDs ......................................................................................... 244 Table 54. ARP Configuration Subgroup OIDs ........................................................................... 247 Table 55. Tx Parameters OIDs.................................................................................................... 247 Table 56. Rx Parameters OIDs ................................................................................................... 249 Table 57. Interface Parameters OIDs.......................................................................................... 250 Table 58. Utility Parameters OIDs.............................................................................................. 251 Table 59. AUPC Parameter OIDs............................................................................................... 252 Table 60. Status Parameter OIDs................................................................................................ 253 Table 61. Logs OIDs................................................................................................................... 255 Table 62. ODU System Information OIDs ................................................................................. 256 Table 63. ODU Unit OIDs .......................................................................................................... 257 Table 64. ODU Tx Parameters OIDs.......................................................................................... 258 Table 65. ODU Rx Parameters OIDs.......................................................................................... 259 Table 66. ODU Unit Status OIDs ............................................................................................... 260 Table 67. ODU Logs OIDs ......................................................................................................... 261 Table 68. Available TPC Modes................................................................................................ 276 Table 69. Turbo Product Coding processing delay comparison ................................................ 277 Table 70. Conversion to S/N and Eb/No Chart.......................................................................... 290 Table 71. Setting AUPC Parameters......................................................................................... 301 Table 72. AUPC Default Settings.............................................................................................. 304 xi CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Preface Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM ABOUT THIS MANUAL This manual provides installation and operation information for the Comtech EF Data CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem. This is a technical document intended for earth station engineers, technicians, and users responsible for the operation and maintenance of the CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem. RELATED DOCUMENTS Comtech EF Data CDM-IP 300L Satellite Modem Installation and Operation Manual CONVENTIONS AND REFERENCES CAUTIONS AND WARNINGS Indicates information critical for proper equipment function. IMPORTANT CAUTION WARNING Indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury. CAUTION may also be used to indicate other unsafe practices or risks of property damage. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. METRIC CONVERSION Metric conversion information is located on the inside back cover of this manual. This information is provided to assist the user in cross-referencing English to Metric conversions. RECOMMENDED STANDARD DESIGNATIONS Recommended Standard (RS) Designations have been superseded by the new designation of the Electronic Industries Association (EIA). References to the old designations are shown only when depicting actual text displayed on the screen of the unit (RS-232, RS485, etc.). All other references in the manual will be shown with the EIA designations (EIA-232, EIA-485, etc.) only. TRADEMARKS All product names mentioned in this manual may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies and are hereby acknowledged. xii CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Preface Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM REPORTING COMMENTS OR SUGGESTIONS CONCERNING THIS MANUAL Comments and suggestions regarding the content and design of this manual will be appreciated. To submit comments, please contact the Comtech EF Data Customer Support Department. EMC COMPLIANCE This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment, it may cause radio interference that requires the user to take adequate protection measures. EN55022 COMPLIANCE This equipment meets the radio disturbance characteristic specifications for information technology equipment as defined in EN55022. EN50082-1 COMPLIANCE This equipment meets the electromagnetic compatibility/generic immunity standard as defined in EN50082-1. FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION (FCC) This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. If not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, it may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case, users are required to correct the interference at their own expense. Note: To ensure compliance, properly shielded cables for DATA I/O shall be used. More specifically, these cables shall be shielded from end to end, ensuring a continuous shield. SAFETY COMPLIANCE EN 60950 Applicable testing is routinely performed as a condition of manufacturing on all units to ensure compliance with safety requirements of EN60950. This equipment meets the Safety of Information Technology Equipment specification as defined in EN60950. xiii CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Preface Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE (LVD) The following information is applicable for the European Low Voltage Directive (EN60950): Type of power cord required for use in the European Community. ! CAUTION: Double-pole/Neutral Fusing. ACHTUNG: Zweipolige bzw. Neutralleiter-Sicherung. International Symbols: Symbol Definition Symbol Definition Alternating Current. Protective Earth. Fuse. Chassis Ground. Note: For additional symbols, see “Cautions” listed earlier in this preface. WARRANTY POLICY This Comtech EF Data product is warranted against defects in material and workmanship for a period of two years from the date of shipment. During the warranty period, Comtech EF Data will, at its option, repair or replace products that prove to be defective. For equipment under warranty, the customer is responsible for freight to Comtech EF Data and all related custom, taxes, tariffs, insurance, etc. Comtech EF Data is responsible for the freight charges only for return of the equipment from the factory to the customer. Comtech EF Data will return the equipment by the same method (i.e., Air, Express, Surface) as the equipment was sent to Comtech EF Data. LIMITATIONS OF WARRANTY The foregoing warranty shall not apply to defects resulting from improper installation or maintenance, abuse, unauthorized modification, or operation outside of environmental specifications for the product, or for damages that occur due to improper repackaging of equipment for return to Comtech EF Data. No other warranty is expressed or implied. Comtech EF Data specifically disclaims the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for particular purpose. xiv CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Preface Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES The remedies provided herein are the buyer's sole and exclusive remedies. Comtech EF Data shall not be liable for any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages, whether based on contract, tort, or any other legal theory. DISCLAIMER Comtech EF Data has reviewed this manual thoroughly in order to provide an easy-touse guide to your equipment. All statements, technical information, and recommendations in this manual and in any guides or related documents are believed reliable, but the accuracy and completeness thereof are not guaranteed or warranted, and they are not intended to be, nor should they be understood to be, representations or warranties concerning the products described. Further, Comtech EF Data reserves the right to make changes in the specifications of the products described in this manual at any time without notice and without obligation to notify any person of such changes. If you have any questions regarding the equipment or the information in this manual, please contact the Comtech EF Data Customer Support Department. xv CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Preface Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM NOTES: xvi CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 1 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Introduction CDM-IP 300L Satellite Modem 1.1 INTRODUCTION The CDM-IP 300L, hereafter referred to as the CDM-IP, is a high-performance, low-cost, IP-Centric satellite modem designed for closed network Single Channel Per Carrier (SCPC) links. It is ideal for many VSAT applications. Offering a range of data rates from 2.4 kbps to 5.0 Mbps in 1 bit per second steps, the modem includes Viterbi forward error correction as standard. The Turbo Product Codec is available as an option. The modem is compact, 1U high and 12 inches deep, and consumes only 25 Watts typically. It has the following configuration and control capabilities: Front panel VFD display and keypad for local configuration and control. Rear panel Remote Control Serial interface (DB9) for modem configuration and control. Rear panel Console Port (RJ-11) for Ethernet interface configuration and control. Rear panel Ethernet Data interface (RJ-45). For initial operation and setup, refer to 12, Quick-Start Guide. 1 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 1.2 MAJOR ASSEMBLIES Assembly Description PL/9066 Modem Card PL/9477-1 IP Module PL/9624-1 Or PL/9956-1 Framer Module Note: PL/9956-1 is required for Payload Compression option 1.3 STANDARD FEATURES 10/100BaseT Ethernet Interface Static IP routing for unicast and multicast easyConnect Mode Powerful network management Web Server interface for complete product management SNMP with public and private MIB Telnet interface for remote product M & C Console Port interface for local network management Configurable serial interface (EIA-232 or RS-485) for local management Remote software/firmware upgrade via FTP Configuration backup and restore via FTP Local software/firmware via console port Data rates from 2.4 kbps to 5.0 Mbps Symmetric as well as asymmetric operation for maximum bandwidth efficiency Automatic Uplink Power Control (AUPC) IGMP support for multicast 1.3.1 AUPC An important innovation in the CDM-IP is the addition of Automatic Uplink Power Control (AUPC). This feature enables the modem to automatically adjust its output power to maintain the Eb/No of the remote end of the satellite link constant. This provides protection against rain fade, a particularly severe problem with Ku-band links. To accomplish this, the framed mode of operation must be used, and the distant end modem constantly sends back information about the demodulator Eb/No using reserved bytes in the overhead structure. Using the Eb/No, the local modem then adjusts its output power, and hence, a closed-loop feedback system is created over the satellite link. 2 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM A benefit of this feature is that whenever framed operation is selected, the remote demodulator’s Eb/No can be viewed from the front panel display of the local modem. 1.3.2 SOFTWARE The internal software is both powerful and flexible, permitting storage and retrieval of up to 10 different modem configurations. The modem uses ‘flash memory’ technology internally, and new firmware can be uploaded to the unit from an external PC. This simplifies software upgrading, and updates can now be sent via the Internet, E-mail, or on disk. The upgrade can be performed without opening the unit, by simply connecting the modem to the serial port of a computer. 1.3.3 VERIFICATION The unit includes many test modes and loopbacks for rapid verification of the correct functioning of the unit. Of particular note is the IF loopback, which permits the user to perform a quick diagnostic test without having to disturb external cabling. During the loopback, all of the receive configuration parameters are temporarily changed to match those of the transmit side. When normal operation is again selected, all of the previous values are restored. 1.3.4 IGMP SUPPORT FOR MULTICAST IGMP is a standard feature in the CDM-IP. If enabled, it responds to IGMP queries for the configured multicast routes on the transmit side and generates IGMP queries on the receive side. If there are no active IGMP receivers on the LAN, it will stop forwarding the multicast traffic (received from the satellite) to the LAN. 1.3.5 easyConnect MODE easyConnect is the new CDM-IP modem intelligent networking solution that allows a link to be setup with minimal configuration (no specific routes need to be configured). The CDM-IP also supports non-IP traffic with easyConnect. All IP traffic will be subject to user configured QoS restrictions. 1.3.5.1 easyConnect OPERATION The following is a detailed description of how an easyConnect pair should be setup and configured as well as information about how easyConnect functions. Because easyConnect is a “smart wire,” the devices that are attached to it on either side of the satellite should be on the same subnet and should not configure a next hop address to be the CDM-IP (as should be done with router mode). For purposes of configuration, easyConnect mode should be viewed to function in much the same way as a bridge (however, without spanning tree protocol). 3 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM All of the features that groom and optimize the satellite link in router mode are also available in easyConnect mode. easyConnect Multicast Option – Multicast packets in easyConnect mode are identified using multicast MAC address. These identified multicast packets are either routed or dropped based on the easyConnect multicast option. easyConnect uses MAC (layer 2) addresses to learn where to send packets. In comparison, router mode uses the destination IP address in the packet in conjunction with the route table to determine where to forward the packets. The CDM-IP Ethernet interface in easyConnect mode is configured to be in promiscuous mode with a data rate of 10BaseT Half Duplex. The CDM-IP needs to be in promiscuous mode in order to learn the attached networking devices. Since easyConnect does not use a routing table, the determination of where to send a packet is made by a learning process. When the system is powered-up, all packets from each subnet (local and remote) will be sent over the satellite interface. However, as each CDM-IP learns which devices are attached to their local Ethernet interfaces, the CDM-IP begins to filter packets which it has learned are locally attached to its Ethernet interface. The easyConnect learning/forwarding algorithm is as follows: If the packet is destined for the CDM-IP, process it locally. If the packet is from the Ethernet interface, send it to the Satellite interface, unless the destination layer 2 (MAC address) of the packets matches the source layer 2 address for a packet we have already seen, the destination MAC address of this packet is on our local subnet; so why send it over the satellite interface. In this case, the CDM-IP will drop the packet. If the packet is from the satellite interface, send it out the Ethernet interface. IMPORTANT easyConnect mode will automatically use Header Compression (even if Header Compression option has not been purchased). Because of this, some of the initial traffic sent between two devices will not be received over the satellite until a full Header is transmitted. For example, the default Header Compression Refresh Rate is 50 packets. If a ping is sent over the satellite it will time out until the full Header packet is sent. The Header Compression Refresh Rate on the Administration Menu can be reduced to minimize the amount of traffic lost when traffic is first sent between two devices. Once communication between two devices has been established, both CDM-IP modems will be able to receive all traffic, unless one CDM-IP is power cycled or reset. 4 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem IMPORTANT Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Do not enable IF Loopback (or link the TX to RX by a BNC cable or satellite) on a CDM-IP operating in easyConnect when connected to a LAN. In this configuration, easyConnect will resend all layer 2 broadcast packets and cause a “broadcast storm” on the LAN. To perform a loop test to verify the modem or satellite link, do one of the following: 1. Reconfigure the CDM-IP to CDM-300L Emulation Mode by selecting Configuration/Interface and then selecting EIA-422/530, V.35, or EIA-232. 2. Set the CDM-IP to Router Mode. 1.3.6 CDM-IP WORKING MODES AND HDLC ADDRESSING MODES There are two Working Modes of the CDM-IP available: easyConnect and Router Mode. There are also three HDLC Addressing Modes: Point-to-Point, Small Network, and Large Network. This section will describe the functionality of these modes in order to optimize the CDM-IP modems in your network. IMPORTANT The Working Mode and HDLC Address Mode of the CDM-IP modems must be identical to pass traffic between modems. Changing the Working Mode or HDLC address Mode of the CDM-IP modem requires the CDM-IP module to be rebooted. Before the user can select a different mode, the CDM-IP will notify the user that changing the mode will require a reboot. easyConnect - This is the default Working Mode of the CDM-IP. easyConnect only operates in Point-to-Point Mode, meaning that it is only communicating with one other CDM-IP modem. This mode allows the CDM-IP to be setup with minimal configuration (no specific routes need to be configured). In this mode, the CDM-IP is acting as a “smart wire” over a satellite link between two CDM-IP modems. This allows the CDM-IP to simultaneously forward IP traffic and non-IP traffic, such as IPX. 5 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6 25 kb ps Satellite ps 25 6 kb PC IP 10.10.1.100/16 PC IP 10.10.2.100/16 TX Satellite dish RX TX Hub CDM-IP 1 (efi0) 10.10.1.1/16 RX 10 BaseT LAN 10.10.2.0 /16 10 BaseT LAN 10.10.1.0 /16 Satellite dish Remote CDM-IP 2 (efi0) 10.10.2.1/16 Figure 1. easyConnect Diagram This diagram shows a 256 kbps Point-to-Point duplex link in easyConnect Mode. Note that both sides of the link are on the same IP subnet - 10.10.0.0/16. There are no routes or HDLC addresses to configure. When the system is powered-up, all packets from each subnet (local and remote) will be sent over the satellite interface. Each CDM-IP learns which devices are attached to their local Ethernet interfaces and will only send packets over the satellite that are not destined for the locally attached devices. Router Mode – This mode allows up to 256 static routes to be configured and can operate in Point-to-Point, Small Network and Large Network Mode. Small and Large Network Modes allow for multiple CDM-IP modem communication links. A Small Network is defined as up to 254 separate HDLC addresses and Large is from 255 to 32766 separate HDLC addresses. The reason for the separate HDLC Modes is to allow the user to minimize the HDLC overhead transmitted over the satellite based upon the size of their network. In Point-to-Point, no HDLC address is transmitted; Small Network transmits 1 byte and Large Network transmits 2 bytes as part of HDLC header for each packet. Non-IP traffic is not supported in Router Mode. 6 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6 25 kb ps Satellite 25 6 ps kb PC IP 10.10.1.100/16 GW 10.10.1.1 PC IP 10.20.1.100/16 GW 10.20.1.1 TX Satellite dish TX RX Hub CDM-IP 1 (efi0) 10.10.1.1/16 Static Routes IP Dest Next Hop 10.20.0.0/16 Point-to-Point 10/100 BaseT LAN 10.20.1.0 /16 10/100 BaseT LAN 10.10.1.0 /16 Satellite dish RX Remote CDM-IP 2 (efi0) 10.20.1.1/16 Static Routes IP Dest Next Hop 10.10.0.0/16 Point-to-Point Type ToSat Type ToSat Figure 2. Router Mode, Point-to-Point Diagram This diagram shows a 256 kbps Point-to-Point duplex link in Router Mode. Note that each side of the link has different IP subnets – 10.10.0.0/16 and 10.20.0.0/16. Each CDM-IP has a static route defined for the distant CDM-IP subnet. The Next Hop is automatically defined as Point-to-Point and there are no HDLC addresses to configure. All that would be required to send traffic between the PCs on each subnet would be to define the local CDM-IP as the PC default gateway. The CDM-IP modems will only pass traffic over the satellite link by the ToSat routes configured in the Route Table. 7 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Satellite s to CD ot e CD M- I P1 TX to s M bp b Hu 2. 04 8 s to kb p PC IP 10.10.1.100/16 GW 10.10.1.1 Satellite dish 256 al lR em Hub 10/100 BaseT LAN 10.20.0.0 /16 k bp M -Ip s 2 56 P M-I CD 2 Satellite dish TX RX RX PC IP 10.20.1.100/16 GW 10.20.1.1 Remote A, CDM-IP 3 (efi0) 10.20.1.1/16 Static Routes IP Dest Next Hop Type 10.10.0.0/16 0x01 ToSat 239.255.30.10 N/A Sat-to-LAN RX HDLC Addresses - 0x02, 0x10 Static Routes IP Dest Next Hop 10.20.0.0/16 0x02 10.30.0.0/16 0x03 239.255.30.10 0x10 239.255.30.11 0x11 RX HDLC Addresses - 0x01 PC IP 10.30.1.100/16 GW 10.30.1.1 Type ToSat ToSat ToSat ToSat Satellite dish RX TX Remote B, CDM-IP 4 (efi0) 10.30.1.1/16 Hub CDM-IP 2 (RX Only) (efi0) 10.10.1.2/16 Static Routes IP Dest Next Hop 0.0.0.0/0 10.10.1.1 RX HDLC Addresses - 0x01 Static Routes IP Dest Next Hop Type 10.10.0.0/16 0x01 ToSat 239.255.30.10 N/A Sat-to-LAN 239.255.30.11 N/A Sat-to-LAN RX HDLC Addresses - 0x03, 0x10, 0x11 Type ToEth 10/100 BaseT LAN 10.30.0.0 /16 10/100 BaseT LAN 10.10.0.0 /16 RX Hub CDM-IP 1 (efi0) 10.10.1.1/16 Figure 3. Router Mode, Point-to-Multipoint Diagram “Star Network” Point-to-MultiPoint Configuration - Here, Hub CDM-IP 1 is transmitting a common 2.048 Mbps link to 2 remote CDM-IPs. In turn, Remote CDM-IP 3 is transmitting a 256 kbps link back to Hub CDM-IP 1. Remote CDM-IP 4 is also transmitting a 256 kbps link back to the Hub, but it is a separate link to Hub CDM-IP 2. Since this is a Point-to-MultiPoint configuration, HDLC addressing is used so that the traffic not intended for a particular destination can be filtered. For unicast traffic, it is best to associate a unique HDLC address for each site in the network. For this case, the Hub Site is HDLC 0x01, Remote A is HDLC 0x02 and Remote B is 0x03. Each CDM-IP modem would select the HDLC address associated with its site as a RX HDLC Address, so both CDM-IP modems at the Hub would have 0x01 as the first RX HDLC Address, CDM-IP 3 would have 0x02 and CDM-IP 4 would have 0x03. Hub CDM-IP 1 has static routes defined for both remote CDM-IP subnets with the Next Hop HDLC address being the HDLC address associated with the remote site. Both remote CDM-IPs have static routes to the hub with the next Hop being HDLC 0x01. The Hub RX only CDM-IP 2 has a default route (ToEth) to Hub CDM-IP 1 because all outbound traffic will go through CDM-IP 1. 8 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Additionally, HDLC addresses can be used to select or filter multicast traffic on the hub outbound common carrier. Hub CDM-IP 1 has two multicast routes defined with two Next Hop HDLC addresses, 0x10 and 0x11. Remote CDM-IP 2 has RX HDLC Address 0x10 enabled to receive one of the multicast streams. Remote CDM-IP 3 has RX HDLC Addresses 0x10 and 0x11 enabled to receive both of the multicast streams. Additonal remote sites can be added through a dedicated RX Only CDM-IP at the hub for each remote. Satellite to te 256 kbps to Hub CDM-IP 1 Satellite dish bp 6k 25 Satellite dish TX oH MCD ub RX IP RX 2 10/100 BaseT LAN 10.10.0.0 /16 Hub CDM-IP 1 (efi0) 10.10.1.1/16 Static Routes IP Dest Next Hop 10.20.0.0/16 0x02 10.30.0.0/16 0x03 RX HDLC Addresses - 0x01 Type ToSat ToSat RX Static Routes IP Dest Next Hop 10.10.0.0/16 0x01 10.30.0.0/16 0x03 RX HDLC Addresses - 0x02 Satellite dish RX TX Hub CDM-IP 2 (RX Only) (efi0) 10.10.1.2/16 Static Routes IP Dest Next Hop 0.0.0.0/0 10.10.1.1 RX HDLC Addresses - 0x01 Remote B, CDM-IP 4 (efi0) 10.30.1.1/16 Static Routes IP Dest Next Hop 10.10.0.0/16 0x01 10.20.0.0/16 0x01 RX HDLC Addresses - 0x03 Type ToEth PC IP 10.20.1.100/16 GW 10.20.1.1 Remote A, CDM-IP 3 (efi0) 10.20.1.1/16 st TX 10/100 BaseT LAN 10.20.0.0 /16 ps 8 Mb 2.04 emo all R Type ToSat ToSat 10/100 BaseT LAN 10.30.0.0 /16 PC IP 10.10.1.100/16 GW 10.10.1.1 -IPs CDM RX PC IP 10.30.1.100/16 GW 10.30.1.1 Type ToSat ToSat Remote B, CDM-IP 5 (RX Only) (efi0) 10.30.1.2/16 Static Routes IP Dest Next Hop 0.0.0.0/0 10.30.1.1 RX HDLC Addresses - 0x03 Type ToEth Figure 4. Router Mode, Partial Mesh, 1½ Hop Diagram Full or partial “Mesh Network” Configuration – The “Star Network” configuration works for a “hub-centric” network, where all traffic is either coming to, or from, one central hub. There are several ways to send traffic between remote sites. 9 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM The first method does not require any additional CDM-IP modems than is described in Figure 1, Router Mode, Point-to-Multipoint Diagram. Just by adding static routes, traffic could be sent between Remote Site A and B. Remote site A and B would add a static route for remote destination subnet, but since the path to the remotes must go through the Hub, the Next Hop HDLC Address would be 0x01, not the HDLC address of the Remote. Traffic from Remote B would be transmitted to Hub RX Only CDM-IP 2, forwarded to Hub CDM-IP 1 and retransmitted to Remote A. With this method, all traffic must go through a “double hop” in order to arrive at the destination. To avoid the additional delay of the “double hop” method, an alternative method would require an additional RX Only CDM-IP modem at remote site for every other remote site connection needed. In the Figure above, Router Mode, Partial Mesh, 1½ Hop Diagram, Remote Site B has added a RX Only CDM-IP and a static route to 10.20.0.0/16, Next Hop 0x01 (through the Hub). Remote Site A has added a static route for 10.30.0.0/16, Next Hop 0x03. To establish a connection between Remote A and B, Remote A would reconfigure the TX frequency and data rate to set up a link with the Remote B RX Only modem. The return path still must go from B to the Hub and then to A, but A has a direct link to B, thus this is considered a 1½ hop link. Additional RX Only or full duplex CDM-IPs can be added at Remotes based upon what 1½ hop link or single hop connections are required. Always use the following guidelines: 1) All CDM-IP modems will list the Site HDLC as their first RX HDLC Address. 2) For Satellite routes, the Next Hop is the destination Site HDLC (unless there is not a direct satellite link, whereas the Next Hop must be the Hub Site). 3) RX Only CDM-IP modems will need a default To Ethernet route to a duplex CDM-IP at the site in order to forward traffic. Feature Support - The CDM-IP modem also has several standard and optional features that can be used to further optimize security, performance and efficiency. The following table defines how these features are supported in the two different Working Modes: easyConnect Mode Router Mode Point-to-Point Only Point-to-Point, Small Network, Large Network (can be Point-toMultipoint) 10/100BaseT Operation 10BaseT Only 10 or 100BaseT Traffic IP v4, non-IP IP v4 only Access Lists None 4 Clients by IP or IP Subnet 1 Encrypt Decrypt Key All traffic encrypted when enabled Up to 8 Encrypt Decrypt Keys or random Traffic encrypted on a per route basis Min/Max; Max/Priority; DiffServ Min/Max; Max/Priority; DiffServ HDLC Address Mode 3xDES Encryption Quality of Service 10 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Header Compression Yes Yes, on a per route basis Payload Compression Yes Framer II required (PL/9956) Yes, on a per route basis Framer II required (PL/9956) Multicast Select either all or no Multicast, Uplink or Downlink All or specific Multicast streams, Uplink or Downlink IGMP No Yes Remote upgrade by FTP Yes Yes 1.3.7 IP TRAFFIC CLASSIFYING Ability to classify IP traffic by Source, Destination, Port and Applications (FTP, RTP, HTTP, SMTP, etc.). 11 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 1.4 OPTIONS Enhancing the CDM-IP’s performance is easy. Additional features can be added quickly on site, using the FAST access code purchased from Comtech EF Data. To enable these features, simply enter the code at the front panel. Option Description Install Option Single Data/Code Rate User defined data rate FAST Low Rate Variable 2.4 to < 512 kbps FAST (Standard) Full Rate Variable 2.4 to < 5.0 Mbps (QPSK Maximum is 4.375 ) FAST OQPSK FAST 8-PSK Requires Viterbi, Reed-Solomon Codec User TX/RX L-Band ± 0.02 ppm L-Band modem with high stability reference Factory (Standard) TX Only, L-Band ± 0.02 ppm Hardware limited with high stability reference Factory RX Only, L-Band ± 1.0 ppm Hardware limited with 1 ppm reference Factory TX/RX L-Band ± 1.0 ppm L-Band modem with 1 ppm reference Factory Sequential or Viterbi Codec Modem can be supplied with either Viterbi or Sequential FAST TX Reed-Solomon Codec Concatenates with Viterbi User RX Reed-Solomon Codec Concatenates with Viterbi User Turbo Codec Full Rate Turbo Codec. Requires ReedSolomon Codec removal. User AUPC Requires Reed-Solomon cards User or FAST 3xDES Data Encryption Uses NIST certified 3x core Software Version 1.1.0 and later FAST IP Header Compression Software Version 1.1.0 and later FAST Payload Compression Software Version 1.3.0 and later FAST Quality of Service (QoS) TX required; Software Version 1.1.0 and later FAST Primary Power: 48 Vdc Modem only, No BUC Factory Primary Power: Auto-ranging AC 90 to 264 Vac ODU DC Power: 24V or 48V. Primary Input = AC only Factory 100W @24V 150W @ 48V Factory Note: Enabling the CDM-IP Demo Mode from the front panel can temporarily enable all IP FAST Options (except 3xDES Encryption) for evaluation. Once enabled, the IP FAST Options will be available for a total time period of seven (7) days (168 hours). The 7-day Demo Mode is a cumulative counter (can be stopped and started at any time). 12 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 1.4.1 TURBO PRODUCT CODING (TPC) The optional Turbo Product Coding (TPC) is a recent development in FEC techniques that delivers significant performance improvements when compared to Viterbi with concatenated Reed-Solomon. TPC simultaneously offers increased coding gain, markedly lower decoding delay (leading to improved TCP/IP performance), and bandwidth savings of up to 40%. The TPC option includes two modes (BPSK 22/44 and BPSK 5/16) that permit operation from exceptionally small antennas where flux density issues are of concern. 1.4.2 3XDES ENCRYPTION WITH ABILITY TO CHANGE KEYS The CDM-IP optionally supports 3xDES-128 encryption and decryption, for the highest level security for link encryption. Each unit supports eight encryption keys and eight decryption keys. The keys are user configurable. Each route can be assigned to be encrypted by any of the eight available keys, random key method, or transmitted in clear. 13 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 1.4.3 IP HEADER COMPRESSION Header Compression is also an optional feature of the CDM-IP modem. The CDM-IP supports Header Compression for the following Ethernet and Layer 3 & 4 Headers: Supported Ethernet Headers Ethernet 2.0 Ethernet 2.0 + VLAN-tag Ethernet 2.0 + MPLS 802.3-raw 802.3-raw + VLAN-tag 802.3 + 802.2 802.3 + 802.2 + VLAN-tag 802.3 + 802.2 + SNAP 802.3 + 802.2 + SNAP + VLAN-tag 802.3 + 802.2 + SNAP + MPLS Supported Layer 3&4 Headers IP TCP UDP RTP (Codec Independent) Header Compression reduces the required VoIP bandwidth by 60%. Example: A G.729a voice codec, operating at 8 kbps, will occupy 32 kbps once encapsulated into IP framing on a LAN. Using IP/UDP/RTP Header Compression, the same traffic only needs 10.8 kbps total WAN satellite bandwidth to cross the link. A total maximum of 64 simultaneous VoIP calls can be compressed. Normal Web/HTTP traffic can be reduced an additional 10% via IP/TCP header compression. Header Compression Configuration – Header Compression is completely independent from QoS, and there is no configuration required except enabling the Header Compression feature on both the sending and receiving CDM-IP modem. Packets with a Header Compression supported header will automatically be identified for compression. The only configuration consideration is the Header Compression Refresh Rate. This is how many compressed header packets will be sent before a single full header packet is sent. Some compressed header traffic could be lost during deteriorated satellite link conditions. Sending a full header packet will allow the return of the traffic stream. The Refresh Rate can be increased for poor satellite link conditions or decreased to further reduce overhead. Header Compression Statistics - These statistics will display the total bytes of the precompressed and post-compressed traffic and effective compression ratio. 14 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 1.4.4 QUALITY OF SERVICE Quality of Service (QoS) is an optional feature of the CDM-IP modem. The user may select one of three modes of QoS operation: • Mode 1 – QoS Rules based on Maximum Bandwidth and Priority • Mode 2 – QoS Rules based on Minimum and Maximum Bandwidth • Mode 3 – DiffServ QoS Segmentation and Reassembly (SAR) Packet Segmentation and Reassembly (SAR) is enabled automatically while QoS is enabled. However, SAR is an adaptive process; it will trigger only if the packet latency exceeds the threshold value (default to 20 msec). Latency value is calculated based on the satellite transmission bandwidth. The minimum segment size was limited to 480 bytes excluding satellite HDLC header in order to avoid satellite overhead and consumption of CPU cycles. 1.4.4.1 MAXIMUM BANDWIDTH/PRIORITY MODE QoS Rules can be assigned to up to 32 different types of flows to be defined by the user. Flows can be defined by any combination of Protocol (FTP, UDP, RTP, etc.), Source/Destination IP (specific or range), and/or Layer 3 Source/Destination Port. Priority - A Priority level from 1 to 8 is assigned for each flow. The CDM-IP module classifies each packet that is to be forwarded over the satellite. The packet will then have a Priority assigned according to the defined QoS Rules. Any packet that does not meet a QoS Rule is assigned to the Default Rule and will be assigned a Priority of 8. Priority 1 packets will be forwarded immediately, Priority 2 packets will be forwarded as soon as there are no Priority 1 packets in the Queue, and so on. Any latency critical traffic, such as VoIP/RTP should always be assigned Priority 1. Maximum Bandwidth - This can also be assigned to a flow to restrict the Maximum Bandwidth that any particular flow will utilize, or the default of no bandwidth restriction can be selected. Filtering - QoS also allows specific flows to be designated as “filtered”, so the CDM-IP will discard traffic that the user does not want to forward over a satellite link. QoS Rule Hierarchy - It is quite possible to have traffic that meets the definitions of several QoS Rules. All traffic will be classified into the first QoS Rule that is a match, or fall into the Default Rule. The most specific QoS Rule will always be first. For example, a QoS Rule that identified a Source and Destination IP Address would be assigned ahead of a rule that just defined RTP protocol. QoS Rules that have the same amount of variables defined are sorted as follows: 15 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 1. Having a Protocol defined. Protocol Priority: a. VOCE – b. VDEO – c. RTPS – d. RTP – e. PFTP – f. HTTP – g. TELN – h. SMTP – i. SNMP – j. SQL – k. ORCL – l. CTRX – m. SAP – n. UDP – o. TCP – p. IP – q. N-IP – Voice Real Time Protocol Video Real Time Protocol Real Time Protocol Signalling All Real Time Protocol Passive File Transfer Protocol Hypertext Transfer Protocol Telnet Protocol Simple Mail Transfer Protocol Simple Network Management Protocol Structured Query Language Protocol ORACLE Protocol CITRIX Protocol Service Announcement Protocol User Datagram Protocol Transmission Control Protocol All Internet Protocol All Non-Internet Protocol 2. Source IP Address or subnet defined. 3. Destination IP Address or subnet defined. 4. Source Port defined (lowest Port number first). 5. Destination Port defined (lowest Port number first). The CDM-IP modem will sort each QoS rule as they are added and the QoS Configuration display will be updated to reflect the order with which rules are matched. QoS Statistics - Every QoS Rule defined can be monitored to see the traffic flow for each Queue. These statistics will display the traffic sent in each Queue, the amount of dropped traffic, and the number of Active Flows. Protocol and Port Number Considerations - When defining QoS Rules, it is important to be aware of specifics of the traffic for which the rule is intended.When selecting a protocol for a QoS Rule, be aware that the CDM-IP allows for a very abroad selection (such as IP) or a very specific protocol. For example, RTP traffic can consist of UDP portion (for voice or video) and a TCP portion (for RTP signaling). These could have separate QoS Rules created or all be included in a single Rule by selecting RTP as the protocol. The following diagram illustrates where each protocol selection resides. 16 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem UDP Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM VOCE VDEO IP RTP TCP RTPS pFTP HTTP TELN SMTP SAP ORCL CTRX SQL Non IP Selection of Source/Destination Ports should only be done if the user is aware of the port usage of the desired protocol or application. There are well known ports for various protocols, but often only the ‘command’ messaging is transacted on these ports and the ‘data’ is transferred through a negotiated port. 17 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM The following table can be used as a reference for some well known Port numbers: Port Description Port Description 1 TCP Port Service Multiplexer (TCPMUX) 118 SQL Services 7 ECHO 119 Newsgroup (NNTP) 20 FTP - Data 137 NetBIOS Name Service 21 FTP - Control 139 NetBIOS Datagram Service 22 SSH Remote Login Protocol 150 NetBIOS Session Service 23 Telnet 156 SQL Server 25 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) 161 SNMP 42 Host Name Server (Nameserv) 179 Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) 53 Domain Name System (DNS) 190 Gateway Access Control Protocol (GACP) 69 Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) 197 Directory Location Service (DLS) 70 Gopher Services 396 Novell Netware over IP 80 HTTP 443 HTTPS 108 SNA Gateway Access Server 444 Simple Network Paging Protocol (SNPP) 109 POP2 546 DHCP Client 110 POP3 547 DHCP Server 115 Simple File Transfer Protocol (SFTP) 1080 Socks IMPORTANT Once the QoS Rules are defined, each type of traffic flow should be isolated and sent to verify that it is being sent in the intended QoS Rule. 1.4.4.2 MINIMUM/MAXIMUM BANDWIDTH QOS MODE QoS Rules can be assigned to up to 32 different types of flows to be defined by the user. Flows can be defined by any combination of Protocol (FTP, UDP, RTP, etc.), Source/Destination IP (specific or range), and/or Layer 3 Source/Destination Port. Maximum Bandwidth - This can be assigned to a flow to restrict the Maximum Bandwidth that any particular flow will utilize, or the default of no bandwidth restriction can be selected. Minimum Bandwidth - Minimum specification that allows a committed information rate (CIR) to be applied to user defined classes of traffic, or the default of no minimum bandwidth can be selected. 18 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Weighted Random Early Detection (WRED) – Without Weighted Random Early Detection (WRED), output buffers fill during periods of congestion. When the buffers are full, tail drop occurs; all additional packets are dropped. Since the packets are dropped all at once, global synchronization of TCP hosts can occur as multiple TCP hosts reduce their transmission rates. As the congestion clears, the TCP hosts increase their transmissions rates, resulting in waves of congestion followed by periods where the transmission link is not fully used. WRED allows for more graceful dropping of packets, as QoS queues get full. In the previous CDM-IP release, a simple tail drop algorithm was applied to packets as they were being added to the QoS queues. This can result in large number of contiguous packets being dropped which causes many protocols such as RTP and TCP to ungracefully degrade performance in a overconsumed or bursty scenario. WRED applies a randomization which means that the percentage change to drop packets increases as the queue becomes full, and minimizes the chances of global synchronization. Thus, WRED allows the transmission line to be used fully at all times. Filtering – Any specific flow can be designated as filtered (see Maximum Bandwidth/Priority QoS). QoS Rule Hierarchy – The QoS Rule Hierarchy is the same as Maximum Bandwidth/Priority QoS. QoS Statistics - QoS Statistics are displayed as Maximum Bandwidth/Priority QoS. 1.4.4.3 DIFFSERV QOS MODE The CDM-IP QoS can also be set to DiffServ Mode to make it fully compliant to the Differential Services QoS standards. Class Selector DiffServ Code Points (DSCP) – Some implementations of DiffServ will prioritize traffic by Class Selector assignment. This is defined in the DiffServ Code Points (DSCP) within the IP header. The first 3 bits of the DSCP define the Class Selector Precedence (or Priority): Class Selector Precedence 1 Precedence 2 Precedence 3 Precedence 4 Precedence 5 Precedence 6 Precedence 7 Default DSCP 001 000 010 000 011 000 100 000 101 000 110 000 111 000 000 000 CDM-IP Priority 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 The CDM-IP will prioritize the traffic based upon the DSCP Class Selector Precedence. NOTE: All traffic that does not have the DSCP Class Selector Precedence defined (000 000) will be placed in the Default Queue and have a Precedence of 9. 19 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Expedited Forwarding and Assured Forwarding DSCP – Another implementation of DiffServ uses all 6 bits of the DSCP to define Expedited and Assured Forwarding: DiffServ Type Expedited Forwarding Assured Forwarding – Class 1 Assured Forwarding – Class 2 Assured Forwarding – Class 3 Assured Forwarding – Class 4 Class Selector Precedence 1 Precedence 8 Precedence 8 Precedence 8 Precedence 8 DSCP 101 110 001 xx0 010 xx0 011 xx0 100 xx0 CDM-IP Priority 1 8 8 8 8 Expedited Forwarding (EF) DSCP – This defines premium service and is recommended for real time traffic applications such as VoIP and video conferencing. Assured Forwarding (AF) DSCP – This defines 4 service levels and also uses the last 3 bits of the DSCP to define the Drop Precedence (Low, Medium, or High). The Drop Precedence determines which packets will most likely be dropped during periods of over congestion, similar to Weighted Random Early Detection (WRED). As a result, each of the 4 AF service levels also have 3 Drop Precedence levels for which the CDM-IP provides 12 seperate queues. Minimum Bandwidth (AF only) - Minimum specification that allows a committed information rate (CIR) to be applied to user defined classes of traffic, or the default of no minimum bandwidth can be selected. Maximum Bandwidth (AF only) - This can be assigned to a flow to restrict the maximum bandwidth that any particular flow will utilize, or the default of no bandwidth restriction can be selected. NOTE: Minimum and maximum bandwidth is only configurable for each of the 4 Assured Forwarding classes. NOTE: Typically, DiffServ is implemented using exclusively Class Selector DSCP or exclusively Expedited and Assured Forwarding DSCP. The CDM-IP is fully DiffServ compliant and will work with either DiffServ implementation or with a combination of both. 1.4.5 PAYLOAD COMPRESSION Traffic optimization through Payload Compression is another optional feature of the CDM-IP modem. - Framer II required FAST feature to upgrade Uses AHA chip Compression algorithm applied to all data (HDLC header excluded) 20 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem - Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Compression statistics are fed back to QoS in order to maximize WAN utilization while maintaining priority, jitter and latency. 1024 simultaneous compression sessions to maximize compression across multiple distinct traffic flows. Compression algorithm not applied to RTP streams because this traffic is already compressed and would only INCREASE the sat bandwidth if compressed again. Additional statistics have been added to the compression statistics menu in order to provide feedback on the compression efficiency that has been achieved. - ADLC vs LZS compression comparison Note: These numbers have been generated by using an internally created test program. This program takes the target benchmark files and splits the files into payload size chunks and compresses each chunk in a separate invocation of the compression algorithm. This is important to note because most compression algorithms are applied to the entire file data set as a single invocation of the compression algorithm which is easier for other types of compression algorithms (LZS, GZIP in specific). This, of course, does not apply to streamed packet data across an IP network (ftp transfer, for example). Algorithm Payload size File Set Ratio ADLC 1472 Calgary 1.76 ADLC 1000 Calgary 1.76 ADLC 500 Calgary 1.77 ADLC 100 Calgary 2.09 ADLC 1472 Canterbury 1.71 ADLC 1000 Canterbury 1.72 ADLC 500 Canterbury 1.74 ADLC 100 Canterbury 2.04 LZS 1472 Calgary 1.66 LZS 1000 Calgary 1.66 LZS 500 Calgary 1.68 LZS 100 Calgary 1.97 LZS 1472 Canterbury 1.61 LZS 1000 Canterbury 1.62 LZS 500 Canterbury 1.63 LZS 100 Canterbury 1.91 21 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 1.4.6 CDM-IP DEMO MODE The CDM-IP Demo Mode enables the following IP optional features for seven days (168 hours): IP Header Compression Payload Compression Quality of Service To enable Demo Mode, use the CDM-IP Front Panel to select UTIL\DEMO\ON. The seven day Demo Mode Timer will start but can be stopped at any time by setting Demo Mode to OFF. 22 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 1.5 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM SPECIFICATIONS Table 1. General Specifications Parameter Description Operating Frequency Range 950-1750MHz, in100 Hz steps Data Interface 10/100 BaseT Ethernet RJ45-8 Digital Data Rate 2.4 kbps to 5.000 Mbps, in 1 bit steps Note: In some applications the practical lower data rate is typically higher than19.2 kbps, depending upon the performance of equipment used in conjunction with the CDM-IP 300L. These applications include the use of a BUC or a LNB. Symbol Rate 4.8 ksps to 2.5 Msps Modulation/Demodulation BPSK QPSK /OQPSK 8-PSK Forward Error Correction (FEC) Viterbi, K=7, 1/2, 3/4, 7/8 rates Sequential 1/2, 3/4, 7/8 rates Reed-Solomon Concatenated per Intelsat Reed-Solomon Concatenated per closed network Trellis 2/3 rate (8-PSK) Turbo 1/2, 3/4, 21/44, and 5/16 rates Uncoded Reed Solomon Interleaver Depth 8, closed network; Depth 4 or 8 per IESS-308, 309, and 310 Data Scrambling IESS-308 (V.35 Intelsat), IESS-309/310, FDC, V.35 (EFD/CSC), Modified V.35, None Differential Encoding/Decoding ON/OFF External Reference Input 1, 5, 10, 20 MHz (75Ω 0 to 20 dBm on 50Ω BNC Female) Note: Only 10 MHz allowed when operating with BUC and LNB requiring 10 MHz reference from modem. Test Modes IF Loopback Available only when TX and RX are both L-band: Disconnects the IF input from the RX input connector and couples it to a sample of the TX IF output. The IF output is not affected. Sets the demodulator frequency to the same value as the modulator. For the modem to lock, an external IF loop must be provided. Note: Do not enable IF Loopback (or link the TX to RX by cable or satellite link) on a CDM-IP 300L modem operating in EasyConnect Mode when connected to a LAN. In this configuration, EasyConnect will resend all layer 2 broadcast packets and cause a “broadcast storm” on the LAN. To perform a loop test to verify the modem or satellite link, set the CDM-IP modem to Router Mode. RF Loopback 23 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Parameter Description Prime Power 85 to 264 VAC, 47 to 63 Hz, 60 Watts maximum Physical: Size Weight Mounting Environmental: Temperature Humidity 1 RU1.75H x 19W x 19.18D inches (4.44 x 48.26 x 48.72 cm) 14.5 lbs. Maximum (6.51 kg) Standard 19-inch (48.62 cm) rack mounts front and rear accepts standard rack mount slides (no slides with 150W BUC power supply option) 0 to +50°C (32 to 122°F) 95% non-condensing Operational Shock MIL-STD-167-1. When any one corner of the modem is dropped from 1 cm onto a hard surface, the modem will not take any errors or faults. Survivability Shock and Vibration MIL-STD-810D Method 514.4, Procedure 8, 1 hour/axis Agency Approvals CE Mark Table 2. Modulation Specifications Transmit Specifications Output Connector Type N Female Output Frequency 950 to 1750 MHz in 100 Hz steps Frequency Stability ± 0.02 ppm Optional: ± 1.0 ppm External Reference Input (Standard) The External frequency reference connector is located on the back panel. This allows the Frequency Reference to be locked to an external reference frequency standard. Impedance 75Ω Frequency 1, 5, 10 or 20 MHz (10 MHz required if supplying 10 MHz reference to BUC or LNB) Reference Frequency Output Amplitude DC offset ≥ +0 dBm < +20 dBm Capacitively coupled Connector BNC female (50Ω) The External frequency reference connector can be used as an output. When selected from the front panel, this output can be used to lock other equipment to the Internal High Stability Reference of the selected modem. The output is 10 MHz, the level is +5 ± 5 dBm. 24 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Calibration Front panel programmable adjustment for aging. Output Power Range 0 to -40 dBm in 0.1 dB steps Output Power Accuracy ± 1.5 dB Output Power Stability versus Temperature ± 1.0 dB Output Power Offset Adds offset of –99.0 to +99.0 dB in 0.1 dB steps to displayed IF output power. Output Impedance 50 Ω Output Return Loss ≥ 14 dB Output Noise Floor -130 dBc/Hz (20 MHz from carrier) Output Phase Noise The phase noise of the TX IF output carrier is no worse than: dB/Hz Frequency Offset -63.0 100 Hz -73.0 1 kHz -83.0 10 kHz -93.0 100 kHz Fundamental AC line spurious is -42 dBc or lower. The sum of all the single sideband spurious, from 0 to 0.75 x symbol rate, is -42 dBc or lower. Spurious Emissions -55 dBc, 55 to 2000 MHz in 4 kHz bandwidth Modulator IF Output Spectrum Shape The modem meets the following TX output spectral mask specifications. The desired mask is selectable from the front panel or remotely. INTELSAT/EUTELSAT Closed net (CEFD and CSC) Closed net (Fairchild compatible) Closed net (SDM 51, SDM 52) Carrier Suppression < -30 dBc (test mode) Harmonics of modulated carrier < -55 dBc Output Unit Reference: Frequency Stability Power Level Phase Noise On center conductor of L-Band output connector 10.0 MHz ± 0.02 ppm (Optional: 1.0 ppm) 0.0 dBm, ± 3 dBm dB/Hz Frequency Offset -50 1 Hz -80 10 Hz -110 100 Hz -140 1 kHz -150 10 kHz -150 100 kHz 25 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Outdoor Unit (ODU) Supply Voltage. Supplied through TX IF center conductor and selectable On/Off via M&C control. Standard unit is with no ODU supply. Optional ODU supplies: 24 VDC, 4.0 Amps maximum, universal AC input 100 W supply 48 VDC, 3.0 Amps maximum, universal AC input 150 W supply ODU 10 MHz Reference On center conductor of output Type N connector at 0 ± 3 dBm. Programmable On/Off. Outdoor Unit Current Min/Max programmable current limit and alarm if current falls outside the programmable threshold. Outdoor Unit M&C FSK TX and RX for M&C of the SierraCom or Herley BUC. Spectral Sense Normal or Inverted Test Modes, Carrier CW Offset: single sideband Dual: dual sideband Table 3. Demodulation Specifications Receive Specifications Input Connector Type N Female Input Impedance 50 Ω Input Return Loss ≥ 10 dB Minimum Input Level, Desired Carrier -135 dBm + 10*Log (Symbol Rate), see curve Input Level AGC 50 dBc, see curve Input Composite Power: Symbol Rate > 64 Ksym/s < 64 Ksym/s Absolute maximum +30 dBc within 10 MHz of desired +40 dBc with respect to receive signal +50 dBc with respect to receive signal -5 dBm Acquisition Range ± 500 kHz, programmable in 1Hz increments. BER Performance (BER vs Eb/N0) See BER performance tables Notes: BER specified is based upon SDM 300L3 Adjacent Carrier Performance The modem BER will be degraded less than 0.5 dB with the following receive signal: Two like-modulated carriers spaced 1.3 times the symbol rate from the receive frequency, and/or 1.2 26 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM times the acquisition range, whichever is larger. Each adjacent carrier up to 10 dBc higher in power than the desired carrier. A single adjacent carrier spaced 1.4 times the symbol rate, up to +20 dBc. LNB 10 MHz Reference On center conductor of L-band input connector, selectable ON/OFF. Level: -3 ± 3 dBm. Source: 1. Internal High Stability Reference 2. REF EXT Supplied at 10 MHz Performance: For phase noise, refer to L-Band Modulator 10 MHz. Frequency stability is the same as the modulator. LNB Voltage On center conductor of L-band input connector, selectable ON/OFF: 13 and 18 volts per DiSEq 4.2 and 24 VDC at 500 mA, maximum LNB Current Programmable MIN and MAX current alarms LNB Band Control 22kHz tone outbound from L-band connector per DiSEq 4.2. Monitored Signals Receive signal level Raw BER Corrected BER range 10-3 to 10-12 Eb/N0, 2.0 to 16.0 dB Rx frequency offset –500 kHz to +500 kHz Table 4. Digital Data Rates The digital data rate is selectable in 1 bit/s steps. The modem automatically calculates and sets the symbol rate. Data rates entered that exceed the data rate or symbol rate specification are rejected at entry. The symbol rate range is 4.8 to 2500 kHz. Modulation Type Encoding Type Data Rate Range BPSK 1/2 {O}QPSK 1/2 {O}QPSK 3/4 {O}QPSK 7/8 8-PSK 2/3 Viterbi Viterbi Viterbi Viterbi Viterbi 2.4 kbps 4.8 kbps 7.2 kbps 8.4 kbps 512 kbps 1.25 Mbps 2.5 Mbps 3.75 Mbps 4.375 Mbps 5.0 Mbps BPSK 1/2 QPSK 1/2 QPSK 3/4 QPSK 7/8 Sequential Sequential Sequential Sequential 2.4 kbps 4.8 kbps 7.2 kbps 8.4 kbps 1.25 Mbps 2.5 Mbps 3.75 Mbps 4.375 Mbps 27 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM BPSK 1/2 {O}QPSK 1/2 {O}QPSK 3/4 {O}QPSK 7/8 8-PSK 2/3 Viterbi and Reed-Solomon Viterbi and Reed-Solomon Viterbi and Reed-Solomon Viterbi and Reed-Solomon Trellis and Reed-Solomon 2.4 kbps 4.8 kbps 7.2 kbps 8.4 kbps 512 kbps 1.138 Mbps 2.277 Mbps 3.416 Mbps 3.986 Mbps 4.555 Mbps BPSK 1/2 QPSK 1/2 QPSK 3/4 QPSK 7/8 Sequential and Reed-Solomon Sequential and Reed-Solomon Sequential and Reed-Solomon Sequential and Reed-Solomon 2.4 kbps 4.8 kbps 7.2 kbps 8.4 kbps 1.138 Mbps 2.277 Mbps 3.416 Mbps 3.986 Mbps BPSK 5/16 BPSK 21/44 {O}QPSK 1/2 {O}QPSK 3/4 8-PSK 3/4 Turbo Turbo Turbo Turbo Turbo 2.4 kbps 2.4 kbps 4.8 kbps 7.2 kbps 384 kbps 781.25 kbps 1193 kbps 2386 kbps 3750 kbps 5.0 Mbps BPSK 1/1 {O}QPSK 1/1 None None 4.8 kbps 9.6 kbps 2.5 Mbps 5.0 Mbps 28 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Table 5. RFC’s and Protocols Supported RFC’s and PROTOCOLS RFC 768 User Datagram Protocol RFC 791 Internet Protocol RFC 792 Internet Control Message Protocol RFC 793 Transmission Control Protocol RFC 826 An Ethernet Address Resolution Protocol RFC 856 Telnet Binary Transmission RFC 862 Echo Protocol RFC 894 A Standard for the Transmission of IP Datagrams over Ethernet Networks RFC 959 File Transfer Protocol RFC 1112 Host Extensions for IP Multicasting RFC 1213 Management Information Base for Network Management of TCP/IP-based internet: MIB-II RFC 1812 Requirements for IP Version 4 Routers RFC 2045 Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) RFC 2236 Internet Group Management Protocol, Version 2 RFC 2474 Definition of the Differentiated Services Field (DS Field) in the Ipv4 and Ipv6 Headers RFC 2475 An Architecture for Differentiated Services RFC 2578 Structure of Management Information Version 2 (SMIv2) RFC 2597 Assured Forwarding PHB Group RFC 2598 An Expedited Forwarding PHB RFC 2616 Hypertext Transfer Protocol – HTTP/1.1 RFC 2821 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol RFC 3412 Message Processing and Dispatching for the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) RFC 3416 Version 2 of the Protocol Operations for the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) RFC 3418 Management Information Base (MIB) for the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) 29 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Table 6. Operations and Maintenance OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE CONFIGURATION & MANAGEMENT Console interface SNMP v2 Private Modem Specific MIB SNMP MIB II support Telnet HTTP Remote software / firmware upgrade Local software / firmware upgrade Configuration backup & restore Event Log Diagnostics Traffic statistics Faults & alarms SECURITY Password Protection – 3 levels of access Access Lists – 4 definable Access Lists (individual IP or IP range) CONSOLE / REMOTE CONTROL PORT Interface EIA-232 or EIA-485 (2- or 4-wire) 30 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Table 7. Remote Control Specifications Serial Interface RS-232 or RS-485 (2/4-wire) Signals Controlled or Monitored Terminal Frequency Transmit Power Data Rate Select RF Loopback (L-Band) Scrambler (On/Off) Receive Carrier Detect Power Supply Voltages Field Upgradability Configuration Retention Will maintain current configuration for at least 1 year without power. Receive Frequency Transmitter On/Off IF Loopback (LBand) Raw Error Rate Receive Signal Level Fault Status Error Threshold Alarm Table 8. BER Specifications Viterbi Decoder BPSK (1/2 Only), QPSK, and OQPSK 8-PSK BER 1/2 3/4 7/8 2/3 10-5 10-6 10-7 10-8 5.3 6.0 6.6 7.2 6.4 7.2 7.9 8.5 7.6 8.3 8.9 9.6 – 8.7 9.5 10.2 Concatenated Reed-Solomon Codes BPSK (1/2 Only), QPSK, & OQPSK BER -6 10 10-7 10-8 8-PSK 1/2 3/4 7/8 2/3 4.1 4.2 4.4 5.6 5.8 6.0 6.7 6.9 7.1 6.1 6.4 6.6 31 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Turbo Codes QPSK 1/2 & 3/4, BPSK 21/44 & 5/16 BER -6 10 10-7 10-8 10-9 8-PSK 1/2 3/4 21/44 5/16 3/4 3.0 3.2 3.5 3.8 3.9 4.1 4.3 4.8 2.8 3.1 3.3 3.7 — — — 4.0 7.0 7.3 7.6 Sequential, 1544 Kbps (Optional) BPSK (1/2 Only) & QPSK BER -5 10 10-6 10-7 10-8 1/2 3/4 7/8 5.6 5.9 6.3 6.7 6.1 6.5 7.0 7.4 6.9 7.4 7.9 8.4 32 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 1.6 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM COMPATIBILITY The CDM-IP 300L, when properly configured, will interoperate with the following Comtech EF Data modems: CDM-IP 550 Note: The CDM-IP is not compatible with either the CiM 550 or CiM 300L modems. Contact Comtech EF Data Customer Support to purchase a CDM to CDM-IP Upgrade kit. 1.7 APPLICATION NOTES Refer to the following table for Application Notes that are applicable to the CDM-IP 300L. Table 9. Application Notes Application Note P/N Date Title APN/FAST 21 April 1999 Fully Accessible System Topology “FAST” APN/RS 21 April 1999 Reed-Solomon Concatenated Codes APN/FLASH Flash Upgrading The CDM-IP 300L Satellite Modem. Included in this Manual as Appendix B 33 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 1.8 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM DIMENSIONAL ENVELOPE 19.1 1.75 (4.4) (48.72) 19.0 17.0 (43.18) (48.26) 1.25 (3.2) Note: Dimensions shown in inches; centimeters shown in parentheses. Figure 5. CDM-IP Dimensional Envelope 34 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 2 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Installation 2.1 UNPACKING The modem and manual are packaged in pre-formed, reusable, cardboard cartons containing foam spacing for maximum shipping protection. Do not use any cutting tool that will extend more than 1 inch into the container and cause damage to the modem. CAUTION Unpack the modem: 1 Cut the tape at the top of the carton indicated by OPEN THIS END. 2 Remove the cardboard/foam space covering the modem and caddypacks. 3 Remove the modem, caddypacks, manual, and power cord from the carton. 4 Save the packing material for storage or reshipment purposes. 5 Inspect the equipment for any possible damage incurred during shipment. 6 Check the equipment against the packing list to ensure the shipment is correct. 36 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 2.2 INSTALLATION The modem arrives fully assembled from the factory. After unpacking the modem, install the modem as follows: 2.2.1 IDU INSTALLATION (OPTIONAL) Refer to Table 10. Use Mounting Kit KT/6228-1. Table 10. Optional: Mounting Kit , KT/6228-1 (IDU to Equipment Rack) QTY Part Number Description 2 FP/6138-1 Bracket, Rear Support 4 HW/10-32x1/2RK Bolt, #10 Rack 2 HW/10-32X1/4 SHC Screw, Socket 10-32 x 1/4inch Tools Required: Screw Driver SAE Allen Wrench Phillips 5/32-inch Install the IDU rear support brackets as follows: 1. Install provided rear support bracket onto the mounting rail of the rack. Fasten with provided bracket bolts. 2. Fasten the provided #10 socket head screws to the rear-side mounting holes on either side of the chassis modem. Mount the modem into the equipment rack ensuring that the socket heads engage into the slots of the rear support brackets. Note: It may be necessary to adjust the location of the rear mounting rails of the rack. 37 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Equipment Rack Mounting Rail * * #10 Socket head screw BRACKET BOLTS * Support Bracket * Note: Components of mounting kit KT/6228-1 IDU Figure 6. Installation of the Optional Mounting Bracket KT/6228-1 38 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 2.3 EXTERNAL MODEM CONNECTIONS Table 11. Modem Rear Panel Connectors Name Ref. Des. Connector Type Function TX/IF OUTPUT CP1 Type N (L-Band) RF Output EXT REF CP2 BNC, female EXT REF IN RF IF INPUT CP3 Type F, 75 Ω RF Input J6 FAULT Not used J7 ETHERNET INTERFACE 9-pin D FORM C Fault Relay Contacts RJ 45 ( 8-pin) RS 11 (6-pin) DB9 - Male 10/100 BaseT Ethernet Async Serial Console Remote interface AUX J9 9-pin D, Female (TTL) Faults Satellite Clock Demod I/Q Automatic Gain Control (AGC) Out ALARMS J10 9-pin D, Female FORM C Alarm Relay Contacts AC INPUT NONE IEC GROUND NONE 10-32 Stud AC INPUT 10/100 ETHERNET CONSOLE REMOTE RX/IF IN CP3 J9 AUX TX/IF OUT CP1 J6 RX/IF IN 10/100 ETHERNET CONSOLE J6 V.35/RS422 J7 FAULT J9 AUX J10 ALARM CP3 EXT REF CP2 J10 ALARM GROUND STUD TX/IF OUT REMOTE J7 FAULT EXT REF CP2 Figure 7. REAR PANEL CONNECTORS 39 CP1 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 2.3.1 ETHERNET INTERFACE CONNECTOR The 10/100 BaseT Ethernet connector is a RJ45-8 modular jack located on the rear panel. This interface is used for data traffic and M & C. This interface is a Network Interface Card (NIC) pinout. Table 12. Ethernet Interface Connector Pin Function 1 Tx+ 2 Tx- 3 Rx+ 4 N/C 5 N/C 6 Rx- 7 N/C 8 N/C 2.3.1 ASYNC-SERIAL CONSOLE The Console Connector is a RJ11-6 modular jack located on the rear panel. The AsyncSerial Console interfaces the IP Module Command Line Interface (CLI). This interface is a RS-232 DCE interface. Table 13. ASYNC-Serial Console Connector Pin Function 1 Ground 2 Rx 3 Tx 4 Ground 5 No used 6 Not used 40 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 2.3.3 REMOTE CONNECTOR AND PINOUTS The remote connector is a 9-pin subminiature male D connector (J6) located on the rear panel of the modem. Screw locks are provided for mechanical security of the mating connector. The remote connector interfaces the M & C functions to a remote location. The remote location can be an M&C computer located away from the modem, but attached via cable to the remote connector. This DCE interface is user selectable for either RS-232 or RS485. Table 14. Remote Connector and Pinouts RS-232 Pin # RS-485 Name 1 Pin # Name (2-Wire) Name (4-Wire) 1 GND GND 4* +RX/TX +TX -RX/TX -TX 2 RD (RX) 2 3 TD (TX) 3 4 5 GND 5* 6 DSR 6 7 RTS 7 8 CTS 8* +RX/TX +RX 9* -RX/TX -RX 9 Note: *For 2-Wire Operation: 1 Only two wires are required. 2 Tie pins 4 and 8 together (both +). 3 Tie pins 5 and 9 together (both -). 2.3.4 CONNECTOR (J6) J6 connector is not used at this time. 41 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 2.3.5 FAULT CONNECTOR AND PINOUTS (J7) The fault connector provides Form C contact closures for fault reporting. The three Form C summary fault contacts, ratings 1 A maximum at 24 Vdc, 0.5 A at 120 Vac, are Modulator, Demodulator, and Common Equipment. The fault interface connection is a 9-pin subminiature female D connector (J7) located on the rear panel of the modem. Screw locks are provided for mechanical security on the mating connector. Table 15. Fault Connector and Pinouts (J7) Pin # Signal Function Name 1 Common equipment is not faulted NO 2 COM 3 Common equipment is faulted NC 4 Modulator is not faulted NO 5 COM 6 Modulator is faulted NC 7 Demodulator is not faulted NO 8 9 Note: COM Demodulator is faulted NC A connection between the common (COM) and normally open (NO) contacts indicates no fault. 42 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 2.3.6 AUXILIARY 1 CONNECTOR AND PINOUTS (J9) The auxiliary 1 (AUX 1) connector provides: MOD and DEMOD (TTL) faults Satellite Clock Satellite I & Q Automatic Gain Control (AGC) output voltage The faults are open collector levels that indicate a modulator or demodulator failure. A logic “1” indicates the faulted condition. AGC_OUT is a programmable voltage, 0 to 10 V, for a receive signal level between -25 and -60 dBm. AUX 1 connection is a 9-pin female D connector (J9) located on the rear panel of the modem. Screw locks are provided for mechanical security on the mating connector. Table 16. AUX 1 CONNECTOR AND PINOUTS (J9) Pin # Signal Function Name 1 Satellite Clock - SAT_CLK- 2 External TX Enable EXT_TX_EN 3 Satellite Clock + SAT_CLK+ 4 MODULATOR TTL Fault MDFLTTTL 5 Ground GRN 6 RX_Q RX Q Channel Eye 7 DEMODULATOR TTL Fault DMDFLTTL 8 RX 1 Channel Eye RX_1 9 AGC Output AGC 43 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 2.3.7 ALARMS CONNECTOR AND PINOUTS (J10) The alarm connector provides Form C contact closures for alarm reporting. The two Form C summary fault contacts are Modulator and Demodulator. The alarm connection is a 9-pin female D connector (J10) located on the rear panel of the modem. Screw locks are provided for mechanical security on the mating connector. Table 17. Alarms Connector and Pinouts (J10) Pin # Signal Function Name 1 Alarm 1 is faulted NO 2 COM 3 Alarm 1 is not faulted NC 4 Alarm 2 is faulted NO 5 COM 6 Alarm 2 is not faulted NC 7 Alarm 3 is faulted NO 8 9 Notes: COM Alarm 3 is not faulted 1 Alarm 1 = Not used 2 Alarm 2 = TX 3 Alarm 3 = RX NC 2.3.8 RF OUTPUT CONNECTOR (CP1) CP1 is a 50 Ω Type N connector for the TX IF signal. In normal operation, the output will be a QPSK (Optional: OQPSK or 8-PSK) or BPSK modulated result of the Data I/O connector between 950 to 1750 MHz, in 100 Hz steps 2.3.9 EXTERNAL REFERENCE (CP2) CP2 is a BNC connector for an EXT REF. The input impedance is 75 Ω. For normal operation, the desired carrier signal level is ≥ 0 dB. EXT REF frequencies are EXT 1, EXT 5, EXT 10, and EXT 20 MHz. 2.3.10 RF INPUT CONNECTOR (CP3) CP3 is a Type N connector for an RX IF signal. The input impedance is 75 Ω (Optional: 50 Ω). The input return loss is ≥ 10 dB from 950 to 1750 MHz. 44 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 2.3.11 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM AC POWER CONNECTOR A standard, detachable, non-locking, 3-prong power cord (IEC plug) supplies the Alternating Current (AC) power to the modem. Observe the following: Input Power Input Voltage Connector Type Fuse Protection 2.3.12 55 W maximum, 40 W typical 90 to 132 or 175 to 264 Vac Unit switches ranges automatically. I.E.C 1 A SLO-BLO Line and neutral fusing 5 mm type fuses GROUND CONNECTOR (GND) A #10-32 stud on the rear panel of the modem is used for connecting a common chassis ground among all equipment. Note: The AC power connector provides the safety ground. 45 3 Operation 3.1 METHODS OF OPERATION The CDM-IP IP-Centric Modem may be setup and operated using any of the following methods: User Interface Connection Modem Functions CDM Functions Reference Keypad ALL IP Address/Subnet only Chapter 4 Serial Remote Control Serial RS-232/RS-485 via Remote Control Port B ALL IP Address/Subnet only Chapter 5 Serial Command Line Interface (CLI) Serial RS-232 via Console Port ALL ALL Chapter 9 Telnet Ethernet via 10/100 BaseT IP interface ALL ALL Chapter 9 Web Server Ethernet via 10/100 BaseT IP interface ALL ALL Chapter 10 SNMP Ethernet via 10/100 BaseT IP interface ALL ALL Appendix A Front Panel Figure 8. Front Panel 3.1.1 FRONT PANEL OPERATION The front panel provides a menu driven, easy to operate, user interface that provides control of all modem parameters plus selection of the IP address and network prefix length. On the front panel of the unit, there are a keypad, the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD), and ten LED indicators. The user enters data via the keypad, and messages are displayed on the LCD. The LEDs indicate, in a summary fashion, the status of the unit. Refer to Chapter 4 for detailed operations. 47 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 3.1.2 SERIAL REMOTE CONTROL OPERATIONS The CDM-IP modem provides a standard serial (RS-232, RS-485 4-wire, or RS-485 2wire) interface that can be used only for monitor and control of CDM-IP 300L modem parameters (Monitor and Control of the CDM-IP 300L IP parameters is provided separately via the Console Port interface). Access to this application is provided via the ‘Remote Control B’ (DB9) port on the back of the modem. Refer to Chapter 5 for detailed operations using this interface. 3.1.3 SERIAL COMMAND LINE INTERFACE (CLI) OPERATIONS The CDM-IP modem provides a serial (RS-232) command line interface that can be used only for monitor and control of CDM-IP 300L IP parameters (Monitor and Control of the CDM-IP 300L modem parameters is provided separately via the ‘Remote Control B’ port). Access to this application is provided via the ‘Console Port’ (RJ-11) port on the back of the modem. Refer to Chapter 9 for detailed operations using this interface. 3.1.4 TELNET OPERATIONS The CDM-IP modem provides a Telnet interface with an embedded, easy to use, multilevel, menu system that can be used to monitor and control all CDM-IP modem and IP parameters. Access to this application is provided via the 10/100 BaseT IP interface (RJ45). Refer to Chapter 9 for detailed operations using this interface. 3.1.5 WEB SERVER OPERATION The CDM-IP modem provides an embedded web server application that serves standard HTML web pages that can be used to monitor and control all CDM-IP modem and IP parameters. These web pages have been designed for optimal performance when using Microsoft’s Internet Explorer version 5 or higher. Access to this application is provided via the 10/100 BaseT IP interface (RJ-45). Refer to Chapter 10 for detailed operations using this interface. 3.1.6 SNMP OPERATIONS The CDM-IP modem supports Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) interface that can be used to monitor and control all CDM-IP modem and IP parameters. Access to this application is provided via the 10/100 BaseT IP interface (RJ-45). Refer to Chapter 11 for detailed operations using this interface. 48 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM NOTES: 49 4 Front Panel Menus 4.1 FRONT PANEL OPERATION The user can control and monitor the base modem operation of the CDM-IP 300L from the front panel, using the keypad and display. Only the IP module Ethernet IP Address and IP Subnet can be viewed or changed from the front panel. Nested menus are used, which display all available options, and prompt the user to carry out a required action. The display has two lines each of 16 characters. On most menu screens, the user will observe a flashing solid block cursor, which blinks at a once-per-second rate. This indicates the currently selected item, digit, or field. Where this solid block cursor would obscure the item being edited (for example, a numeric field) the cursor will automatically change to an underline cursor. If the user were to display the same screen for weeks at a time, the display could become ‘burnt’ with this image. To prevent this, the unit has a ‘screen saver’ feature, which will activate after 1 hour. The top line of the display will show the Circuit ID (which can be entered by the user) and the bottom line will show the circuit Eb/No value (if the demod is locked) followed by ‘Press any key....’. The message moves from right to left across the screen, then wraps around. Pressing any key will restore the previous screen. 51 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 4.1.1 KEYPAD The keypad comprises six individual key switches, mounted directly behind a fully sealed membrane overlay. They have a positive ‘click’ action, which provides the user with tactile feedback. These six switches are identified as UP ARROW, DOWN ARROW, RIGHT ARROW, and LEFT ARROW, ENTER and CLEAR. ENTER CLEAR Figure 9. Keypad Key Function ENTER This key is used to select a displayed function or to execute a modem configuration change. CLEAR This key is used to back out of a selection or to cancel a configuration change, which has not been executed using [ENTER]. Pressing [CLEAR] generally returns the display to the previous selection. Left and Right Diamond Keys These keys are used to move to the next selection or to move the cursor functions. Top and Bottom Diamond Keys These keys are used primarily to change configuration data (numbers). At times, they are also used to move from one section to another. Notes: 1 Throughout this chapter, [←] and [→] are used to indicate left and right diamond keys. 2 Throughout this chapter, [↑] and [↓] are used to indicate top and bottom diamond keys. The modem responds by beeping whenever a key is pressed: A single beep indicates a valid entry and the appropriate action was taken. A double beep indicates an invalid entry or a parameter is not available for operation. 52 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 4.1.2 LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY (LCD) The LCD is an active display showing 2 lines, each of 32 characters. The user can vary the display contrast of the LCD window to optimize the view ability of the display in varying lighting conditions. 4.1.3 LED INDICATORS There are 10 LED indicators. The functions of these indicators are shown in the table below. Table 18. Front Panel LED Indicators ALARMS LED Color Condition TRANSMIT Yellow A TX function is in an alarm condition Off No active TX alarms. Yellow A RX function is in an alarm condition. Off No active RX alarms. Red Indicates Tx problem. See Faults section for explanation Off Indicates normal functioning for Tx side of the modem. Red Indicates Rx problem. See Faults section for explanation Off Indicates normal functioning for Rx side of the modem. Red A common equipment fault condition exists. Off A fault has been logged and stored. The fault may or may not be active. Orange There is a Stored Event in the log, which can be viewed from the front panel, or retrieved via the remote control interface Off There are no Stored Events Green Indicates power is supplied to modem. Off Indicates modem id not receiving power. Green Indicates the modem is transmitting defined carrier. Off Indicates the modem is not transmitting defined carrier. Green Framing on, EDMAC on, and unit defined as Slave Off Either no EDMAC, EDMAC Master, or Transparent mode is selected Green A Test Mode is selected (Example: IF Loopback) Off There is no Test Mode currently selected RECEIVE FAULTS TRANSMIT RECEIVE COMMON STORED EVENT POWER TRANSMITTER ON CARRIER DETECT TEST MODE 53 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 4.2 MENUS 4.2.1 MENU TREE Figure 10 shows the menu structure of the CDM-IP 300L Front Panel menu. The detailed screens and menus are described in subsequent paragraphs. CDM-IP 300L Front Panel Menu Tree (1 Of 5) FUNCTION SELECT CONFIGURATION MONITOR FAULTS/ALARMS 2 STORED/FAULTS 2, 3 *REMOTE AUPC 3 UTILITY 4, 5 * CONDITIONAL OR OPTION DE PENDENT 1 See 1 /5 2 See 2 /5 3 See 3 /5 4 See 4 /5 5 See 5 /5 CONFIG URATION MODULATOR MODULATOR DEMODULATOR INTERFACE *LO CAL AUP C SA VE 2 RECALL 2 MONITO R RAW BER CORRECTED BER Eb/No RECEIVE SIGNAL SWEEP FRE QUEN CY *BUFFER FILL TX-V OQPSK 1/2 TX -IF FREQUEN CY TX -IF OUTPUT TX POWER LEVEL SCRAMBLER DI FF. ENCODER CARRIER MODE MO DEM REFEREN CE FS K OUTPUT ODU POWER SUPPLY OD U OUTPUT DE LAY ODU 10 MHz REF RS ENCODER DEMODULATOR LNB CURRENT ODU CURRENT RX-V OQPSK 1/2 RX -IF FREQUEN CY DESCRAMBLER DI FF. DECODER RF LOOP BACK IF LOOP BACK BER THRESHOLD SW EEP CENTER SW EEP RANGE REACQUISITION LNB POWER LNB VOLTAGE LNB 10 MHz REF RS DECODER INTERFACE INTRFC LOOP BACK *LOCAL AUPC AUPC ENABLE NOMINAL PPOWER MINIMUM POWER MAXIMUM POWER TARGET NOISE TRACKING RATE LO CAL CL ACTI ON REMOTE CL ACTION Figure 10. Front Panel Modem Menu Tree (1 of 5) 54 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem CDM-IP 300L Front Panel Menu Tree (2 Of 5) CONFIGURATION FUNCTION SELECT CONFIGURATION MONITOR 1 FAULTS/ALARMS STORED/FAULTS 3,4 1 REMOTE AUPC 4 UTILITY 4,5 * CONDITIONAL OR OPTION DE PENDENT 1 See 1 /5 2 See 2 /5 3 See 3 /5 4 See 4 /5 5 See 5 /5 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM MODULATOR 1 DEMODULATOR 1 INTERFACE 1 * LOCAL AUPC1 SAVE RECALL FAULTS/ALARMS MODULATOR DEMODULATOR TX INTERFACE RX INTERFACE COMMON OUTDOOR UNIT STORED FAULTS MODULATOR DEMODULATOR 3 TX INTERFACE 3 RX INTERFACE COMMON 3 OUTDOOR UNIT 3 UNAVAL SECONDS 3 CLEAR ??3 SAVE CONFIGURATION #1 -5 RECALL CONFIGURATION #1 - 5 MODULATOR IF SYNTHESIZER DATA CLOCK SYN I CHANNEL Q CHANNEL AGC LEVEL MODEM REF ACT MODEM REF PLL MODULE CONFIGURATION DEMODULATOR CARRIER DETECT IF SYNTHESIZER I CHANNEL Q CHANNEL BER THRESHOLD MODULE CONFIGURATION LNB CURRENT TX INTERFACE TX CLK PLL CONFIGURATION RX INTERFACE RX DATA/AIS BUFFER CLK PLL CONFIGURATION COMMON BATTERY/CLOCK -12 VOLT SUPPLY +12 VOLT SUPPLY +5 VOLT SUPPLY SELF TEST CONTROLLER IP MODULE OUTDOOR UNIT CURRENT VOLTAGE TEMPERATURE PLL CLOCK CHECKSUM MODULATOR IF SYNTHESIZER DATA CLOCK SYN I CHANNEL Q CHANNRL AGC LEVEL MODEM REF ACT MODEM REF PLL MODULE CONFIGURATION Figure 11. Front Panel Modem Menu Tree (2 of 5) 55 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM CDM-IP 300L Front Panel Menu Tree (3 Of 5) FUNCTION SELECT CONFIGURATION 1 MONITOR 1 FAULTS/ALARMS 2 STORED/FAULTS 2 * REMOTE AUPC UTILITY 4,5 STORED FAULTS (CONT.) MODULATOR DEMODULATOR TX INTERFACE RX INTERFACE COMMON OUTDOOR UNIT UNAVAL SECONDS CLEAR ?? * CONDITIONAL OR OPTIO N DE PENDENT 1 See 1 /5 2 See 2 /5 3 See 3 /5 4 See 4 /5 5 See 5 /5 DEMODULATOR CARRIER DETECT IF SYNTHESIZER I CHANNEL Q CHANNEL BER THRESHOLD MODULE CONFIGURATION LNB CURRENT TX INTERFACE TX CLK PLL CONFIGURATION RX INTERFACE RX DATA/AIS BUFFER CLK PLL CONFIGURATION COMMON BATTERY/CLOCK -12 VOLT SUPPLY +12 VOLT SUPPLY +5 VOLT SUPPLY SELF TEST CONTROLLER IP MODULE OUTDOOR UNIT CURRENT VOLTAGE TEMPERATURE PLL LOCK CHECKSUM UNAVAL SECONDS 0 NO FAULT CLEAR?? REMOTE AUPC CONFIGURATION MONITOR STORED FAULTS YES CONFIGURATION AUPC ENABLE B-BAND LOOPBACK TX 2047 MONITOR 2047 ERRORS Figure 12. Front Panel Modem Menu Tree (3 of 5) 56 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM CDM-IP 300L Front Panel Menu Tree (4 Of 5) UTILITY FUNCTION SELECT CONFIGURATION 1 MONITOR 1 FAULTS/ALARMS 2 ,3 STORED/FAULTS 2 ,3 *REMOTE AUPC 2 UTILITY MODULATOR DEMODULATOR INTERFACE OUTDOO R UNIT SYSTEM MODEM TYPE 5 FACTORY SET-UP 5 * CONDITIONAL OR OPTION DE PENDENT 1 See 1 /5 2 See 2 /5 3 See 3 /5 4 See 4 /5 5 See 5 /5 MODULATOR ASSIGN TRANSMIT FILTERS TX TERMINAL LO MOD POWER OFFSET ENCODER TYPE SCRAMBLER TX BPSK ORDERING MOD SPECTRUM TX -RS N/K DEEP TX IESS-310 MODE ODU ALARM - LOW ODU ALARM - HIGH RF MODE CONTROL TX SYMBOL RATE DEMODULATOR ASSIGN RECEIVE FILTERS RX TERMINAL LO DECODER TYPE DESCRAMBLER TYPE RX BPSK ORDERING DE MOD SPE CTRUM RX -RS N/K DEEP RX IESS-3 10 MODE LNB ALARM - LOW LNB ALARM - HIGH RX SYMBOL RATE INTERFACE TX OVERHEAD TYPE RX OVERHEAD TYPE OUTDOOR UNIT OD U FSK A DDRESS OD U OUTPU T POWER OD U PWR L EVELING SYSTEM TIME/DATE REMOTE BAUD RATE REMOTE ADDRESS REMOTE TYPE IP.NET PREFIX OPERATION MODE YEAR DISPLAY TEST MODE STATUS LAMP TEST ?? DISPLAY CONTRAST M&C FIRMWARE BOOT FIRMWARE FPGA FIRMWARE CIM FIRMWARE IP DEMO MODE EXT AGC: MAX PWR EXT AGC: MIN PWR MASTER RESET Figure 13. Front Panel Modem Menu Tree (4 of 5) 57 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM CDM-IP 300L Front Panel Menu Tree (5 Of 5) CDM-IP 300L Front Panel Menu Tree (5 Of 5) UTILITY FUNCTION SELECT CONFIGURATION 1 MONITOR 1 FAULTS/ALARMS 2 ,3 STORED/FAULTS 2 ,3 *REMOTE AUPC 2 UTILITY MODULATOR 4 DEMODULATOR 4 INTERFACE 4 OU TDO OR UNIT 4 SY STE M 4 MO DEM TYPE FACTORY SET-UP * CONDITIONAL OR OPTION DE PENDENT 1 See 1 /5 2 See 2 /5 3 See 3 /5 4 See 4 /5 5 See 5 /5 MODEM TYPE MO DEM TYP E REV EMULATION MO DEM OPT IONS CARD #1 TYPE CARD #2 TYPE CARD #3 TYPE CARD #1 OPTIONS CARD #2 OPTIONS CARD #3 OPTIONS LO CAL MOD EM AUP C MO DEM SER IAL # CARD #1 SERIAL # CARD #2 SERIAL # CARD #3 SERIAL # CONFIGURATION CODE CONFIGURATION CODE CONFIGURATION CODE CONFIGURATION CODE FACTORY SETUP Figure 14. Front Panel Modem Menu Tree (5 of 5) 58 MODEM - CARD #1 - CARD #2 - CARD #3 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 4.2.1.1 OPENING SCREEN DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION CDM300L CUSTOM VER: 2.1.14 This screen is displayed whenever power is first applied to the unit. Pressing any key will take the user to the top-level selection screen. FUNCTION SELECT CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION, MONITOR, FAULTS/ALARMS, STORED/FAULTS, REMOTE AUPC*, UTILITY. * Conditional or option dependent. 4.2.1.1.1 Function Select – Configuration The user is presented with the following choices: DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION MODULATOR DEMODULATOR INTERFACE *LOCAL AUPC SAVE RECALL * Conditional or option dependent. CONFIGURATION MODULATOR 4.2.1.1.1.1 Configuration – Modulator DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION CONFIGURATION MODULATOR Filters: A, B, C, D, or V. See filter assignments for valid rates. TX-V QPSK 1/2 64.000 Kbps 50 to 180 MHz (in 1 Hz steps). * non TX/RF L-Band modem only. TX-IF FREQUENCY 70.0000 MHz or 59 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION TX-IF FREQUENCY 1200.0000 MHz 950 to 1750 MHz (in 100 Hz steps). * non TX/RF L-Band modem (non-terminal frequency mode) only. TX-IF FREQUENCY 5845.0000 MHz Range dependent on LO and Mix (in 1 MHz steps). * non TX/RF L-Band modem (terminal frequency mode) only. or ON, OFF. TX-IF OUTPUT OFF -5.0 to –30.0 dBm (normal range) +5.0 to –20 dBm (high power option) *non TX/RF L-Band modem only TX POWER LEVEL +5.0 dBm 0.0 to –40.0 dBm *TX/RF L-Band modem only TX POWER LEVEL -10.0 dBm ON, OFF SCRAMBLER ON ON, OFF DIFF. ENCODER ON NORMAL-MODULATED CENTER-CW OFFSET-CW DUAL-CW CARRIER MODE NORMAL-MODULATED INTERNAL EXT1MHz EXT5MHz EXT10 MHz EXT 20 MHz OUTPUT 10MHZ – (High Stability option only) MODEM REFERENCE INTERNAL 60 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION ON, OFF FSK OUTPUT ON ON, OFF * TX/RF L-Band modem only. ODU POWER SUPPLY OFF ODU OUTPUT DELAY 00.00 MIN.SEC ON, OFF *TX/RF L-Band modem only. ODU 10 MHz REF OFF ON, OFF *Reed-Solomon option only. RS ENCODER OFF 4.2.1.1.1.2 Configuration – Demodulator DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION CONFIGURATION DEMODULATOR Filters: A, B, C, D, or V. See filter assignments for valid rates. RX-V OQPSK 1/2 768.000 Kbps 950 to 1750 MHz (in 100Hz steps). RX-IF FREQUENCY 1200.0000 MHz or 61 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION 950 to 1750 MHz (in 100Hz steps). *Non-terminal frequency mode only. RX-IF FREQUENCY 1200.0000 MHz ON, OFF DESCRAMBLER ON ON, OFF DIFF. DECODER ON ON, OFF * TX/RF L-Band modem only. RF LOOP BACK ON ON, OFF * TX/RF L-Band modem only. IF LOOP BACK ON NONE or 1.0 E-x (where x = 3 to 8) BER THRESHOLD NONE -75,000 to +75,000 Hz SWEEP CENTER + 0 Hz 0 to 150,000 Hz SWEEP RANGE 60000 Hz 0 to 999 Seconds REACQUISITION 0 SECONDS 62 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION ON, OFF LNB POWER OFF 13, 18, or 24 Vdc LNB VOLTAGE 13 Vdc ON, OFF LNB 10 MHz REF OFF ON OFF CORRECTION_OFF *Reed-Solomon option only. RS DECODER OFF 4.2.1.1.1.3 Configuration - Interface DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION None of the Configuration Interface functions apply to the CDM-IP 300L CONFIGURATION INTERFACE 4.2.1.1.1.4 Configuration - Local AUPC (Optional) DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION ON OFF LOCAL AUPC 63 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Programs the nominal power value of the AUPC. The nominal power value can range from -5 to -30 dBm, in 0.5 dBm steps. Upon entry, the current nominal power value is displayed. Press [↑] or [↓] to increment or decrement the digit at the flashing cursor. Press [ENTER] to execute the change. AUPC ENABLE Programs the nominal power value of the AUPC. The nominal power value can range from -5 to -30 dBm, in 0.5 dBm steps. Upon entry, the current nominal power value is displayed. Press [↑] or [↓] to increment or decrement the digit at the flashing cursor. Press [ENTER] to execute the change. NOMINAL POWER Programs the minimum power level of the AUPC. The minimum power level can range from -5 to -30 dBm, in 0.5 dBm steps. Upon entry, the current minimum power level is displayed. Press [↑] or [↓] to increment or decrement the digit at the flashing cursor. Press [ENTER] to execute the change. MINIMUM POWER Programs the maximum power level of the AUPC. The maximum power level can range from -5 to -30 dBm, in 0.5 dBm steps. Upon entry, the current maximum power level is displayed. Press [↑] or [↓] to increment or decrement the digit at the flashing cursor. Press [ENTER] to execute the change. MAXIMUM POWER Programs the Eb/No target set point. The Eb/No target set point ranges from 3.2 to 16.0 dB, in 0.1 dB steps. Upon entry, the current Eb/No target set point is displayed. Press [↑] or [↓] to increment or decrement the digit at the flashing cursor. Press [ENTER] to execute the change. TARGET NOISE 64 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Programs the maximum tracking rate of the AUPC. Maximum tracking rate can range from 0.5 to 6.0 dBm/minute, in 0.5 dBm/minute steps. Upon entry, the current maximum tracking rate is displayed. Press [↑] or [↓] to increment or decrement the digit at the flashing cursor. Press [ENTER] to execute the change. TRACKING RATE Programs the local carrier loss for HOLD, NOMINAL, or MAXIMUM. Upon entry, the status of the local carrier loss is displayed. Press [↑] or [↓] to make the selection. Press [ENTER] to execute the change. LOCAL CL ACTION Programs the remote carrier loss for HOLD, NOMINAL, or MAXIMUM. Upon entry, the status of the remote carrier loss is displayed. Press [↑] or [↓] to make the selection. Press [ENTER] to execute the change. REMOTE CL ACTION 4.2.1.1.1.5 Configuration - Save DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION CONFIGURATION SAVE The Configuration Save menu allows programming of configuration parameters into memory on the M&C. There are five memory locations that may be used to store specific configuration setups that are used frequently. After changing the configuration parameters to the desired settings, enter the Configuration Save menu and select memory location 1 through 5. Press [ENTER] to execute the save. CONFIGURATION #1 SAVE 65 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 4.2.1.1.1.6 Configuration - Recall DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION CONFIGURATION RECALL The Configuration Recall menu allows the user to recall a previously saved configuration setup. Upon entry, select memory location 1 through 5 by pressing [↑] or [↓]. Press [ENTER] to execute the recall. CONFIGURATION #1 RECALL 4.2.1.1.2 Function Select – Monitor DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION RAW BER CORRECTED BER RECEIVE SIGNAL SWEEP FREQ BUFFER FILL TX-RS N/K DEPTH RX-RS N/K DEPTH LNB CURRENT ODU CURRENT FUNCTION SELECT MONITOR 4.2.1.1.2.1 Monitor – Raw BER DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Displays the current BER or “No Data” (if carrier is not locked). Range: < m.m E-e to > m.m E-e. Note: Low limit is based on performance. High limit is based on data/code rate. RAW BER No Data 4.2.1.1.2.2 Monitor – Corrected BER DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Displays the current corrected BER or “No Data” (if carrier is not locked). Range: 1.0 E-3 to 1.0 E-12. Note: Low limit is based on performance. High limit is 1.0 E-12. CORRECTED BER No Data 66 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 4.2.1.1.2.3 Monitor – Eb/No DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Displays the current Eb/No or “No Data” (if carrier is not locked). Range: 2.0 to 16.0 dB. Note: Low limit is based on the data rate. High limit is 16.0 dB. EB/NO No Data 4.2.1.1.2.4 Monitor – Receive Signal DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Displays the current receive signal level. RECEIVE SIGNAL <91.9dBm Range: -25.0 to –91.9 dBm. 4.2.1.1.2.5 Monitor – Sweep Frequency DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Displays the current offset frequency or “No Data” if carrier is not locked Range: -35,000 to +35,000 Hz SWEEP FREQUENCY No Data 4.2.1.1.2.6 Monitor – Buffer Fill DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Displays the current plesiochronous buffer fill status percent. Range: 1 to 99%. BUFFER FILL 50% 4.2.1.1.2.7 Monitor – LNB Current DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Monitors the LNB current or LNB POWER OFF. Current displayed is 0 to 500 mA in 1 mA increments LNB CURRENT 67 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 4.2.1.1.2.8 Monitor – Loop Timing DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Monitors the ODU current or ODU POWER OFF. Current displayed is 0 to 4000 mA in 1 mA increments ODU CURRENT 4.2.1.1.3 Function Select – Faults/Alarms DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION MODULATOR DEMODULATOR TX INTERFACE RX INTERFACE COMMON OUTDOOR UNIT UNAVALSECONDS CLEAR?? CONFIGURATION FAULTS/ALARMS 4.2.1.1.3.1 Faults/Alarms – Modulator DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION NOTE: “-” indicates status of parameter is OK. “+” indicates a fault. Reverse contrast “+” indicates an alarm. MODULATOR ▓-------- Modulator IF synthesizer fault IF SYNTHESIZER ▓-------- Transmit clock synthesizer fault. Indicates the internal Voltage Controlled Oscillator (VCO) has not locked to the incoming data clock DATA CLOCK SYN -▓------- I channel data activity fault I CHANNEL --▓------ 68 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Q channel data activity fault Q CHANNEL ---▓----- TX IF AGC level fault AGC LEVEL ----▓---- MODEM REF activity alarm MODEM REF ACT -----▓--- MODEM REF PLL not locked MODEM REF PLL ------▓-- Modulator module fault MODULE -------▓- Modulator configuration fault CONFIGURATION --------▓ 4.2.1.1.3.2 Faults/Alarms – Demodulator DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Note: DEMODULATOR ▓-------- “-” indicates status of parameter is OK. “+” indicates a fault. Reverse contrast “+” indicates an alarm. Carrier detect fault. Indicates the decoder is not locked CARRIER DETECT ▓-------- Demodulator IF synthesizer fault. Indicates the IF synthesizer is not locked IF SYNTHESIZER -▓------- 69 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM I CHANNEL --▓------ I channel activity fault. Indicates a loss of activity in the I channel of the quadrature demodulator Q CHANNEL ---▓----- Q channel activity fault. Indicates a loss of activity in the Q channel of the quadrature demodulator Secondary alarm result of the BER threshold set in the DEMOD Configuration menu BER THRESHOLD ----▓---- Demodulator/decoder module fault MODULE -----▓--- Demodulator/decoder configuration fault CONFIGURATION ------▓-- LNB configuration fault LNB -------▓- 4.2.1.1.3.3 Faults/Alarms – Tx Interface DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Note: TX INTERFACE ------- “-” indicates status of parameter is OK. “+” indicates a fault. Reverse contrast “+” indicates an alarm. TX CLK PLL --▓---- Transmitter phase-locked loop fault. Indicates the transmitter Phase-Locked Loop (PLL) is not locked CONFIGURATION ------▓ TX interface configuration fault. Indicates the TX interface cannot execute a programmed configuration parameter 70 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 4.2.1.1.3.4 Faults/Alarms – Rx Interface DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION NOTE: “-” indicates status of parameter is OK. “+” indicates a fault. Reverse contrast “+” indicates an alarm. RX INTERFACE -------------- Data or AIS. When data fault is selected in the Configuration Interface menu (4.2.1.1.1), the fault indicates a data stable condition. This indicates the data coming from the satellite is all 1s or 0s (i.e., data is not transitioning). When AIS is selected, the Alarm indicates the data is all 1s from the satellite. When None is selected in the Configuration Interface menu, the RX DATA/AIS Fault/Alarm is not activated. Note: AIS is an alarm, not a switching fault. RX DATA/AIS --▓----------- Buffer clock phase-locked loop fault. Indicates the buffer clock PLL is not locked BUFFER CLK PLL -----▓-------- Configuration alarm CONFIGURATION -------------▓ 71 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 4.2.1.1.3.5 Faults/Alarms – Common DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Note: COMMON ▓------ “-” indicates status of parameter is OK. “+” indicates a fault. Reverse contrast “+” indicates an alarm Battery or clock fault BATTERY CLOCK ▓------ -12 Vdc power supply fault -12 VOLT SUPPLY -▓----- +12 Vdc power supply fault +12 VOLT SUPPLY --▓---- +5 Vdc power supply fault +5 VOLT SUPPLY ---▓--- Built in self test fault SELF TEST ----▓-- Controller fault. Typically indicates the controller has gone through a power on/off cycle CONTROLLER -----▓- IP module fault. Typically indicates that the IP module will not program IP MODULE ------▓ 72 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 4.2.1.1.3.6 Faults/Alarms – Outdoor Unit DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Note: OUTDOOR UNIT ----- “-” indicates status of parameter is OK. “+” indicates a fault. Reverse contrast “+” indicates an alarm Current fault CURRENT ▓---- Voltage fault VOLTAGE -▓--- Temperature fault TEMPERATURE ----- PLL Lock fault PLL LOCK ----- Checksum fault CHECKSUM ----- 73 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 4.2.1.1.4 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Function Select – Stored/Faults DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION MODULATOR DEMODULATOR TX INTERFACE RX INTERFACE COMMON OUTDOOR UNIT UNAVAL SECONDS CLEAR ?? FUNCTION SELECT STORED FLTS/ALMS 4.2.1.1.4.1 Stored/Faults – Modulator DISPLAY MODULATOR 11/01/02 SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Note: “-” indicates status of parameter is OK. “+” indicates a fault. Reverse contrast “+” indicates an alarm. 0 Modulator IF synthesizer fault IF SYNTHESIZER ▓-------- Transmit clock synthesizer fault. Indicates the internal Voltage Controlled Oscillator (VCO) has not locked to the incoming data clock DATA CLOCK SYN -▓------- I channel data activity fault I CHANNEL --▓------ Q channel data activity fault Q CHANNEL ----▓---- TX IF AGC level fault AGC LEVEL -----▓--- 74 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION MODEM REF activity alarm MODEM REF ACT ------▓-- MODEM REF PLL not locked MODEM REF PLL -------▓- Modulator module fault MODULE -------▓- Modulator configuration fault CONFIGURATION --------▓ 4.2.1.1.4.2 Stored/Faults – Demodulator DISPLAY DEMODULATOR 11/07/01 SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Note: 0 “-” indicates status of parameter is OK. “+” indicates a fault. Reverse contrast “+” indicates an alarm. Carrier detect fault. Indicates the decoder is not locked CARRIER DETECT ▓------- Demodulator IF synthesizer fault. Indicates the IF synthesizer is not locked IF SYNTHESIZER -▓------ I channel activity fault. Indicates a loss of activity in the I channel of the quadrature demodulator I CHANNEL --▓----- 75 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Q channel activity fault. Indicates a loss of activity in the Q channel of the quadrature demodulator Q CHANNEL ---▓---- Secondary alarm result of the BER threshold set in the DEMOD Configuration menu BER THRESHOLD ----▓--- Demodulator/decoder module fault MODULE -----▓-- Demodulator/decoder configuration fault CONFIGURATION ------▓- LNB configuration fault LNB CURRENT -------▓ 76 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 4.2.1.1.4.3 Stored/Faults – TX Interface DISPLAY TX INTERFACE NO FAULT SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Note: 0 “-” indicates status of parameter is OK. “+” indicates a fault. Reverse contrast “+” indicates an alarm. TX CLK PLL --▓---- Transmitter phase-locked loop fault. Indicates the transmitter Phase-Locked Loop (PLL) is not locked CONFIGURATION ------▓ Tx interface configuration fault. Indicates the Tx interface cannot execute a programmed configuration parameter 4.2.1.1.4.4 Stored/Faults – RX Interface DISPLAY RX INTERFACE NO FAULT SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Note: 0 “-” indicates status of parameter is OK. “+” indicates a fault. Reverse contrast “+” indicates an alarm.. Data or AIS. When data fault is selected in the Configuration Interface menu (4.2.1.1.1), the fault indicates a data stable condition. This indicates the data coming from the satellite is all 1s or 0s (i.e., data is not transitioning). When AIS is selected, the Alarm indicates the data is all 1s from the satellite. When None is selected in the Configuration Interface menu, the RX Data/AIS Fault/Alarm is not activated. Note: AIS is an alarm, not a switching fault. RX DATA/AIS --▓----------- Buffer clock phase-locked loop fault. Indicates the buffer clock PLL is not locked BUFFER CLK PLL -----▓-------- Configuration alarm CONFIGURATION -------------▓ 77 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 4.2.1.1.4.5 Stored/Faults – Common DISPLAY COMMON 11/07/01 SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Note: 0 “-” indicates status of parameter is OK. “+” indicates a fault. Reverse contrast “+” indicates an alarm. Battery or clock fault BATTERY CLOCK ▓------ -12 Vdc power supply fault -12 VOLT SUPPLY -▓----- +12 Vdc power supply fault +12 VOLT SUPPLY --▓---- +5 Vdc power supply fault +5 VOLT SUPPLY ---▓--- Built in self test fault SELF TEST ----▓-- Controller fault. Typically indicates the controller has gone through a power on/off cycle CONTROLLER -----▓- IP module fault. Typically indicates that the IP module will not program IP MODULE -------▓ 78 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 4.2.1.1.4.6 Faults/Alarms – Outdoor Unit DISPLAY OUTDOOR UNIT NO FAULT SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Note: 0 “-” indicates status of parameter is OK. “+” indicates a fault. Reverse contrast “+” indicates an alarm Current fault CURRENT ▓---- Voltage fault VOLTAGE -▓--- Temperature fault TEMPERATURE ----- PLL Lock fault PLL LOCK ----- Checksum fault CHECKSUM ----- 79 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 4.2.1.1.4.7 Faults/Alarms – Unaval Seconds DISPLAY UNAVAL SECONDS NO FAULT SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION A fault is indicated if the Reed-Solomon Codec could not correct bit errors in one block of serialized data in any given second. Note: This is available only with the ReedSolomon option 0 4.2.1.1.4.8 Faults/Alarms – Clear ?? DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION CLEAR ?? STORED FAULTS Select enter to clear all stored faults CLEAR ?? YES 4.2.1.1.5 Function Select - Remote AUPC (Optional) DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION CONFIGURATION MONITOR Note: This is available ONLY with the ASYNC/AUPC overhead option. FUNCTION SELECT REMOTE AUPC 4.2.1.1.5.1 Remote AUPC - Configuration DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION REMOTE AUPC CONFIGURATION ON OFF Note: AUPC ENABLE ON 80 This program is for control of the last known status. CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM B-BAND LOOPBACK ON ON OFF Note: This program is for control of the last known status. TX 2047 PATTERN ON ON OFF Note: This program is for control of the last known status. 4.2.1.1.5.2 Remote AUPC - Monitor DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION REMOTE AUPC MONITOR Receive 2047 BER. This is a monitor point that displays the current RX 2047 BER. If no data is available, “No Data” is displayed. 2047 ERRORS No Data 81 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 4.2.1.1.6 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Function Select – Utility DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION MODULATOR DEMODULATOR INTERFACE SYSTEM MODEM TYPE FACTORY SET-UP FUNCTION SELECT UTILITY 4.2.1.1.6.1 Utility – Modulator DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION UTILITY MODULATOR Transmit code rate/type selection. Select one of the following or a variable rate selection (V), as follows: TX-x QPSK 1/2 Code Rate Data Rate Range BPSK 1/2 2.4 to 1250 kbit/s QPSK 1/2 4.8 to 2500 kbit/s QPSK 3/4 7.2 to 3750 kbit/s QPSK 7/8 8.4 to 4375 kbit/s 8-PSK 2/3 64 to 5000 kbit/s OQPSK 1/2 4.8 to 2500 kbit/s OQPSK 3/4 7.2 to 3750 kbit/s OQPSK 7/8 8.4 to 4375 kbit/s BPSK 1/1 4.8 to 2500 kbit/s QPSK 1/1 9.6 to 5000 kbit/s ASSIGN TRANSMIT FILTERS Notes: 1. Max Symbol Rate: 2500 kbit/s 2. Max Data Rate for Low Var Rate: 512.0 kbit/s. Enter: “+” for high mix Or “-” for low mi TX TERMINAL LO 0 MHz MIX:- 82 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Modulator power offset adjust. Offsets the modulator output power readout in the Configuration menu. This feature does not actually change the modulator power level, but displays an offset value in the monitor. The modulator power offset range is -99.9 to +99.9 dB, in 0.1 dB steps. Note: Anything except 0.0 dB will cause ADJ to be displayed for the TX power level MOD POWER OFFSET 0.0 dB ENCODER TYPE VITERBI Select Encoder type VITERBI SEQUENTIAL SCRAMBLER EFD MOD V.35 Select Scrambling type INTELSAT V.35 TX BPSK ORDERING STANDARD Select BPSK Bit Ordering STANDARD NON-STANDARD MOD SPECTRUM NORMAL Select TX spectrum phase NORMAL INVERT TX-RS N/K DEEP 8 DEEP Select Reed-Solomon Interleaver Depth 4 8 16 TX IESS-310 MODE OFF Selection of IESS-310 compliance for 8-PSK 2/3 with Reed-Solomon ON OFF Set ODU low current alarm threshold X.X mA ODU ALARM LOW 0 mA Set ODU high current alarm threshold X.X mA ODU ALARM HIGH 0 mA 83 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION NORM - RF power is manually controlled POWER - RF is OFF @ power up COM - RF is OFF @ power up & no remote communications in 10 seconds CARRIER DETECT - RF is OFF when Carrier Detect is lost RF MODE CONTROL NORMAL Display only. Displays current TX Symbol Data rate between 4.8 to 2500 ksps TX SYMBOL RATE 64.000 Kbps 4.2.1.1.6.2 Utility - Demodulator DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION UTILITY DEMODULATOR Receive code rate/type selection. Select one of the following or a variable rate selection (V), as follows: RX-x QPSK ½ Code Rate Data Rate Range BPSK 1/2 2.4 to 1250 kbit/s QPSK 1/2 4.8 to 2500 kbit/s QPSK 3/4 7.2 to 3750 kbit/s QPSK 7/8 8.4 to 4375 kbit/s 8-PSK 2/3 64 to 5000 kbit/s OQPSK 1/2 4.8 to 2500 kbit/s OQPSK 3/4 7.2 to 3750 kbit/s OQPSK 7/8 8.4 to 4375 kbit/s BPSK 1/1 4.8 to 2500 kbit/s QPSK 1/1 9.6 to 5000 kbit/s ASSIGN RECEIVE FILTERS Notes: 1. Max Symbol Rate: 2500 kbit/s 2. Max Data Rate for Low Var Rate: 512.0 kbit/s. Enter “+” for high mix Or “-” for low mix RX TERMINAL LO 0 MHz MIX:- Select Decoder type VITERBI SEQUENTIAL DECODER TYPE VITERBI 84 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION DESCRAMBLER TYPE INTELSAT V.35 Select Descrambling type INTELSAT V.35 RX BPSK ORDERING STANDARD Select BPSK Bit Ordering STANDARD NON-STANDARD DEMOD SPECTRUM NORMAL Select RX spectrum phase: NORMAL INVERT RX-RS N/K DEEP 8 DEEP Select Reed-Solomon Interleaver Depth 4 8 16 ON, OFF RX IESS-310 MODE OFF Set LNB low current alarm threshold X.X mA LNB ALARM LOW 0 mA Set LNB high current alarm threshold X.X mA LNB ALARM HIGH 500 mA Display only. Displays current RX Symbol Data rate between 4.8 to 2500 ksps RX SYMBOL RATE 64.000 Kbps 85 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 4.2.1.1.6.3 Utility - Interface DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Note: UTILITY INTERFACE CDM-IP 300L does not utilize any Utility Interface selections NONE TX OVERHEAD TYPE NONE NONE RX OVERHEAD TYPE NONE 4.2.1.1.6.4 Utility – Outdoor Unit DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION UTILITY OUTDOOR UNIT ODU FSK ADDRESS 1 ON, OFF ODU OOUTPUT POWER OFF ON, OFF ODU PWR LEVELING OFF 86 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 4.2.1.1.6.5 Utility - System DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION UTILITY SYSTEM TIME: DATE: Time of day and date display/set function 4:54:33PM 10/22/01 Set Baud Rate and Parity of M&C port 150, 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200 EVEN ODD NONE REMOTE BAUD RATE 19200 bps EVEN Display or Set RS-485 remote address 1 – 255 REMOTE ADDRESS 3 Display or Set M&C port RS232 RS485 (4-WIRE) RS485 (2-WIRE) REMOTE TYPE RS485 (2-WIRE) 192.168.010.030 24 IP.NET PREFIX Display or Set IP Address and subnet mask in the following format XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX (IP address) XX (Subnet mask bits, enter 0-32) OPERATION MODE DUPLEX Display or Set Operational Mode DUPLEX RECEIVE ONLY TRANSMIT ONLY Display or Set year format, either 2-digit or 4- YEAR DISPLAY 2 - DIGIT digit format 2 4 87 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Test mode status indicator. The following modem test points are listed and display a “+” when a test mode is active: TEST MODE STATUS ------- • • • • RS CORR OFF INTRFC LOOP BACK B-BAND LOOP BACK CARRIER MOD LAMP TEST ?? PRESS ENTER Lamp test function. Press [ENTER] to turn the front panel indicators on for three seconds SELF TEST OFF Select OFF, AUTO, or RUN. After completion of the test, SELF TEST (“PASSED” or “FAILED”) is displayed. • • • OFF bypasses built-in self test. AUTO initiates built-in self-test when turning on modem. RUN initializes self test. Set display Contrast 1 - 99 DISPLAY CONTRAST LEVEL: 50 M&C FIRMWARE FW/8460-1N Displays the M&C module firmware version. Press [ENTER] to display the month, day, and year. BOOT FIRMWARE FW/8699- Displays the Boot firmware version. Press [ENTER] to display the month, day, and year. FPGA FIRMWARE FW/9540A Displays the FPGA firmware version. Press [ENTER] to display the month, day, and year. CDM FIRMWARE FW/XXXX Displays the CDM firmware version. Press [ENTER] to display the month, day, and year. 88 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION N/A for CDM-IP 300L DEMO MODE OFF EXT AGC: MAX PWR 0.0 Volts Set Max AGC Voltage Default = 0 V 0.0 to 10.0 EXT AGC: MIN PWR 10.0 Volts Set Min AGC Voltage Default = 10 V 0.0 to 10.0 Master reset function HARD – initiates full re-boot of CDM-IP 300L Note: Stored configurations will revert to factory settings SOFT – initiates resetting of M&C Note: Stored configurations are retained MASTER RESET HARD/SOFT 4.2.1.1.6.6 Utility - Modem Type DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION UTILITY MODEM TYPE CDM-IP 300L only supports CUSTOM MODEM TYPE CUSTOM 89 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Programs an emulation mode of a previous Bse modem M&C functional revision. This allows the user to select the CURRENT VERSION or FUNCTIONAL X. CURRENT_VERSION FUNCTION VERSION X (X = Rev. Emulation desired) Notes: REV. EMULATION CURRENT_VERSION 1. Programming a current version (default) allows all features and options (if installed) to operate normally. 2. Programming a FUNCTIONAL version (X) eliminates any changes that affect the later version. The revision emulation feature affects only functional changes. 3. A correction change (e.g., VER 3.1.2) remains fixed in accordance with the latest version. Since the revision emulation default is the current version, program the functional version at the start of each operation. 4. The revision emulation feature does not affect some interface changes for the direct operation of the modem (Configuration save/recall, test mode screen in the Utility/System, all factory setup modes, etc.). (Status Only) HIGH POWER HIHG STABILITY VITERBI SINGLE RATE LOW RATE FULL RATE CARD #1 PCB CARD #3 PCB CARD #3 PCB 8-PSK 2/3 TX ONLY RX ONLY 0QPSK TX/RF L-BAND MODEM OPTIONS HIGH POWER IP 01 CARD #1 TYPE NOT INSTALLED 90 (0 or +) (0 or +) (- or +) (- or +) (- or +) (- or +) (x or +) (x or +) (x or +) (- or +) (0 or +) (0 or +) (- or +) (0 or +) CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION CARD #2 TYPE REED-SOLOMON 02 REED-SOLOMON 02 REED-SOLOMON 03 NOT INSTALLED CARD #3 TYPE REED-SOLOMON 03 REED-SOLOMON 02 REED-SOLOMON 03 NOT INSTALLED (Status Only) TCP ACCELERATION (+ or -) DATA ENCRYPTION (+ or -) DATA COMPRESSION (+ or -) QoS (+ or -) NAT (+ or -) BRIDGING (+ or -) IGMP (+ or -) HEADER COMPRESSION (+ or -) CARD #1 OPTIONS INTELSAT + REED-SOLOMON 02 LIST INTELSAT AUPC REED-SOLOMON 03 LIST INTELSAT AUPC CADR #2 OPTIONS INTELSAT + REED-SOLOMON 02 LIST INTELSAT AUPC REED-SOLOMON 03 LIST INTELSAT AUPC CARD #3 OPTIONS INTELSAT + (- or +) (- or +) (- or +) (- or +) (- or +) (- or +) (- or +) (- or +) ON, OFF LOCAL MODEM AUPC ON Status only. Conditional or optional dependent. MODEM SERIAL NO. 1234567890 Status only. Conditional or optional dependent. CARD #1 SERIAL NO. 1234567890 91 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM DISPLAY SELECTIONS/DESCRIPTION Status only. Conditional or optional dependent. CARD #2 SERIAL NO. 1234567890 Status only. Conditional or optional dependent. CARD #3 SERIAL NO. 1234567890 Comtech EF Data supplied code. Status only. Conditional or optional dependent. CONFIGURATION CODE – MODEM Comtech EF Data supplied code. Status only. Conditional or optional dependent. CONFIGURATION CODE - CARD #1 Comtech EF Data supplied code. Status only. Conditional or optional dependent. CONFIGURATION CODE - CARD #2 Comtech EF Data supplied code. Status only. Conditional or optional dependent. CONFIGURATION CODE - CARD #3 92 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM NOTES: 93 5 Serial Remote Control 5.1 INTRODUCTION This section describes the protocol and message command set for remote monitor and control of the CDM-IP 300L Modem. Some of the commands listed in this section apply only to options not available on the CDM-IP 300L modem. These commands will not function with a CDM-IP 300L and should be ignored. The operational and functional changes of a CDM-IP 300L as opposed to an SDM-300L can summed up as follows; The CDM-IP 300L uses an RJ45 Ethernet Interface exclusively as a TX/RX data interface. Subsequently, any references in the CDM-IP 300L Manual to any other type of data interface (G.703, V.35, EIA-422, etc.) will not apply to the CDM-IP 300L. The CDM-IP 300L is configured with a CDM-IP Module and cannot have the SDM300L Overhead card installed. Subsequently, any references in the CDM-IP 300L Manual to any Overhead card features (Flex Mux, IDR, IBS, Drop & Insert, etc.) will not apply to the CDM-IP 300L. The CDM-IP 300L clocking functions are hard coded and the user is not able to select any type of TX or RX clocking options. Subsequently, any references in the CDM-IP 300L Manual to any TX or RX clocking options (Terrestrial, SCT, RX Satellite, etc.) will not apply to the CDM-IP 300L. 95 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 5.2 GENERAL Remote controls and status information are transferred via an EIA-485 or EIA-232 serial communications link menu selection. Commands and data are transferred on the remote control communications link as US ASCII-encoded character strings. The remote control port baud rates can be selected from 110 to 19200 kbit/s. The remote communications link is operated in a half-duplex mode. A remote controller or terminal initiates communications on the remote link. The modem never transmits data on the link unless it is commanded to do so. The modem must be placed in Remote Mode by entering the REM command prior to performing a configuration change. 5.3 MESSAGE STRUCTURE The ASCII character format used requires 11 bits/character: 1 start bit Information and Parity bits (select one) 7 information bits and 1 parity bit (Odd/Even) 8 information bits (None) 2 stop bits Messages on the remote link fall into the categories of commands and responses. Commands are messages, which are transmitted to a satellite modem, while responses are messages returned by a satellite modem in response to a command. The general message structure is as follows: Start Character Device Address Command/Response End of Message Character 96 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 5.3.1 START CHARACTER A single character precedes all messages transmitted on the remote link. This character flags the start of a message. This character is: “<” for commands “>” for responses 5.3.2 DEVICE ADDRESS The device address is the address of the one satellite modem which is designated to receive a transmitted command, or which is responding to a command. Valid device addresses are 1 to 3 characters long, and in the range of 1 to 255. Note: Address 0 is reserved as a global address which simultaneously addresses all devices on a given communications link. Devices do not acknowledge global commands. Each satellite modem, which is connected to a common remote communications link, must be assigned its own unique address. Addresses are software selectable at the modem, and must be in the range of 1 to 255. 5.3.3 COMMAND/RESPONSE The command/response portion of the message contains a variable-length character sequence, which conveys command and response data. If a satellite modem receives a message addressed to it, which does not match the established protocol or cannot be implemented, a negative acknowledgment message is sent in response. This message is: >add/?ER1_parity error'cr''lf'] (Error message for received parity errors.) >add/?ER2_invalid parameter'cr''lf'] (Error message for a recognized command, which cannot be implemented or has parameters, which are out of range.) >add/?ER3_unrecognizable command'cr''lf'] (Error message for unrecognizable command or bad command syntax.) 97 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM >add/?ER4_modem in local mode'cr''lf'] (Modem in local error; send the REM command to go to remote mode.) >add/?ER5_hard coded parameter'cr''lf'] (Error message indicating that the parameter is hardware dependent and may not be changed remotely.) Note: “add” is used to indicate a valid 1 to 3 character device address in the range between 1 and 255. Example: Command: <3/REM_ Response: >3/REM_ 5.3.4 END CHARACTER Each message is ended with a single character, which signals the end of the message: “cr” “]” Carriage return character for commands End bracket for responses 98 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 5.4 CONFIGURATION COMMANDS/RESPONSES 5.4.1 MODULATOR CONFIGURATION COMMANDS Parameter Modulator Frequency Type Command: Response: Protocol add/MF_nnn.nnnnnn'cr' RF_OFF'cr''lf'] RF Output (IF Output) Status: Response: Command: Response: add/MF_nnn.nnnnnn'cr''lf'] add/RF_xxx'cr''lf'] Status: Response: Command: Response: add/RF_xxx'cr''lf'] add/AMRx_nnnn_mmmm.mmm'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/AMRx_nnnn_mmmm.mmm'cr''lf'] Command: Response: add/SMRx_'cr' RF_OFF'cr''lf'] Modulator Rate Preset Assignment Modulator Rate Preset Selection Modulator Rate Variable Assignment and Selection Set Modulator Power Offset Set Modulator Output Power Level Scrambler Enable Description Where: nnn.nnnnnn = Frequency in MHz, 50.000000 to 180.000000 in 1 Hz steps. Note: When the modulator frequency is programmed, the RF output is switched off. Where: xxx = ON or OFF. Where: x = A, B, C, D, or V [preset designator]. Status: Command: Response: mmmm.mmm = Data rate in kHz. Where: x = A, B, C, D, or V (preset designator). Note: Setting the modulator rate turns off the RF transmitter. See MR command. add/SMRV_nnnn_mmmm.mmm'cr' RF_OFF'cr''lf'] Status: See MR command. Command: Response: add/MPO_snn.n’cr’’lf’] Status: Response: Command: Response: add/MPO_snn.n’cr’’lf’] add/MOP_snn.n’cr’’lf’] Status: Response: add/MOP_snn.n’cr’’lf’] Command: Response: add/SE_xxx’cr’’lf’] Status: Response: add/SE_xxx’cr’’lf’] nnnn = 1/2 (QPSK 1/2), [coder rate], 3/4 (QPSK 3/4), 7/8 (QPSK 7/8), BP12 (BPSK 1/2), 8P23 (8-PSK 2/3), OQ12 (OQPSK 1/2), OQ34 (OQPSK 3/4), and OQ78 (OQPSK 7/8). Where: mmmm.mmm = Data rate in kHz. nnnn = 1/2 (QPSK 1/2), [coder rate], 3/4 (QPSK 3/4), 7/8 (QPSK 7/8), BP12 (BPSK 1/2), 8P23 (8-PSK 2/3), OQ12 (OQPSK 1/2), OQ34 (OQPSK 3/4), and OQ78 (OQPSK 7/8). Note: Setting the modulator turns off the RF transmitter. Where: snn.n = +99.0 to –99.0, in 0.1 dB increments. Note: The modulator power offset is added to the nominal power level to adjust the transmit power range. Where: snn.n = -30.0 to –5.0, in 0.1 steps (nominal range in dBm). Notes: The nominal power range is modified relative to the value specified by the modulator power offset (MPO_). The MOP_ command will return status only when local AUPC is enabled. Where: xxx = ON or OFF. 99 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Parameter Differential Encoder Enable Modulator Type Modulator Encoder Type Modem Reference Clock Modulator Spectrum Rotation ReedSolomon Encoder Enable Transmit BPSK Data Ordering Carrier Only Mode ReedSolomon Interleave Value TX 8-PSK 2/3 IESS-310 Operation Type Command: Response: Protocol add/DENC_xxx’cr’’lf’] Status: Response: Command: Response: add/DENC_xxx’cr’’lf’] add/MT_xxxx’cr’’lf’] Status: Response: Command: Response: add/MT_xxxx’cr’’lf’] add/MET_xxx’cr’’lf’] Status: Response: Command: Response: add/MET_xxx’cr’’lf’] add/MRC_xxxxx’cr’’lf’] Status: Response: Command: Response: add/MRC_xxxxx’cr’’lf’] add/MSR_xxx’cr’’lf’] Status: Response: Command: Response: add/MSR_xxx’cr’’lf’] add/RSEN_xxx’cr’’lf’] Status: Response: Command: Response: add/RSEN_xxx’cr’’lf’] add/TDA_xxx’cr’’lf’] Status: Response: Command: Response: add/TDA_xxx’cr’’lf’] add/COM_xxxxxx’cr’’lf’] Status: Response: Command: Response: add/COM_xxxxxx’cr’’lf’] add/TRSI_xx’cr’’lf’] Status: Response: Command: Response: add/TRSI_xx’cr’’lf’] add/T310_xxx’cr’’lf’] Status: Response: add/T310_xxx’cr’’lf’] Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Description Where: xxx = ON or OFF. Where: xxxx = INTL (INTELSAT OPEN NETWORK), EFD (EF DATA CLOSED NETWORK), CSC (COMSTREAM CLOSED NETWORK), FDC (FAIRCHILD CLOSED NETWORK), SDM51 (SDM51 COMPATIBLE). Where: xxx = VIT (K-7 VITERBI ENCODER), SEQ (SEQUENTIAL ENCODER). Where: xxxxx = INT (INTERNAL), EXT1 (EXTERNAL 1 MHz), EXT5 (EXTERNAL 5 MHz), EXT10 (EXTERNAL 10 MHz), EXT20 (EXTERNAL 20 MHz), OUT10 (OUTPUT 10 MHz). Where: xxx = NRM (normal spectrum), INV (inverted spectrum). Where: xxx = ON or OFF. Where: xxx = NRM (STANDARD), INV (NON-STANDARD). Where: xxxxxx = OFF (NORMAL-MODULATED), DUAL (DUALCW), OFFSET (OFFSET-CW), CENTER (CENTER-CW). Where: xx = 4, 8, or 16. Where: xxx = ON or OFF. 100 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 5.4.2 DEMODULATOR CONFIGURATION COMMANDS Parameter Set Demodulator Frequency Demodulator Rate Preset Assignment Type Command: Response: Protocol add/DF_nnnn.nnnn'cr''lf'] Description Where: nnnn.nnnn = Frequency in MHz, 950.0000 to 1750.000 in 100 Hz steps. Status: Response: add/DF_nnnn.nnnn'cr''lf'] Command: Response: add/ADRx_nnnn_mmmm.mmm'cr''lf'] Where: x = A, B, C, D, or V [preset designator]. Status: Response: add/ADRx_nnnn_mmmm.mmm'cr''lf'] nnnn = 1/2 (QPSK 1/2), [decoder rate], 3/4 (QPSK 3/4), 7/8 (QPSK 7/8), BP12 (BPSK 1/2), 8P23 (8-PSK 2/3), OQ12 (OQPSK 1/2), OQ34 (OQPSK 3/4), and OQ78 (OQPSK 7/8) mmmm.mmm = Data rate in kHz. Demodulator Rate Preset Selection Demodulator Rate Variable Assignment & Selection Command: Response: add/SDRx_'cr''lf'] Status: See DR command. Command: Response: add/SDRV_nnnn_mmmm.mmm'cr''lf'] Status: See DR command. Where: x = A, B, C, D, or V (preset designator). Where: nnnn = 1/2 (QPSK 1/2), [decoder rate], 3/4 (QPSK 3/4), 7/8 (QPSK 7/8), BP12 (BPSK 1/2), 8P23 (8-PSK 2/3), OQ12 (OQPSK 1/2), OQ34 (OQPSK 3/4), and OQ78 (OQPSK 7/8) mmmm.mmm = Data rate in kHz Descramble Enable Differential Decoder Enable Sweep Center Frequency Sweep Width Range Command: Response: add/DE_xxx'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/DE_xxx'cr''lf'] Command: Response: add/DDEC_xxx'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/DDEC_xxx'cr''lf'] Command: Response: add/SCF_snnnnn'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/SCF_snnnnn'cr''lf'] Command: Response: add/SWR_nnnnn'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/SWR_nnnnn'cr''lf'] Where: xxx = ON or OFF. Where: xxx = ON or OFF. Where: snnnnn = -35000 to +35000, in 1 Hz steps. Where: nnnnn = 0 to 70000, in 1 Hz steps. 101 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Parameter Sweep Reacquisi-tion Type Command: Response: Protocol add/SR_xxx'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/SR_xxx'cr''lf'] Command: Response: add/BERT_xxxx'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/BERT_xxxx'cr''lf'] Command: Response: add/DT_xxxx'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/DT_xxxx'cr''lf'] Command: Response: add/DDT_xxx'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/DDT_xxx'cr''lf'] Command: Response: add/DSR_xxx'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/DSR_xxx'cr''lf'] ReedSolomon Decoder Enable Command: Response: add/RSDE_xxx'cr'lf'] Status: Response: add/RSDE_xxx'cr'lf'] Receive BPSK Data Ordering Command: Response: add/RDA_xxx'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/RDA_xxx'cr''lf'] ReedSolomon Interleave Value Command: Response: add/RRSI_xx'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/RRSI_xx'cr''lf'] RX 8-PSK 2/3 IESS-310 Operation Command: Response: add/R310_xxx'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/R310_xxx'cr''lf'] Bit Error Rate Threshold Demodulator Type Demodulator DecoderType Demodulator Spectrum Rotation Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Description Where: xxx = 0 to 999 (number of seconds). Where: xxxx = NONE, or 1E-n, where n = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 (exponent of threshold). Where: xxxx = INTL (INTELSAT OPEN NETWORK), EFD (EF DATA CLOSED NETWORK), CSC (COMSTREAM CLOSED NETWORK), FDC (FAIRCHILD CLOSED NETWORK). Where: xxx = VIT (K-7 VITERBI ENCODER), SEQ (SEQUENTIAL ENCODER). Where: xxx = NRM (normal spectrum), INV (inverted spectrum). Where: xxx = ON, OFF, or CORR_OFF. Where: xxx = NRM (STANDARD), INV (NON-STANDARD). Where: xx = 4, 8, or 16. Where: xxx = ON or OFF. 102 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Parameter LNB Power Type Command: Response: Protocol add/LNB_xxx'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/LNB_xxx'cr''lf'] Command: Response: add/LNBV_xxx'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/LNBV_xxx'cr''lf'] Command: Response: add/LNBR_xxx'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/LNBR_xxx'cr''lf'] LNB Power Monitor Low Current Threshold Command: Response: add/LNBL_xxx'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/LNBL_xxx'cr''lf'] LNB Power Monitor High Current Threshold Command: Response: add/LNBH_xxx’cr’’lf’] Status: Response: add/LNBH_xxx’cr’’lf’] LNB Voltage LNB Reference Enable Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Description Where: xxx = ON or OFF. Where: xxx = 13,18, or 24 Volts Where: xxx = ON or OFF. Where: xxx = 0 to 500 in 1 mA steps Where: xxx = 0 to 500 in 1 mA steps 5.4.3 INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMANDS Parameter Interface Transmit Overhead Type Type Command: Response: Protocol add/ITOT_xxxxx'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/ITOT_xxxxx'cr''lf'] Interface Receive Overhead Type Command: Response: add/IROT_xxxxx'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/IROT_xxxxx'cr''lf'] External ClockReference Frequency Command: Response: add/ERF_nnnnn.n'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/ERF_nnnnn.n'cr''lf'] Description Where: xxxxx = NONE* *Note: TE: CDM-IP 300L only Where: xxxxx = NONE* *Note: CDM-IP 300L only Where: nnnnn.n = 8.0 to 10000.0 (external clock frequency in kHz). 103 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 5.4.4 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION COMMANDS Parameter Time Of Day Date Type Command: Response: Protocol add/TIME_hh:mmxx'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/TIME_hh:mmxx'cr''lf'] Command: Response: add/DATE_mm/dd/yyyy'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/DATE_mm/dd/yyyy'cr''lf'] Description Where: hh = 1 to 12 (hours). mm = 00 to 59 (minutes). xx = AM or PM. Where: mm = 1 to 12 (month). dd = 1 to 31 (day). yyyy = 00 to 99 (year) in 2 - digit year mode, and 1975 to 1999 and 2000 to 2075 in 4 - digit mode. Remote Command: Response: add/REM_'cr''lf'] Configures the modem for remote operation. The SDM300L will respond to any status request at any time. However, the SDM300L must be in 'Remote Mode' to change configuration parameters. Clear Stored Faults Command: Response: add/CLSF_'cr''lf'] This command is used to clear all stored faults logged by the SDM300L. Modem Operation Mode Command: Response: add/MOM_xxxxxxx'cr''lf'] Where: xxxxxxx = TX_ONLY, RX_ONLY, or DUPLEX. Status: Response: add/MOM_xxxxxxx'cr''lf'] Command: Response: add/SMT_xxxxxxx'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/SMT_xxxxxxx'cr''lf'] Command: Response: add/SMC_n'cr''lf'] System Modem Type Save Modem Config. This command configures the modem for simplex or duplex operation modes. When transmit only mode is selected, receive faults are inhibited and when receive only mode is selected, transmit faults are inhibited. Where: xxxxx = CUSTOM* *NOTE: CDM-IP 300L only Where: n = 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 (stored configuration number). This command saves the current modem configuration for recall at a later time using the 'RMC_' command. Up to five different modem configurations can be saved. Recall Modem Config. Command: Response: Local Modem AUPC Mode Command: Response: add/LMA_xxx'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/LMA_xxx'cr''lf'] add/RMC_n'cr''lf'] Where: n = 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 (stored configuration number). This command causes the modem to be reprogrammed with configuration parameters previously saved using the 'SMC_' command. One of five saved configurations can be specified. Where: xxx = ON or OFF. This command configures the modem for the LOCAL MODEM AUPC mode. When 'ON' is selected, the AUPC configuration can be entered. 104 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Parameter RF Mode Control Type Command: Response: Protocol add/RFMD_xxxx'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/RFMD_xxxx'cr''lf'] Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Description Where: xxxx = NRM (Normal Mode), PWR (Turn RF off on power up), COMM (Turn RF off on power up and loss of remote communications after 10 seconds), CD (Turn RF ON when carrier is detected, turn RF OFF when no carrier is detected. For the RF ON condition, the TX-IF must be programmed ON. Note: RTS TX-IF, when enabled over-rides CD). This command allows for the RF output to be enabled or disabled depending on the following described conditions. One application for this command will be in demand network systems. 5.4.5 AUTOMATIC UPLINK POWER CONTROL (AUPC) Parameter AUPC Local Enable Type Command: Response: Protocol add/LPC_xxx'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/LPC_xxx'cr''lf'] Command: Response: add/NOMP_snn.n'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/NOMP_snn.n'cr''lf'] Command: Response: add/MAXP_snn.n'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/MAXP_snn.n'cr''lf'] Command: Response: add/MINP_snn.n'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/MINP_snn.n'cr''lf'] Command: Response: add/ENSP_nn.n'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/ENSP_nn.n'cr''lf'] AUPC Maximum Tracking Rate Command: Response: add/MAXT_n.n'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/MAXT_n.n'cr''lf'] AUPC Local Carrier Loss Action Command: Response: add/LCL_xxxx'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/LCL_xxxx'cr''lf'] Description Where: xxx = ON or OFF. Note: AUPC Nominal Power Level AUPC Maximum Power Limit AUPC Minimum Power Limit AUPC Eb/No Target Set Point When programmed ON, the MOP (Modulator Output Power) command is not allowed, only MOP status is allowed. Where: snn.n = -30.0 to -5.0, in 0.1 steps (nominal range in dBm). Note: The nominal power range is modified relative to the value specified by the modulator power offset (MPO_). Where: snn.n = -30.0 to -5.0, in 0.1 steps (nominal range in dBm). Note: The nominal power range is modified relative to the value specified by the modulator power offset (MPO_). Where: snn.n = -30.0 to -5.0, in 0.1 steps (nominal range in dBm). Note: The nominal power range is modified relative to the value specified by the modulator power offset (MPO_). Where: nn.n = 3.2 to 16.0, in 0.1 increments (Eb/No in dB). Where: n.n = 0.5 to 6.0, in 0.5 increments (max tracking rate in dBm/minute). Where: xxxx = HOLD, NOM, or MAX (power level setting when local carrier loss). 105 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Parameter AUPC Remote Carrier Loss Action Type Command: Response: Protocol add/RCL_xxxx'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/RCL_xxxx'cr''lf'] Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Description Where: xxxx = HOLD, NOM, or MAX (power level setting when remote carrier loss). Remote Modem AUPC Commands Notes: 1. Always wait 3 seconds between consecutive remote modem command/status polls. 2. If Local AUPC is not enabled, status commands will return last known condition. They will also request status from the remote modem. This allows a second request to return proper status. Remote AUPC Enable Command: Response: add/RPC_xxx'cr''lf'] Where: xxx = ON or OFF (remote AUPC enable). Remote Interface Substitution Pattern Command: Response: add/RISP_xxx'cr''lf'] Where: xxx = ON or OFF (remote transmit 2047 pattern enable). Status: Response: add/RISP_xxx'cr''lf'] Remote Interface Baseband Loopback Command: Response: add/RBBL_xxx'cr''lf'] Status: Response: add/RBBL_xxx'cr''lf'] Remote Interface Read Error Status Command: Response: add/RRES_nE-e'cr''lf'] Where: n = 1 to 9 (error rate number). e = 2 to 6 (exponent). Example: Command: Response: add/RRES_2E-6'cr''lf'] Note: Note: Transmit 2047 Pattern. Where: xxx = ON or OFF (remote baseband loopback enable). Received 2047 Pattern. This command returns 2047 BER from the remote AUPC modem. If data is not valid, the message 'No_Data' is returned in lieu of BER data. 106 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 5.5 STATUS COMMANDS/RESPONSES 5.5.1 MODULATOR CONFIGURATION STATUS Parameter Modulator Config. Status Type Command: Response: Protocol add/MCS_'cr' RF_xxx'cr' MF_nnn.nnnnnnn'cr' MR_nnnn_mmmm.mmm'cr' AMRA_nnnn_mmmm.mmm'cr' AMRB_nnnn_mmmm.mmm'cr' AMRC_nnnn_mmmm.mmm'cr' AMRD_nnnn_mmmm.mmm'cr' AMRV_nnnn_mmmm.mmm'cr' MPO_snn.n'cr' MOP_snn.n'cr' SE_xxx'cr' DENC_xxx'cr' MT_xxxxx'cr' MET_xxx'cr' COM_xxxxxx'cr' MRC_xxx'cr' MSR_xxx'cr' RSEN_xxx'cr' TDA_xxx'cr' TRSI_xx'cr' T310_xxx'cr''lf'] Description RF Output Modulator Frequency Modulator Rate Preset 'A' Assignment Preset 'B' Assignment Preset 'C' Assignment Preset 'D' Assignment Preset 'V' Assignment Modulator Power Offset Modulator Output Power Scrambler Enable Differential Encoder Modulator Type Modulator Encoder Type Carrier Only Mode Modulator Reference Clock Modulator Spectrum Rotation Reed-Solomon Encoder Transmit BPSK Data Ordering TX Reed-Solomon Interleave Value TX 8-PSK 2/3 IESS-310 Operation The modulator configuration status command causes a block of data to be returned by the addressed modem. The block of data reflects the current configuration status of the modulator module. Additional configuration status of new options and features will always be appended to the end. Modulator Coder Config. Program Status Command: Response: add/MCP_'cr' ITOT_xxxxx'cr' MOM_xxxxxxx'cr' MF_nnn.nnnnnn'cr' MR_nnnn_mmmm.mmm'cr' MPO_snn.n'cr' MOP_snn.n'cr' (Note 4) SE_xxx'cr' DENC_xxx'cr' MRC_xxx'cr' MSR_xxx'cr' RSEN_xxx'cr' TDA_xxx'cr' COM_xxxxxx'cr' ODU_ xxx'cr' ODUR_ xxx'cr' ODUL_ xxxx'cr’ ODUH_ x'cr’ TRSI_xx'cr' RF_xxx'cr''lf'] Interface Transmit Overhead Type Modem Operation Mode Modulator Frequency Modulator Rate Modulator Power Offset Modulator Output Power Scrambler Enable Differential Encoder Modulator Reference Clock Modulator Spectrum Rotation Reed-Solomon Encoder Transmit BPSK Data Ordering Carrier Only Mode ODU (ON/OFF) ODU Remote Mode ODU Low Threshold ODU High Threshold TX Reed-Solomon Interleave Value RF Output (ON/OFF) Note: 107 This command is used by the EF Data M:N protection CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Parameter Type Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Protocol Description switch to collect information that is necessary to configure backup modems. Because this command (content and/or order) can be changed at any time by EF Data, it is advisable that other commands ('MCS_' and 'ICS_', or 'BCS_') be used for M&C systems. 5.5.2 DEMODULATOR CONFIGURATION STATUS Parameter Demodulator Config. Status Type Command: Response: Protocol add/DCS_'cr' DF_nnnn.nnnnn'cr' DR_nnnn_mmmm.mmm'cr' ADRA_nnnn_mmmm.mmm'cr' ADRB_nnnn_mmmm.mmm'cr' ADRC_nnnn_mmmm.mmm'cr' ADRD_nnnn_mmmm.mmm'cr' ADRV_nnnn_mmmm.mmm'cr' DE_xxx'cr' DDEC_xxx'cr' IFL_xxx'cr' SCF_snnnnn'cr' SWR_nnnnn'cr' SR_xxx'cr' BERT_xxxx'cr' DSR_xxx'cr' RSDE_xxx'cr' RDA_xxx'cr' RRSI_xx'cr' LNB_xxx’cr’ LNBV_xxx’cr’ LNBR_xxx’cr’ LNBL_xxx’cr’ LNBH_xxx’cr’’lf’] Description Demodulator Frequency Demodulator Rate Preset 'A' Assignment Preset 'B' Assignment Preset 'C' Assignment Preset 'D' Assignment Preset 'V' Assignment Descrambler Enable Differential Decoder IF Loopback (ON/OFF) Sweep Center Frequency Sweep Width Range Sweep Reacquisition BER Threshold Demodulator Spectrum Rotation Reed-Solomon Decoder Receive BPSK Data Ordering RX Reed-Solomon Interleave Value LNB Power LNB Voltage LNB Reference LNB Current Monitor Low Current Threshold LNB Current Monitor High Current Threshold The demodulator configuration status command causes a block of data to be returned by the addressed modem. The block of data reflects the current configuration of the demod. Additional configuration status of new options and features will always be appended to the end. Demod/ Decoder Config. Program Status Command: Response: add/DCP_'cr' IROT_xxxxx'cr' MOM_xxxxxxx'cr' BERT_xxxx'cr' DF_nnnn.nnnn'cr' DR_nnnn_mmmm.mmm'cr' DE_xxx'cr' DDEC_xxx'cr' IFL_xxx'cr' SCF_snnnnn'cr' SWR_nnnnn'cr' SR_xxx'cr' DSR_xxx'cr' Interface Receive Overhead Type Modem Operation Mode BER Threshold Demodulator Frequency Demodulator Rate Descrambler Enable Differential Decoder IF Loopback (ON/OFF) Sweep Center Frequency Sweep Width Range Sweep Reacquisition DemodulatorSpectrum Rotation 108 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Parameter Type Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Protocol RSDE_xxx'cr' RDA_xxx'cr' RRSI_xx'cr' LNB_xxx’cr’ LNBV_xxx’cr’ LNBR_xxx’cr’ LNBL_xxx’cr’ LNBH_xxx’cr’’lf’] Description Reed-Solomon Decoder Receive BPSK Data Ordering RX Reed-Solomon Interleave Value LNB Power LNB Voltage LNB Reference LNB Current Monitor Low Current Threshold LNB Current Monitor High Current Threshold This command is used by the EF Data M:N protection switch to collect information that is necessary to configure back-up modems. Because this command (content and/or order) can be changed at any time by EF Data, it is advisable that other commands ('DCS_' and 'ICS_', or 'BCS_') be used for M&C systems. Interface Config Status Command: Response: add/ICS_'cr' ITOT_xxxxx'cr' IROT_xxxxx'cr' Interface Transmit Overhead Type Interface Receive Overhead Type Where: xxxxx = NONE* *NOTE: CDM-IP 300L only The Interface configuration status command causes a block of data to be returned by the addressed MODEM. The block reflects the current configuration of the interface. Additional configuration status of new options and features will always be appended to the end. MODEM Faults Status (Summary) Command: Response: Modulator Status Command: Response: Demodulator Status Command: Response: add/MFS_'cr' DMD_xxx'cr' MOD_xxx'cr' TX_xxx'cr' IRX_xxx'cr' CEQ_xxx'cr' ODU_xxx'cr'’lf'] Demodulator (FLT/OK) Modulator (FLT/OK) Interface Transmit Side (FLT/OK) Interface Receive Side (FLT/OK) Common Equipment (FLT/OK) ODU (FLT/OK) add/MS_'cr' RF_xxx'cr' MOD_xxx'cr' SYN_xxx'cr' DCS_xxx'cr' ICH_xxx'cr' QCH_xxx'cr' AGC_xxx'cr' SCT_xxx'cr' EXT_xxx'cr' CONF_xxx'cr' SFLT_xx'cr''lf'] RF Output (ON/OFF) actual status not config Module (OK/FLT) IF Synthesizer (OK/FLT) Data Clock Synthesizer (OK/FLT) I Channel (OK/FLT) Q Channel (OK/FLT) AGC Level (OK/FLT) Modem Reference PLL Lock (OK/FLT) Modem Reference Activity (OK/FLT) Configuration (OK/FLT) Number of stored faults logged (0 to 10) add/DS_'cr' MOD_xxx'cr' CD_xxx'cr' SYN_xxx'cr' ICH_xxx'cr' Demod Module (OK/FLT) Carrier Detect (OK/FLT) IF Synthesizer Lock (OK/FLT) I Channel (OK/FLT) 109 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Parameter Type Protocol QCH_xxx'cr' BERT_xxx'cr' CONF_xxx'cr' LNB_xxx’cr’ SFLT_xx'cr''lf'] Description Q Channel (OK/FLT) BER Threshold (OK/FLT) Configuration (OK/FLT) LNB (OK/FLT) Number of stored faults logged (0 to 10) Common Equipment Status Command: Response: add/CES_'cr' M&C_xxx'cr' INT_xxx'cr' BAT_xxx'cr' +5_xxx'cr' +12_xxx'cr' -12_xxx'cr' ST_xxx'cr' MODE_xxxxxx'cr' SFLT_xx'cr''lf'] Monitor & Control Module (OK/FLT) Data Interface/Overhead Module (OK/FLT) Battery/Clock (OK/FLT) +5V Power Supply (OK/FLT) +12V Power Supply (OK/FLT) -12V Power Supply (OK/FLT) Self Test (OK/FLT) Mode (LOCAL or REMOTE) Number of stored faults logged (0 to 10) The common equipment status command causes a block of data to be returned which indicates the status of the common equipment. 5.5.3 ERROR PERFORMANCE Parameter Raw BER Type Command: Response: Protocol add/RBER_xm.mE-ee'cr''lf'] Description Where: x = < or > (data modifier to indicate that the error rate is less than or greater than the returned value). m.m = 1.0 to 9.9 (error rate mantissa). ee = 1 to 99 (error rate exponent). Notes: 1. The 'x' (< or >) parameter is only returned if the error rate has exceeded the computational resolution of the system. 2. No Data' is returned if the error rate cannot be calculated. 3. 'Sampling' is returned if not enough data is currently available to calculate the error rate. 110 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Parameter Corrected BER Type Command: Response: Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Protocol add/CBER_xm.mE-ee'cr''lf'] Description Where: x = < or > (data modifier to indicate that the error rate is less than or greater than the returned value). m.m = 1.0 to 9.9 (error rate mantissa). ee = 1 to 99 (error rate exponent). Notes: 1. The 'x' (< or >) parameter is only returned if the error rate has exceeded the computational resolution of the system. 2. 'No Data' is returned if the error rate cannot be calculated. 3. 'Sampling' is returned if not enough data is currently available to calculate the error rate. Corrected BER Log Command: Response: add/CBEL_t.t;s1,s2,s3 ... sn'cr''lf'] Examples: [No new compiled data from last poll] >add/CBEL_1.0'cr''lf'] Where: t.t = Time between corrected BER samples in seconds ('0.1' to '9.9'). ; = At least one data point has been logged. [Momentary lock in 32 time intervals: 2.0E-3, 5.2E-7, 1.0E-10, <1.0E-12] >add/CBEL_1.0;,,,,,,,2003,5207,1010,< 1012,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,'cr''lf'] s1 to sn = Corrected BER samples in the format of (xmmee). x = The optional data modifier '<' or '>' (less than or greater than). mm = The corrected BER mantissa ('10' for 1.0 to '99 for 9.9). ee = The corrected BER negative exponent ('00' to '99'). Error data (samples) are compiled at the nominal system rate indicated by the time parameter (t.t). The samples are stored in a thirty-two-element FIFO. When the 'CBEL_' command is received, the samples in the FIFO are formatted and returned as indicated. The FIFO is then flushed. If the FIFO becomes full, the oldest sample will be lost as the current sample is written. Notes: 1. The most recent sample is represented by 'sn' while the least recent sample is represented by 's1'. 2.Data delimited by a comma (',') will be returned for all time intervals logged. 3. The optional data modifiers '>' and '<' are only present if the error rate exceeds the computational resolution of the system. 111 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Parameter Eb/No Status Type Command: Response: Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Protocol add/EBN0_xnn.ndB'cr''lf'] Description Where: x = < or > (data modifier to indicate that the Eb/No is less than or greater than the returned value). nn.n = 1.0 to 99.9 (Eb/No value). Notes: 1. The 'x' (< or >) parameter is only returned if the Eb/No has exceeded the computational resolution of the system. 2. 'No Data' is returned if the Eb/No cannot be calculated. 3. 'Sampling' is returned if not enough data is currently available to calculate the Eb/No. Modulator Rate Status Command: Response: add/MR_nnnn_mmmm.mmm'cr''lf'] Where:. nnnn = 1/2 (QPSK 1/2), [coder rate], 3/4 (QPSK 3/4), 7/8 (QPSK 7/8), BP12 (BPSK 1/2), 8P23 (8-PSK 2/3), (OQ12 (OQPSK 1/2), OQ34 (OQPSK 3/4), OQ78 (OQPSK 7/8) mmmm.mmm = Data rate in kHz Demodulator Rate Status Command: Response: add/DR_nnnn_mmmm.mmm'cr''lf'] Where: nnnn = 1/2 (QPSK 1/2), [coder rate], 3/4 (QPSK 3/4), 7/8 (QPSK 7/8), BP12 (BPSK 1/2), 8P23 (8-PSK 2/3), (OQ12 (OQPSK 1/2), OQ34 (OQPSK 3/4), OQ78 (OQPSK 7/8) mmmm.mmm = Data rate in kHz. Receive Signal Level Status Command: Response: add/RSL_xsnn.ndBm'cr''lf'] Where: x = < or > (data modifier to indicate that the receive signal level is less than or greater than the returned value). s = + or - (receive signal level sign, plus or minus). nn.n = 0.0 to 99.9 (receive signal level magnitude). Notes: 1. The 'x' (< or >) parameter is only returned if the level has exceeded the computational resolution of the system. 2. 'No Data' is returned if the level cannot be calculated. 3. Sampling' is returned if not enough data is currently available to calculate the level. LNB Current Monitor Status Command: Response: add/LNBC_nnn'cr''lf'] Where: nnn = 0 to 500 (in 1 mA steps) Notes: 1. The 'x' (< or >) parameter is only returned if the level has exceeded the computational resolution of the system. 2. 'No Data' is returned if the level cannot be calculated. 3. Sampling' is returned if not enough data is currently available to calculate the level. 112 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Parameter Current Sweep Value Type Command: Response: Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Protocol add/CSV_xsnnnnn'cr''lf] Description Where: x = < or > (data modifier to indicate that the sweep offset value is less than or greater than the returned value). s = + or - (sweep offset from center). nnnnn = 0 to 35000. yyy = OK or FLT (decoder lock status OK or FAULT). Notes: 1. The 'x' (< or >) parameter is only returned if the level has exceeded the computational resolution of the system. 2. 'No Data' is returned if the level cannot be calculated. 3. 'Sampling' is returned if not enough data is currently available to calculate the level. 5.6 STORED FAULTS Information on stored faults is returned when requested. If no stored fault exists for a given fault number, the words “NO Fault” will be returned instead of the normal time/date status information. The following symbols are commonly used to define the stored faults status commands: # Fault number (0 to 9). “0” is the first fault stored. hh Hours in 24-hr. format. mm Minutes. ss Seconds. MM Month. DD Day. YYYY Year. Parameter Modulator Stored Faults Type Command: Response: Protocol add/MSF_# hh:mm:ss MM/DD/YYYYY'cr' MOD_xxx'cr' SYN_xxx'cr' DCS_xxx'cr' ICH_xxx'cr' QCH_xxx'cr' AGC_xxx'cr' SCT_xxx'cr' EXT_xxx'cr' CONF_xxx'cr''lf'] Description Module (OK/FLT) IF Synthesizer (OK/FLT) Data Clock Synthesizer (OK/FLT) I Channel (OK/FLT) Q Channel (OK/FLT) AGC Level (OK/FLT) Modem Reference PLL Lock (OK/FLT) Modem Reference Activity (OK/FLT) Configuration (OK/FLT) 113 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Parameter Demodulator Stored Faults Type Command: Response: Common Equipment Stored Faults Command: Response: ReedSolomon Unavailable Seconds Command: Response: Bulk Consol. Analog Status Command: Response: Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Protocol add/DSF_# hh:mm:ss MM/DD/YYYY'cr' MOD_xxx'cr' CD_xxx'cr' SYN_xxx'cr' ICH_xxx'cr' QCH_xxx'cr' BERT_xxx'cr' CONF_xxx'cr'' LNB_xxx’cr’’lf’] Description Demod Module (OK/FLT) Carrier Detect (OK/FLT) IF Synthesizer Lock (OK/FLT) I Channel (OK/FLT) Q Channel (OK/FLT) BER Threshold (OK/FLT) Configuration (OK/FLT) LNB (OK/FLT) add/CSF_# hh:mm:ss MM/DD/YYYY'cr' M&C_xxx'cr' INT_xxx'cr' BAT_xxx'cr' +5_xxx'cr' +12_xxx'cr' -12_xxx'cr' ST_xxx'cr''lf'] Monitor & Control Module (OK/FLT) Data Interface/Overhead Module (OK/FLT) Battery/Clock (OK/FLT) +5 Vdc Power Supply (OK/FLT) +12 Vdc Power Supply (OK/FLT) -12 Vdc Power Supply (OK/FLT) Self Test (OK/FLT) add/RSSF_# hh:mm:ss MM/DD/YYYY'cr' UNA_xxx'cr''lf'] Unavailable Seconds (FLT/OK) add/BCAS_p1,p2,p3, . . . pn'cr''lf'] This command is similar to the 'BCS_' command, but returns modem analog parameters. Additional status of new options and features will always be appended to the end. Where 'pn' is the last parameter returned. Parameter Number 1 Parameter Name (Command Reference) Receive Signal Level (ref. 'RSL_' command). 2 Raw BER (ref. 'RBER_' command). p2 = xm.mE-ee. 3 Corrected BER (ref. 'CBER_' command). p3 = xm.mE-ee. 4 Interface Read Error Status (ref. 'IRES_' command). p4 = tttt_xm.mE-ee. 5 EB/NO (ref. 'EBN0_' command). p5 = xnn.n, EB/NO in dB. 6 Buffer Fill Status (ref. 'IBFS_' command). p6 = nn%, buffer fill status. 7 LNB Current P7 = nnn, LNB Current Description p1 = xsnn.n, receive signal level in dBm. Note: Parameters 2 through 6 are dependent on carrier acquisition, if the decoder is not locked empty data blocks are returned (,,,,,). 114 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Bulk Consol. Status Command: Response: Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM add/BCS_p1,p2,p3, . . . pn'cr''lf'] This command causes bulk modem status to be returned. To reduce the length of the response, message parameter data are returned without identifiers. However, parameter identification can be determined by order of return. Each status parameter is terminated with a ',' (comma) except for the last parameter which has the standard message termination sequence ('cr''lf']). Most of the data returned is formatted the same way as the single command status request (refer to the appropriate portions of this document in preceding sections). Additional configuration status of new options and features will always be appended to the end. Where 'pn' is the last parameter returned. Parameter Number Parameter Name (Command Reference) Description 115 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 1 Modulator RF output (ref. 'RF_' command). p1 = n, where 'n' is '0' (off) or '1' (on). 2 Modulator IF frequency (ref. 'MF_' command). p2 = nnn.nnnnnn, IF frequency in MHz. 3 Modulator rate (ref. 'MR_' command). p3 = nnnn_mmmm.mmm, code rate/data rate in kbit/s. 4 Modulator preset 'A' assignment (ref. 'ARMA_' command). p4 = nnnn_mmmm.mmm, code rate/data rate in kbit/s. 5 Modulator preset 'B' assignment (ref. 'ARMB_' command). p5 = nnnn_mmmm.mmm, code rate/data rate in kbit/s. 6 Modulator preset 'C' assignment (ref. 'ARMC_' command). p6 = nnnn_mmmm.mmm, code rate/data rate in kbit/s. 7 Modulator preset 'D' (ref. 'ARMD_' command). p7 = nnnn_mmmm.mmm, code rate/data rate in kbit/s. 8 Modulator preset 'V' assignment (ref. 'ARMV_' command). p8 = nnnn_mmmm.mmm, code rate/data rate in kbit/s. 9 Modulator power offset (ref. 'MPO_' command). p9 = snn.n, modulator power offset in dB. 10 Modulator output power level (ref. 'MOP_' command). p10 = snn.n, transmitter output power level in dBm. 11 Scrambler enable (ref. 'SE_' command). p11 = n, where 'n' is '0' (off) or '1' (on). 12 Differential encoder enable (ref. 'DENC_' command). p12 = n, where 'n' is '0' (off) or '1' (on). 13 Modulator type (ref. 'MT_' command). p13 = n, where 'n' is '0' (EFD), '1' (INTL), '3' (FDC), '4' (CSC), or '6' (SDM51). 14 Modulator encoder type (ref. 'MET_' command). p14 = n, where 'n' is '0' ( SEQ), '1' (VIT). 15 Carrier only mode ON/OFF. p15 = n, where 'n' is '0' (off) or '1' (on). 16 Demodulator IF (ref. 'DF_' command). p16 = nnnn.nnnn, demodulator IF frequency in MHz. 116 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Bulk Consol. Status (continued) Parameter Number 17 Parameter Name (Command Reference) Demodulator rate (ref. 'DR_' command). 18 Demodulator preset A (ref. 'ADRA_' command). p18 = nnnn_mmmm.mmm, code rate/data rate in kbit/s. 19 Demodulator preset B assignment (ref. 'ADRB_' command). p19 = nnnn_mmmm.mmm, code rate/data rate in kbit/s. 20 Demodulator preset C assignment (ref. 'ADRC_' command). p20 = nnnn_mmmm.mmm, code rate/data rate in kbit/s. 21 Demodulator preset D assignment (ref. 'ADRD_' command). p21 = nnnn_mmmm.mmm, code rate/data rate in kbit/s. 22 Demodulator preset V assignment (ref. 'ADRV_' command). p22 = nnnn_mmmm.mmm, code rate/data rate in kbit/s. 23 Descrambler enable (ref. 'DE_' command). p23 = n, where 'n' is '0' (off) or '1' (on). 24 Differential decoder (ref. 'DDEC_' command). p24 = n, where 'n' is '0' (off) or '1' (on). 25 Reserved null field 26 Reserved null field 27 Sweep center frequency (ref. 'SCF_' command). p27 = snnnnn, sweep center frequency in Hertz. 28 Sweep width range (ref. 'SWR_' command). p28 = nnnnn, sweep range in Hertz. 29 Sweep reacquisition (ref. 'SR_' command). p29 = nnn, reacquisition time in seconds. 30 BER threshold (ref. 'BERT_' command). p30 = xxxx, BER threshold. 31 Demodulator type (ref. 'DT_' command). p31 = n, where 'n' is '0' (EFD), '1' (INTL), '3' (FDC), or '4' (CSC). 32 Demodulator decoder type (ref. 'DDT_' command). 33 Transmit clock source (ref. 'TC_' command). 34 Description p17 = nnnn_mmmm.mmm, code rate/data rate in kbit/s. p32 = n, where 'n' is '0' (SEQ), '1' (VIT). p33 = n, where 'n' is '0' (INT), '1' (REF), '2' (EXT), or 6 (DATA). p34 = nnnnn.n, external reference frequency in kHz. External reference frequency (ref. 'ERF_' command). 117 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Bulk Consol. Status (continued) Parameter Number 35 Parameter Name (Command Reference) Transmit clock phase (ref. 'TCP_' command). 36 Receive clock phase (ref. 'RCP_' command). p36 = n, where 'n' is '0' (NRM), '1' (INV). 37 Baseband loopback ref. 'BBL_' command). p37 = n, where 'n' is '0' (off) or '1' (on). 38 Interface loopback (ref. 'ILB_' command). p38 = n, where 'n' is '0' (off) or '1' (on). 39 Interface loop timing (ref. 'ILT_' command). p39 = n, where 'n' is '0' (off) or '1' (on). 40 TX Interface coding format (ref. 'ICFT_' command). p40 = n, where 'n' is '0' (AMI), '2' (B8ZS), or '3' (HDB3). 41 RX Interface coding format (ref. 'ICFR_' command). p41 = n, where 'n' is '0' (AMI), '2' (B8ZS), or '3' (HDB3). 42 Buffer clock source (ref. 'BC_' command). p42 = n, where 'n' is '0' (INT), '1' (REF), '2' (EXT), '3' (SAT), '5' (INS). 43 Interface RX-T1 frame structure (ref. 'IRFS_' command). p43 = n, where n is '0' (NONE) or '1' (G704). 44 reserved null field. 45 Interface RX-E1 frame structure (ref. 'IRFS_' command). 46 reserved null field. 47 Interface Buffer Programming (ref. 'IBP_' command). p47 = n, where 'n' is '0' (BITS) or '1' (MS). 48 Interface buffer size (ref. 'IBS _' command). p48 = nnnnnn, buffer size in bits or milli seconds. 49 Interface transmit overhead type (ref. 'ITOT_' command). p49 = n, where 'n' is '0' (NONE), '1' (IDR), '2' (IBS), '3' (DI), '4' (ASYNC). 50 Interface receive overhead type (ref. 'IROT_' command). p50 = n, where 'n' is '0' (NONE), '1' (IDR), '2' (IBS), '3' (DI), '4' (ASYNC). 51 Interface substitution pattern (ref. 'ISP_' command). p51 = n, where 'n' is '0' (OFF) or '1' (ON). 52 Interface read error (ref. 'IRE_' command). p52 = n, where 'n' is '0' (OFF) or '1' (ON). Description p35 = n, where 'n' is '0' (NRM), '1' (INV), '2' (AUTO). p45 = n, where n is '0' (NONE) or '1' (G704). 118 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Bulk Consol. Status (continued) Parameter Number 53 Parameter Name (Command Reference) Transmit data fault (ref. 'TDF_' command). 54 Receive data fault (ref. 'RDF_' command). p54 = n, where 'n' is '0' (NONE), '1' (DATA), or '2' (AIS). 55 Interface service channel TX1 (ref. 'ISCL_' command). p55 = nnn, service channel level in dBm. 56 Interface service channel TX2 (ref. 'ISCL_' command). p56 = nnn, service channel level in dBm. 57 Interface service channel RX1 (ref. 'ISCL_' command). p57 = nnn, service channel level in dBm. 58 Interface service channel RX2 (ref. 'ISCL_' command). p58 = nnn, service channel level in dBm. 59 System modem type (ref. 'SMT_' command). p59 = n, where 'n' is '0' (IDR), '1' (IBS), ''2' (EFD), 3' (CUSTOM), '4' (DI), or '5' (ASYNC). 60 Modem operation mode (ref. 'MOM_' command). p60 = n, where 'n' is '1' (TX_ONLY), '2' (RX_ONLY), '3' (DUPLEX). 61 MODEM REMOTE/LOCAL mode. p61 = n, where 'n' is '0' (LOCAL), '1' (REMOTE). 62 Transmit data phase (ref. 'TDP_' command). p62 = n, where 'n' is '0' (NRM), '1' (INV). 63 Receive data phase (ref. 'RDP_' command). p63 = n, where 'n' is '0' (NRM), '1' (INV). (Note 1) 64 Drop Data Format (ref. 'DDF_' command). p64 = n, where 'n' is '0' (T1), '1' (T1ESF), '2' (E1CCS), '3' (E1CAS), '6' (E131TS), '7' (T1S), and '8' (T1ESFS). (Note 2) 65 Insert Data Format (ref. 'IDF_' command). p65 = n, where 'n' is '0' (T1), '1' (T1ESF), '2' (E1CCS), '3' (E1CAS), '6' (E131TS), '7' (T1S), and '8' (T1ESFS). (Note 1) 66 Bulk Drop Channels Assignment. p66 = dd;cc_dd;cc_dd;cc_dd;cc......, as defined by the BDCA_ command. (Note 2) 67 Bulk Insert Channels Assignment. p67 = ii;cc_ii;cc_ii;cc_ii;cc......, as defined by the BICA_ command. (Note 2) 68 Insert E1 CRC Enable (ref. 'ICRC_' command). p68 = n, where 'n' is '0' (off) or '1' (on). 69 Modem Reference Clock (ref. 'MRC_' command). p69 = n, where 'n' is '0' (INT), '1' (EXT1), '2' (EXT5), '3' (EXT10), or '4' (EXT20), respectively. 70 Modulator Spectrum Rotation (ref. 'MSR_' command). p70 = n, where 'n' is '0' (NRM), '1' (INV). Description p53 = n, where 'n' is '0' (NONE), '1' (DATA), or '2' (AIS). 119 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Bulk Consol. Status (continued) Parameter Number 71 Parameter Name (Command Reference) Demodulator Spectrum Rotation (ref. 'DSR_' command). 72 Reed-Solomon Encoder Enable (ref. 'RSEN_' command). p72 = n, where 'n' is '0' (off) or '1' (on). 73 Reed-Solomon Decoder Enable (ref. 'RSDE_' command). p73 = n, where 'n' is '0'(OFF), '1' (ON), '2' (CORR_OFF). (Note 3) 74 Backward Alarm enable TX1 (ref. 'BW_TX1_' command). p74 = n, where 'n' is '0' (off) or '1' (on). (Note 3) 75 Backward Alarm enable TX2 (ref. 'BW_TX2_' command). p75 = n, where 'n' is '0' (off) or '1' (on). (Note 3) 76 Backward Alarm enable (ref. 'BW_TX3_' command). p76 = n, where 'n' is '0' (off) or '1' (on). (Note 3) 77 Backward Alarm enable TX4 (ref. 'BW_TX4_' command). p77 = n, where 'n' is '0' (off) or '1' (on). (Note 4) 78 Backward Alarm enable RX1 (ref. 'BW_RX1_' command). p78 = n, where 'n' is '0' (off) or '1' (on). (Note 4) 79 Backward Alarm enable RX2 (ref. 'BW_RX2_' command). p79 = n, where 'n' is '0' (off) or '1' (on). (Note 4) 80 Backward Alarm enable RX3 (ref. 'BW_RX3_' command). p80 = n, where 'n' is '0' (off) or '1' (on). (Note 4) 81 Backward Alarm enable RX4 (ref. 'BW_RX4_' command). p81 = n, where 'n' is '0' (off) or '1' (on). 82 TX Driver Type (ref. 'TXDR_' command). p82 = n, where 'n' is '0' (G.703), '1' (V.35), '2' (RS422), or '3' (RS232). 83 RX Driver Type (ref. 'RXDR_' command). p83 = n, where 'n' is '0' (G.703), '1' (V.35), '2' (RS422), or '3' (RS232). 84 reserved null field. (Note 5) 85 ASYNC TX Overhead Baud Rate (ref. 'TOBR_' command). p85 = nnnnn, where 'nnnnn' is the currently programmed baud rate. (Note 6) 86 ASYNC RX Overhead Baud Rate (ref. 'ROBR_' command). p86 = nnnnn, where 'nnnnn' is the currently programmed baud rate. (Note 5) 87 ASYNC TX Channel Char. Length (ref. 'TCCL_' command). p87 = n, where 'n' is the currently programmed character length. (Note 6) 88 ASYNC RX Channel Char. Length (ref. 'RCCL_' command). Description p71 = n, where 'n' is '0' (NRM), '1' (INV). p88 = n, where 'n' is the currently programmed character length. 120 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Bulk Consol. Status (continued) (Note 5) Parameter Number 89 Parameter Name (Command Reference) ASYNC TX Channel Stop (ref. 'TCSB_' command). (Note 6) 90 ASYNC RX Channel Stop Bits (ref. 'RCSB_' command). (Note 5) (Note 6) (Note 5) (Note 6) (Note 14) (Note 14) (Note 14) (Note 14) (Note 15) (Note 15) (Note 14) (Note 14 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 Description p89 = n, where 'n' is the current number of stop bits programmed. p90 = n, where 'n' is the current number of stop bits programmed. p91 = xxxx, where 'xxxx' is the currently programmed parity. ASYNC TX Channel Parity (ref. 'TOCP_' command). p92 = xxxx, where 'xxxx' is the currently programmed parity. ASYNC RX Channel Parity (ref. 'ROCP_' command). ASYNC TX Communications Type (ref. 'TCT_' command). p93 = n, where 'n' is '0' (RS232), '1' (RS485_4WIRE), '2' (RS485_2WIRE). p94 = n, where 'n' is '0' (RS232), '1' (RS485). ASYNC RX Communications Type (ref. 'RCT_' command). p95 = n, where 'n' is '0' (off) or '1' (on). AUPC Local Power enable ON/OFF (ref. 'LPC_' command). p96 = snn.n, where 'snn.n' Nominal Power Value in dBm. AUPC Nominal Power Value (ref. 'NOMP_' command). p97 = snn.n, where 'snn.n' Minimum Power Value in dBm. AUPC Minimum Power Value (ref. 'MINP_' command). p98 = snn.n, where 'snn.n' Maximum Power Value in dBm. AUPC Maximum Power Value (ref. 'MAXP_' command). p99 = nn.n, where 'nn.n' EBN0 Target Set Point in dB. AUPC EBN0 Target Set Point (ref. 'ENSP_' command). p100 = n.n, where 'n.n' is the Max. Tracking Rate in dB/Min. AUPC Max. Tracking Rate (ref. 'MAXT_' command). p101 = n, where 'n' is '0' (HOLD), '1' (NOMINAL), or '2' (MAXIMUM). AUPC Local Carrier Loss (ref. 'LCL_' command). 102 AUPC Remote Carrier Loss (ref. 'RCL_' command). 103 reserved null field. 104 reserved null field. p102 = n, where 'n' is '0' (HOLD), '1' (NOMINAL), or '2' (MAXIMUM). p105 = n, where 'n' is '0' (NRM), '1' (INV). 105 106 Transmit BPSK Data Ordering (ref. 'TDA_' command). p106 = n, where 'n' is '0' (NRM), '1' (INV). Receive BPSK Data Ordering (ref. 'RDA_' command). 121 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Bulk Consol. Status (continued) Parameter Number 107 Parameter Name (Command Reference) RTS TX-IF Control Mode (ref. 'RTSM_' command). 108 CTS Delay Time (ref. 'CTSD_' command). p108 = nn, CTS delay time in seconds. 109 Carrier Only Mode (ref. 'COM_' command). p109 = n, where 'n' is '0' (OFF),'1' (CENTER-CW), '2' (DUALCW), '3' (OFFSET-CW). (Note 3) 110 IDR TX ESC Type (ref. 'TET_' command). p110 = n, where 'n' is '0' (AUDIO), '1' (DATA). (Note 4) 111 IDR RX ESC Type (ref. 'RET_' command). p111 = n, where 'n' is '0' (AUDIO), '1' (DATA). 112 TX Reed-Solomon Interleave Value (ref. 'TRSI_' command). p112 = nn, Interleave value. 113 RX Reed-Solomon Interleave Value (ref. 'RRSI_' command). p113 = nn, Interleave value. 114 115 116 Description p107 = n, where 'n' is '0' (off) or '1' (on). reserved null field. reserved null field. reserved null field. 117 TX 8-PSK 2/3 IESS-310 Operation (ref. 'T310_' command). p117 = n, where 'n' is '0' (off) or '1' (on). 118 RX 8-PSK 2/3 IESS-310 Operation (ref. 'R310_' command). p118 = n, where 'n' is '0' (off) or '1' (on). (Note 7) 119 Flex Mux Channel #1 Enable (ref. "TCEN_1" command). (Note (8) 120 TX Flex Mux Channel #1 Data Rate (ref. "TCDR_1" command). (Note 7) (Note 7) 121 122 p119 = n, where 'n' is '0' (Disabled), '1' (D&I), or '2' (for T1/E1) operation. TX Flex Mux Channel #2 Enable (ref. "TCEN_2" command). TX Flex Mux Channel #3 Enable (ref. "TCEN_3" command). 122 p120 = nnnn.n, where 'nnnn.n' is the data rate in Kbps. p121 = n, where 'n' is '0' (Disabled), '1' (Enabled). p122 = n, where 'n' is '0' (Disabled), '1' (Sync RS422), '2' (Async RS422), '3' (Sync RS232), '4' (Async RS232), or '5' (AUPC operation). CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Bulk Consol. Status (continued) Parameter Name (Command Reference) (Note 9) Parameter Number 123 TX Flex Mux Channel #3 Data Rate (ref. "TCDR_3" command). p123 = nnnn.n, where 'nnnn.n' is the data rate in Kbps. (Note 9) 124 TX Flex Mux Channel #3 Clock Phase (ref. "TCCP_3" command). p124 = n, where 'n' is '0' (Normal) or '1' (Invert). (Note 9) 125 TX Flex Mux Channel #3 Data Phase (ref. "TCDP_3" command). p125 = n, where 'n' is '0' (Normal) or '1' (Invert). (Note 7) 126 TX Flex Mux Channel #4 Enable (ref. "TCEN_4" command). (Note 10) (Note 10) 127 128 Description TX Flex Mux Channel #4 Data Rate (ref. "TCDR_4" command). TX Flex Mux Channel #4 Clock Phase (ref. "TCCP_4" command). TX Flex Mux Channel #4 Data Phase (ref. "TCDP_4" command). p126 = n, where 'n' is '0' (Disabled), '1' (Sync RS232), '2' (Async RS232), '3' (Async RS485), or '4' (AUPC operation). p127 = nnnn.n, where 'nnnn.n' is the data rate in Kbps. p128 = n, where 'n' is '0' (Normal) or '1' (Invert). p129 = n, where 'n' is '0' (Normal) or '1' (Invert). (Note 10) 129 (Note 7) 130 (Note 11) 131 RX Flex Mux Channel #2 Enable (ref. "RCEN_2" command). p131 = nnnn.n, where 'nnnn.n' is the data rate in Kbps. (Note 7) 132 RX Flex Mux Channel #3 Enable (ref. "RCEN_3" command). p132 = n, where 'n' is '0' (Disabled), '1' (Enabled). (Note 7) 133 RX Flex Mux Channel #3 Data Rate (ref. "RCDR_3" command). p133 = n, where 'n' is '0' (Disabled), '1' (Sync RS422), '2' (Async RS422), '3' (Sync RS232), '4' (Async RS232), or '5' (AUPC operation). (Note 12) 134 RX Flex Mux Channel #3 Clock Phase (ref. "RCCP_3" command). p134 = nnnn.n, where 'nnnn.n' is the data rate in Kbps. (Note 12) 135 RX Flex Mux Channel #3 Data Phase (ref. "RCDP_3" command). p135 = n, where 'n' is '0' (Normal) or '1' (Invert). (Note 12) 136 RX Flex Mux Channel #4 Enable (ref. "RCEN_4" command). p136 = n, where 'n' is '0' (Normal) or '1' (Invert). (Note 7) 137 RX Flex Mux Channel #4 Data Rate (ref. "RCDR_4" command). (Note 13) 138 RX Flex Mux Channel #4 Clock Phase (ref. "RCCP_4" command). p138 = nnnn.n, where 'nnnn.n' is the data rate in Kbps. (Note 13) 139 RX Flex Mux Channel #4 Data Phase (ref. "RCDP_4" command). p139 = n, where 'n' is '0' (Normal) or '1' (Invert). (Note 13) 140 LNB Power (ref. “LNB_” command). p140 = n, where 'n' is '0' (Normal) or '1' (Invert). RX Flex Mux Channel #1 Enable (ref. "RCEN_1" command). RX Flex Mux Channel #1 Data Rate (ref. "RCDR_1" command). LNB Voltage 123 p130 = n, where 'n' is '0' (Disabled), '1' (D&I), or '2' (T1/E1 operation). p137 = n, where 'n' is '0' (Disabled), '1' (Sync RS232), '2' (Async RS232), '3' (Async RS485), or '4' (AUPC operation). CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM (ref. “LNBV_” command). P141 = n, where 'n' is '0' (off) or '1' (on). 141 LNB Reference (ref. “LNBR_” command). P142 = n, where ‘n’ is ‘0’ (13 Volts), ‘1’ (18 Volts), or ‘2’ (24 Volts. 142 LNB Current Monitor Low Threshold (ref. “LNBL_” command). P143 = n, where ‘n’ is ‘0’ (OFF) or ‘1’ (ON). LNB Current Monitor High Threshold (ref. “LNBH_” command). P144 = nnn, where ‘nnn’ is 0 to 500 in 1 mA steps 143 144 P145 = nnn, where ‘nnn’ is 0 to 500 in 1 mA steps 145 Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. Data will only be returned if TX Overhead is programmed for Drop & Insert. Comma is always returned for CDM-IP 300L. Data will only be returned if RX Overhead is programmed for Drop & Insert. Comma is always returned for CDM-IP 300L. Data will only be returned if TX Overhead is programmed for IDR. Comma is always returned for CDM-IP 300L. Data will only be returned if RX Overhead is programmed for IDR. Comma is always returned for CDM-IP 300L. Data will only be returned if TX Overhead is programmed for ASYNC. Comma is always returned for CDM-IP 300L. Data will only be returned if RX Overhead is programmed for ASYNC. Comma is always returned for CDM-IP 300L. Data is only returned if FLEX MUX PCB (Card Slot #1) is installed. Comma is always returned for CDM-IP 300L. Data not returned if TX Channel #1 is disabled. Comma is always returned for CDM-IP 300L. Data not returned if TX Channel #3 is disabled or set for AUPC. Comma is always returned for CDM-IP 300L. Data not returned if TX Channel #4 is disabled or set for AUPC. Comma is always returned for CDM-IP 300L. Data not returned if RX Channel #1 is disabled. Comma is always returned for CDM-IP 300L. Data not returned if RX Channel #3 is disabled or set for AUPC. Comma is always returned for CDM-IP 300L. Data not returned if RX Channel #4 is disabled or set for AUPC. Comma is always returned for CDM-IP 300L (except for last parameter). Data will only be returned if TX Overhead is programmed for ASYNC. (or TX Flex Mux AUPC). Comma is always returned for CDMIP 300L. Data will only be returned if RX Overhead is programmed for ASYNC. (or RX Flex Mux AUPC). Comma is always returned for CDMIP 300L. Bulk Consolidated Status Faults Command: Response: add/BCSF_abcdefghijklmnopqr'cr''lf'] This command causes all modem fault status to be returned. To reduce the length of the response, fault status is embedded into the bit structure of the characters that are returned. Faults are indicated by a binary 1 in the designated bit position. Character 'a': Modulator fault status character 1. Bit 6 = 1 always. Bit 5 = Modulator module fault. Bit 4 = RF output status, actual not programmed status (1 = on, 0 = off). Bit 3 through Bit 0 = Binary representation (0 to 10) of the number of modulator stored faults. Character 'b': Modulator fault status character 2. Bit 6 = 1 always. Bit 5 = IF Synthesizer. Bit 4 = reserved. Bit 5 = Data Clock Synthesizer. Bit 2 = I Channel. Bit 1 = Q Channel. Bit 0 = AGC Level. 124 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Character 'c': Modulator fault status character 3. Bit 6 = 1 always. Bit 5 = Modem Reference PLL Lock. Bit 4 = reserved. Bit 3 = Configuration. Bit 2 = Modem Reference Activity. Bit 1 = reserved. Bit 0 = reserved. Character 'd': Demodulator fault status character 1. Bit 6 = 1 always. Bit 5 = Demod module fault. Bit 4 = Carrier detect status (0 for decoder lock). Bit 3 through Bit 0 = Binary representation (0 to 10) of the number of demodulator stored faults. Character 'e': Demodulator fault status character 2. Bit 6 = 1 always. Bit 5 = IF Synthesizer Lock. Bit 4 = reserved. Bit 3 = I Channel. Bit 2 = Q Channel. Bit 1 = reserved. Bit 0 = BER threshold. Character 'f': Demodulator fault status character 3. Bit 6 = 1 always. Bit 5 = LNB. Bit 4 = Configuration. Bit 3 = reserved. Bit 2 = reserved. Bit 1 = reserved. Bit 0 = reserved. Character 'g': Interface transmit side faults character 1. Bit 6 = 1 always. Bit 5 = reserved. Bit 4 = reserved. Bit 3 through Bit 0 = Binary representation (0 to 10) of the number of interface transmit side stored faults. Character 'h': Interface transmit side faults character 2. Bit 6 = 1 always. Bit 5 = Transmit Data/AIS. Bit 4 = Transmit Synthesizer PLL Lock. Bit 3 = Selected Transmit Clock Activity. Bit 2 = reserved. Bit 1 = Configuration. Bit 0 = Drop fault. Character 'i': Interface transmit side faults character 3. Bit 6 = 1 always. Bit 5 = TX Audio Channel 1 Clip. Bit 4 = TX Audio Channel 2 Clip. Bit 3 = reserved. Bit 2 = reserved. Bit 1 = reserved. Bit 0 = reserved. 125 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Character 'j': Interface receive side faults character 1. Bit 6 = 1 always. Bit 5 = Insert fault. Bit 4 = reserved. Bit 3 through Bit 0 = Binary representation (0 to 10) of the number of interface receive side stored faults. Character 'k': Interface receive side faults character 2. Bit 6 = 1 always. Bit 5 = Buffer Underflow. Bit 4 = Buffer Overflow. Bit 3 = Receive Data Loss/AIS. Bit 2 = Frame BER. Bit 1 = Receive Backward Alarm. Bit 0 = Selected Buffer Clock Activity. Character 'l': Interface receive side faults character 3. Bit 6 = 1 always. Bit 5 = Buffer Clock PLL Lock. Bit 4 = Demux Lock. Bit 3 = 2047 Pattern Lock Detect. Bit 2 = Buffer Full. Bit 1 = reserved. Bit 0 = Configuration. Character 'm': Interface receive side faults character 4. Bit 6 = 1 always. Bit 5 = RX Audio Channel 1 Clip. Bit 4 = RX Audio Channel 2 Clip. Bit 3 = reserved. Bit 2 = reserved. Bit 1 = reserved. Bit 0 = reserved. Character 'n': Common equipment fault status character 1. Bit 6 = 1 always. Bit 5 = Monitor & Control Module. Bit 4 = Interface Module. Bit 3 through Bit 0 = Binary representation (0 to 10) of the number of common equipment stored faults. Character 'o': Common equipment fault status character 2. Bit 6 = 1 always. Bit 5 = Battery/Clock. Bit 4 = +5V power supply. Bit 3 = reserved. Bit 2 = +12V power supply. Bit 1 = -12V power supply. Bit 0 = reserved. Character 'p': Interface backward alarm status character 1. Bit 6 = 1 always. Bit 5 = TX Backward Alarm 1. Bit 4 = TX Backward Alarm 2. Bit 3 through Bit 0 = Binary representation (0 to 10) of the number of backward alarm stored faults. Character 'q': Interface backward alarm status character 2. Bit 6 = 1 always. Bit 5 = TX Backward Alarm 3. 126 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Bit 4 = TX Backward Alarm 4. Bit 3 = RX Backward Alarm 1. Bit 2 = RX Backward Alarm 2. Bit 1 = RX Backward Alarm 3. Bit 0 = RX Backward Alarm 4. Character 'r': Interface Reed-Solomon Unavailable Seconds Bit 6 = 1 always. Bit 5 = not used. Bit 4 = not used. Bit 3 through Bit 0 = Binary representation (0 to 10) of the number of Reed-Solomon Unavailable Seconds stored faults. Change Status Command: Response: add/CS_x'cr''lf'] Where: The 'x' character is defined as follows: '@' = no change since last BCS_ and BCSF_ polls. 'A' = BCS_ response has changed since last BCS_ poll. 'B' = BCSF_ response has changed since last BCSF_ poll. 'C' = Both responses have changed since last BCS_ and BCSF_ polls. This command indicates that a change has or has not occurred on either the BCS_ or the BCSF_ response since the last BCS_ or BCSF_ poll. Equipment Type Command: Response: add/ET_tttttttt_xxx.yyy.zzz'cr''lf'] Where: tttttttt = Equipment type (CDM300L-X) xxx.yyy.zzz = Software version. Monitor and Control Firmware Information Command: Response: add/MCFI_'cr' VER_xxx.yyy.zzz'cr' FW/nnnnnn-ddr'cr' mm/dd/yy'cr''lf'] Where: xxx.yyy.zzz = Software version number (0.0.0 to 999.999.999). nnnnnn = Firmware number (0 to 999999). dd = Firmware dash number (0 to 99). r = Firmware revision (-, or A to Z). DATA ROM Firmware Information Command: Response: add/DFI_'cr' FW/nnnnnn-ddr'cr' mm/dd/yy'cr''lf'] Where: nnnnnn = Firmware number (0 to 999999). dd = Firmware dash number (0 to 99). r = Firmware revision (-, or A to Z). Note: If Dash number is not used, '-dd' will be reported. Boot M&C Firmware Information Command: Response: add/BFI_'cr' VER_xxx.yyy.zzz'cr' FW/nnnnnn-ddr'cr' mm/dd/yy'cr''lf'] Where: xxx.yyy.zzz = Software version number (0.0.0 to 999.999.999). nnnnnn = Firmware number (0 to 999999). dd = Firmware dash number (0 to 99). r = Firmware revision (-, or A to Z). 127 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Modem Options/ Misc. Information Command: Response: Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM add/MOI_'cr' s,HGH_PWR'cr' s,HGH_STAB'cr' s,ASLT'cr' s,VIT'cr' s,SEQ'cr' s,SR'cr' s,LRV'cr' s,FRV'cr' s,CARD_1_PCB'cr' s,CARD_2_PCB'cr' s,CARD_3_PCB'cr' s,8-PSK_2/3'cr' (0 or +) High Power (0 or +) High Stability (- or +) Asymmetrical Loop Timing (- or +) Viterbi Encoder/Decoder (- or +) Sequential Encoder/Decoder (- or +) Single Code/Data Rate (- or +) Low Rate Variable (- or +) Full Rate Variable (x or +) Card #1 Installed (x or +) Card #2 Installed (x or +) Card #3 Installed (- or +) 8-PSK 2/3 Code Rate (0 or +) TX Only Operation (0 or +) RX Only Operation (O or +) OQPSK 1/2, 3/4, 7/8 s,TX_ONLY'cr' s,RX_ONLY'cr' s,OQPSK’cr’’If’] Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. Card #1 Type Information Command: Response: add/C1TI_'cr' ttttt'cr''lf'] s = 0 (Not Installed, Not Upgradable). - (Not Installed, FAST Upgradable). + (Installed). X (Not Installed, Field Upgradable). Where: ttttt = type (IP_01 for CDM-IP 300L). 128 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Card #1 Options/ Misc. Information Serial Number Command: Response: Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM add/C1OI_'cr' IP_01 list: x,ACCEL x,ENCRYP x,COMPR x,QOS x,NAT x,BRIDG x,IGMP x,HDRCPR Command: Response: (- or +) TCP Acceloration (- or +) DES Encryption (- or +) data Compression (- or +) QoS (- or +) NAT (- or +) Transparent Bridging (- or +) IGMP (- or +) Header Compression add/SNUM_'cr' MODEM_xxxxxxxxx'cr' CARD_1_xxxxxxxxx'cr' (Note 1) CARD_2_xxxxxxxxx'cr' (Note 2) CARD_3_xxxxxxxxx'cr''lf'] (Note 3) Where: xxxxxxxxx = Serial number 000000000 to 999999999. Notes: 1. Data is only returned if Card #1 is installed. 2. Data is only returned if Card #2 is installed. 3. Data is only returned if Card #3 is installed. 129 NOTES 131 6 CLI and Telnet Interface 6.1 OVERVIEW This section defines the user menu system presented to a user connected to the CDM-IP via a Terminal Emulator or Telnet. In the process of configuring each parameter, an overview of the parameter and its impact on the configuration of the CDM-IP is provided. When connecting via a Terminal Emulator, the user should be physically attached to the Console Port of the CDM-IP. The terminal emulator should be configured to match the console port setting. The default console port setting is 38,400 bps, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit and no flow control. When connecting via telnet, the user must have network connectivity to the Ethernet Port of the CDM-IP. This connectivity can be via a local LAN, a remote LAN, or via a satellite link from another CDM-IP modem. The Ethernet Speed Mode is a configurable parameter of the CDM-IP and thus its exact setting can vary between specific installations. IMPORTANT IMPORTANT The default setting in easyConnect Mode is 10BaseT/Half Duplex. Only 10BaseT operation is allowed in easyConnect, but Half or Full Duplex can be selected. In Router Mode, the default setting allows the Ethernet port to auto-negotiate its link speed on power-up. The CDM-IP does not allow concurrent access to the menu via telnet and the console port. If a user connects via telnet, CDM-IP automatically disables the console port for the duration of the Telnet session. All menu pages allow a Telnet logout to end a Telnet session. Also, the CDM-IP will automatically end a Telnet session after a period of inactivity. 133 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM The CLI and Telnet Access Levels are defined as follows: User Interface User Login Access Level Admin User Read/Write User CLI (direct to console port) Full Access – no Login Telnet Full Access all Menus No Access to Admin Menu Full Access all other Menus CDM-IP Default Name/Passwords are: Admin Read/Write Read Only comtech/comtech opcenter/1234 monitor/1234 134 Read Only User No Access CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2 MAIN MENU PAGE Menu pages are followed by a table listing the Menu Options/Fields, required Entry, and Descriptions. The Main Menu page has the following options/fields: Menu Options/Fields Entry Description Administration A The Administration menu provides a basic set of standard admin functions to the CDM-IP. When connected via telnet, navigation to this menu will be restricted to the admin user. Interface Configuration I Allows the user to configure the Ethernet and Satellite interfaces. QoS Configuration Q Allows the user to define QoS rules for up to 32 different types of flows. Route Table R Allows a user to define how the CDM-IP will route packets that it receives on its Ethernet and Satellite interfaces. Protocol Configuration P The Protocol Settings option allows the user to configure various protocols used by the CDM-IP. These protocols currently include ARP and IGMP. Satellite Modem Configuration M The Modem Parameters option displays a set of menus that allow a user to configure and monitor the satellite base modem. 135 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Menu Options/Fields Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Entry Description Operations and Maintenance O The Operations & Maintenance Menu allows a user to configure various options used to control and maintain the system. Also has diagnostic tools for troubleshooting and Statistics. Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. 136 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.1 ADMINISTRATION PAGE The Administration page is activated from the Main Menu page. IMPORTANT Access to the Administration page is restricted to the Admin user when connecting via the Telnet, SNMP, or HTTP interface. The Administration page is available when connected via the Terminal Emulator (serial) connection because there is no log in. The Administration page contains the following options/fields. Menu Options/Fields Entry Description Name/Password Configuration P Activates Name/Password Configuration page. Allows the user to define the user name and passwords that are required in order to access the management interfaces on the CDM-IP. Access Lists A Activates Access Lists page. Allows the user to restrict access to the management interfaces on the CDM-IP based upon the requester’s IP address. Feature Configuration F Activates Feature Configuration page. 137 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Menu Options/Fields Entry Description 3xDES Configuration D The 3xDES Configuration Page allows the user to determine if 3xDES encryption is enabled on a device and if so, the 3xDES keys that are used to decrypt traffic. The keys specified for the transmit function of the CDM-IP are completely independent for the 3xDES keys specified for the receiver function. SMTP Configuration M The SMTP configuration page allows the user to specify appropriate settings for SMTP email server. SNMP Configuration N The SNMP configuration page allows the user to specify management parameters for SNMP. CDM-IP Working Mode C Used to set the CDM-IP Working Mode – easyConnect or Router. See Section 1.3.6 for additional information. CDM-IP WAN TX Framing Mode Read Only Comtech Native – CEFD Proprietary Framing CDM-IP WAN RX Framing Mode Read Only Comtech Native – CEFD Proprietary Framing easyConnect Multicast Option E When unit is running in easyConnect mode, multicast is only forwarded across link if both units have this feature enabled. Header comp refresh rate (in pkts) for UDP/RTP1 R This setting allows for the adjustment of how often to send a full header of this type of traffic when Header Compression is enabled. Header comp refresh rate (in pkts) for UDP U This setting allows for the adjustment of how often to send a full header of this type of traffic when Header Compression is enabled. Header comp refresh rate (in pkts) for all others O This setting allows for the adjustment of how often to send a full header of this type of traffic when Header Compression is enabled. Payload comp refresh rate (in pkts) Q This setting allows for the adjustment of how often to send a full payload when Payload Compression is enabled. Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. 138 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.1.1 NAME/PASSWORD CONFIGURATION PAGE The Name/Password Configuration page is activated from the Administration page. This option allows a user to define the passwords required to access the CDM-IP via HTTP, FTP, SNMP, and TELNET. IMPORTANT All Usernames and Passwords are case sensitive. There is a minimum of 1 and maximum of 11 characters. Any or all of the Usernames and Passwords can be removed by entering “NONE NONE” from the CLI or Telnet. Removing all Usernames and Passwords would only allow access to the CDM-IP functions when connected via the Terminal Emulator (serial) connection (because there is no log in). FTP access is restricted to Admin Username/Password only. FTP is only used to upgrade the CDM-IP SOFTWARE or to load or retrieve the CDM-IP Parameter file. The Name/Password Configuration Page contains the following options/fields: Menu Options/Fields Entry Description Admin User/Password A Enter the user name and password with a space delimiter. Ex: Enter NONE NONE to erase Read/Write User/Password W Enter the user name and password with a space delimiter. Ex: Enter NONE NONE to erase Read Only User/Password R Enter the user name and password with a space delimiter. Ex: Enter NONE NONE to erase Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. 139 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Menu Options/Fields Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Entry Exit X Description This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. 6.2.1.2 ACCESS LISTS PAGE The Access Lists page is activated from the Administration page. This page allows the user to configure the CDM-IP to limit monitor and control access to the unit from a specified list of authorized clients. If connecting to the CDM-IP remotely, the IP address of the machine used to manage the CDM-IP should be included in the Access List. IMPORTANT The Access Lists page contains the following options/fields: Menu Options/Fields AccessClient1 - 4 Entry 1-4 Description The Access Client list allows a user to define which remote clients can connect to a CDM-IP when the Access List Enforcement is enabled. Each entry allows a user to specify a specific IP Address or a subnet mask to define a unique class of machines that are allowed access to the CDM-IP. For example, if a user wanted to grant access to a PC with an IP Address of 10.10.10.1 and any PC on a subnet of 192.168.10.xxx, then the Access List would be defined as: AccessClient1 …[10.10.10.1/32] AccessClient2…. [192.168.10.0/24] 140 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Menu Options/Fields Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Entry Description Access List Enforcement E The Access List Enforcement allows a user to grant access to the CDM-IP via ping, telnet, HTTP, FTP, and SNMP to a well-defined list of client machines. Access List Enforcement toggles between [Enabled] and [Disabled]. If disabled, then any client machine will be able to connect to the CDM-IP via ping, telnet, HTTP, FTP, and SNMP. If enabled, then only those machines specified in the Access Client List will be allowed to connect to the CDM-IP via ping, telnet, HTTP, and SNMP. Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. 141 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.1.3 FEATURE CONFIGURATION PAGE The Feature Configuration page is activated from the Administration page. The Feature Configuration menu communicates to the user the current availability for each of the features. If a feature is marked “Unavailable” then the feature is a FAST feature. FAST features must be purchased from Comtech EF Data. The Feature Configuration menu contains the following options/fields: Menu Options/Fields Entry Description Ping Reply P Toggles [Enabled] and [Disabled] Enabled tells the CDM-IP to respond to ping requests directed to the CDM-IP Ethernet Interface. Disabled tells the CDM-IP not to respond to ping requests. This is used as a security feature to prevent unauthorized parities from determining if a CDM-IP exists via the ping utility. Telnet E Toggles [Enabled] and [Disabled] Enabled tells the CDM-IP to provide access via telnet. Disabled tells the CDM-IP to not allow access via telnet. SNMP N Toggles [Enabled] and [Disabled] Enabled tells the CDM-IP to respond to SNMP requests against the CDM-IP’s private and public MIB. Disabled tells the CDM-IP not to respond to SNMP requests against the CDM-IP’s private and public MIB. 142 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Menu Options/Fields Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Entry Description IGMP I Toggles [Enabled] and [Disabled] The receive portion of a CDM-IP will utilize the CDM-IP as an IGMP server. The transmit portion of a CDM-IP will utilize the CDM-IP as an IGMP client. The IGMP Information Page configures the CDM-IP to report an interest to join a Multicast group on an IGMP server. The IGMP protocol is used to regulate Multicast traffic on a LAN segment to prevent information of no interest from consuming bandwidth on the LAN. Downlink Route All Available Multicast M Toggles [Enabled] and [Disabled] Enabled tells the CDM-IP to route all Multicast packets coming from the Satellite interface to the Ethernet LAN regardless of the Route Table entries. Disabled tells the CDM-IP not to automatically forward all Multicast packets. This CDM-IP will only forward multicast traffic received from the satellite to the Ethernet port if the multicast route exists in the Route Table. Quality of Service (QoS) Q Toggles [Enabled] and [Disabled]. This feature must be purchased. Enabled tells the CDM-IP to apply configured QoS rules on all packets going out the Satellite Interface. When Disabled the CDM-IP does not apply QoS rules for outgoing packets. Transmit 3xDES Encryption T Toggles [Enabled] and [Disabled] This feature must be purchased. Enabled allows the CDM-IP to assign a TX key to encrypt packets for a specific route being sent over the Satellite Interface. When Disabled the CDM-IP cannot encrypt packets being sent over the Satellite interface. Receive 3XDES Decryption Read Only This feature must be purchased. Available allows the CDM-IP to decrypt packets being received from the Satellite Interface. When Unavailable the CDM-IP cannot decrypt packets received from the Satellite Interface. This option is autosensed by a bit carried in packet headers. This option is always available if the option is purchased. H This option will compress headers. Headers available for compression can be referenced in Section 1.4.3 IP Header Compression. Note that in easyConnect mode all Ethernet Headers will be compressed whether or not this feature is enabled. In Router mode, this screen will show Available, and the option must be enabled per route in Route table. Tx Header Compression 143 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Menu Options/Fields Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Entry Description Rx Header Compression K This option tells the system to expect received streams to be Header compressed. Note a CDM-IP modem must receive all streams compressed or not compressed. The modem has no way to distinguish between compressed or not compressed. Tx Payload Compression C This option allows a stream of traffic to be payload compressed. Payload is considered everything inside the HDLC satellite frame. Therefore, IP headers could be compressed as well. Note that in easyConnect mode, the option is enabled/disabled for all traffic. In Router mode, Payload compression will show Available, and one must set the option Per Route in Routing table. Rx Payload Compression Read Only Receive payload compression option allows a unit receiving a stream of data that has been payload compressed to be correctly uncompressed. This option is auto-sensed by a bit carried in packet headers. This option is always available if the option is purchased. Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. 144 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 6.2.1.4 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 3XDES ENCRYPT CONFIGURATION PAGE The 3xDES Encrypt/Decrypt Configuration page is activated from the Administration page. Note: This menu will only be accessible if the 3xDES FAST feature has been purchased and the license key has been entered through the modem front panel. The 3xDES Encrypt Configuration contains the following options/fields: Menu Options/Fields Entry Description 3xDES Status Read Only Displays status, [Available] or [Unavailable]. Available is displayed when the 3xDES feature has been installed. Unavailable is displayed when the 3xDES feature has not been installed. Transmit Encrypt Enabled Read Only Displays feature status. This field is updated via the Features Configuration menu. If Transmit Encrypt is disabled, then all traffic processed by the CDM-IP will be transmitted in the clear regardless of the 3xDES encryption key specified in the Route table. 145 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Receive Decrypt Enabled Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Read Only Displays feature status. This field updates via the Features Configuration menu. Transmit Key 1 - 8 1 through 8 These 3xDES keys are used to encrypt traffic being sent over the Satellite Interface. The key is entered in HEX (48 digits max) Receive Key 1 - 8 A through H These 3xDES keys are used to decrypt traffic being received from the Satellite Interface. The key is entered in HEX (48 digits max) Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. IMPORTANT A 24 Byte [192-bit] 3xDES key is actually a combination of 3 single DES keys of 8 Bytes [64-bits]. The CLI will display the Key with a space separating the Key into 3 sections. In the screen capture above, Transmit Key 1 is displayed as: 2222222222222222 4444444444444444 6666666666666666 Consider the first section as Key1A, the second as Key1B, and the third as Key1C. Data is first encrypted with Key1A and then decrypted with Key1B and again encrypted with Key1C. So if a user specifies all the three Keys the same, (like 48 ‘1's OR all the characters in DES key the same) the cumulative effect of 3xDES is just a single DES. When data is first encrypted with Key1A and decrypted with Key1B we get back the original data and then when encrypted with Key1C results in a total effect of single DES key. Because of this, the user is required to enter unique 64-bit keys. If any 2 sections of the Key match, the CDM-IP will respond Invalid Key - Please Re-enter Also, The Least Significant bit of each byte in a 24 Byte [192-bit] 3xDES key is reserved for the DES Algorithm for parity. Entries of 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, B, D, or F will have all the corresponding bit positions masked. So a Key entry of: 1111111133333333 5555555577777777 99999999BBBBBBBB becomes 1010101032323232 5454545476767676 98989898BABABABA 146 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.1.5 SMTP CONFIGURATION PAGE The SMTP Configuration page is activated from the Administration page. The SMTP Configuration contains the following options/fields: Menu Options/Fields Entry Description SMTP Server IP Address I The mail server address from where you want to send the email. SMTP Domain D Set to the domain of the email server (usually found to the right of the @ symbol in an email address). SMTP Destination Name N Set the email recipient names (usually found to the left of the @ symbol in an email address). Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. Note: SMTP can be used to send an email to Comtech EF Data IP Modem Support [email protected] using the Support Web Page by connecting to the CDM-IP with a Web Browser. The Support Web Page allows you to compose an email message for questions or problems with the CDM-IP. The user can also select to automatically attach the CDM-IP parameter file in order to facilitate troubleshooting or to resolve configuration issues. 147 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.1.6 SNMP CONFIGURATION PAGE The SNMP Configuration page is activated from the Administration page. The SNMP Configuration contains the following options/fields: Menu Options/Fields Entry Description SNMP Read Community R GET community - allows GET operations to all portions of the CDM-IP Controller and CDM-IP MIBs. SNMP Write Community W SET community string - allows SET operations to all portions of the CDM-IP Controller and CDMIP300L MIBs. SNMP Trap Community T Community String that will be set in the Community field of all outgoing traps. This field on the trap PDU may be checked by the network manager application to determine if the trap came from a “trusted” agent. SNMP Trap Destination D IP address where all traps/notifications will be sent. If a network management application is running in the network, it should be configured to receive traps and its IP address should be entered here. SNMP Trap Version V Determines whether an SNMPv1 trap or SNMPv2 notification is sent. 148 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Menu Options/Fields Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Entry Description SNMP Enable Authentication Trap A Determines whether a MIB2 authentication trap will be sent when a PDU with an invalid community string is encountered. A community string is invalid when it does not match the Admin, the Read Write, or the Read Only community strings. SNMP System Contact C User defined SNMP Contact information. SNMP System Name N User defined SNMP Name information. SNMP System Location O User defined SNMP Location information. SNMP Stats N Displays statistics concerning the operation of the SNMP agent (number of IN SNMP packets, number of OUT SNMP packets, number of OUT Traps, etc.) Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. 149 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.1.7 CDM-IP WORKING MODE The CDM-IP Working Mode page is activated from the Administration page. Changing the CDM-IP Working Mode (easyConnect orRouter Mode) will require a system reboot. IMPORTANT The CDM-IP Working Mode contains the following option/field: Menu Options/Fields Entry CDM-IP Working Mode C Description Select 1 [Easy Connect Mode] or 2 [Router Mode]. Easy Connect Mode –default operating mode, and operates at 10 baseT only. In this mode the CDM-IP will forward both IP and non-IP datagrams over satellite without any defined routes. Supports QoS, Payload Compression, Header Compression on a flow basis, and 3xDES Encryption of all packets as FAST options. Router Mode - IP packets are routed based on the Route table information input by the user. Non-IP packets are discarded. Operates at 10 and 100 baseT. See Section 1.3.6 CDM-IP Working Modes and HDLC Addressing Modes for a more detailed description of the CDM-IP Working Modes. 6.2.1.8 CDM-IP WAN TX FRAMING MODE The CDM-IP WAN TX Framing Mode is reserved for future development. It is currently fixed to Comtech Native. 6.2.1.9 CDM-IP WAN RX FRAMING MODE The CDM-IP WAN RX Framing Mode is reserved for future development. It is currently fixed to Comtech Native. 6.2.1.10 easyConnect MULTICAST OPTION The easyConnect Multicast Option allows multicast to be either transmitted or received through the modem. This applies to easyConnect mode only. easyConnect mode will normally filter multicast traffic. IMPORTANT If the CDM-IP Working Mode is easyConnect and multicast traffic is intended to pass across a pair of modems, this option must be enabled on both modems. 150 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.1.11 HEADER COMPRESSION REFRESH RATE The Header Compression Refresh Rates are configured from the Administration page. Menu Options/Fields Entry Description Header comp refresh rate (in pkts) for UDP/RTP1 H Selects how often a single, full header UDP/RTP1 packet is transmitted with Header Compression enabled. Header comp refresh rate (in pkts) for UDP U Selects how often a single, full header UDP packet is transmitted with Header Compression enabled. Header comp refresh rate (in pkts) for all others O Selects how often a single, full header packet is transmitted with Header Compression enabled (for all other types of IP headers). The Header Compression Refresh Rates determines how many compressed header packets will be sent before a single full header packet is sent. Some compressed header traffic could be lost during deteriorated satellite link conditions. Sending a full header packet will allow the return of the traffic stream. Refresh rates from 1 to 600 can be individually selected for UDP/RTP1, UDP and all other IP headers. The Refresh Rate can be decreased for poor satellite link conditions or increased to further reduce overhead. 6.2.1.12 PAYLOAD COMPRESSION REFRESH RATE The Payload Compression Refresh Rates determines how many compressed payload packets will be sent before a single full payload packet is sent. Some compressed payload traffic could be lost during deteriorated satellite link conditions. Sending a full payload packet will allow the return of the traffic stream. Refresh rates from 1 to 600 can be individually selected. The Refresh Rate can be decreased for poor satellite link conditions or increased to further reduce overhead. 151 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.2 INTERFACE CONFIGURATION PAGE The Interface Configuration page is activated from the Main Menu page. The Interface Configuration page contains the following options/fields: Menu Options/Fields Entry Description Ethernet Interface (fei0) E Activates Fast Ethernet page. Satellite/HDLC Interface (hdl1) H Activates Satellite/HDLC Interface page. Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. 152 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.2.1 FAST ETHERNET INTERFACE (FEI0) PAGE The Fast Ethernet Interface page is activated from the Interface Configuration page. The Fast Ethernet Interface page contains the following options/fields: Menu Options/Fields Entry Description MAC Address Read Only The MAC Address defines the hardware destination MAC Address that is used when an Ethernet packet is destined for the CDM-IP Ethernet Interface. This address is unique and has been assigned permanently at the factory. Speed/Mode E The Ethernet Speed Mode is a configurable parameter of the CDM-IP and thus its exact setting can vary between specific installations. The default setting allows the Ethernet port to auto negotiate its link speed on power-up. Selections are: 1 -- Auto 2 -- 10 MB/sec Half Duplex 3 -- 100 MB/sec Half Duplex 4 -- 10 MB/sec Full Duplex 5 -- 100 MB/sec Full Duplex IP Address I This is the IP Address assigned the CDM-IP Ethernet Interface. Enter the IP address in aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd format Subnet Prefix Length M Specifies the Subnet Mask assigned to the Ethernet Interface of the CDM-IP. Enter the subnet mask prefix length (8...30) Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. 153 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.2.2 SATELLITE/HDLC INTERFACE (HDL0) PAGE The Satellite/HDLC Interface (HDL0) page is activated from the Interface Configuration page. The Satellite/HDLC Interface page contains the following options/fields: Menu Options/Fields Entry Description HDLC Addr Mode M Toggles [Point-To-Point Mode], [Small Network Mode], and [Large Network Mode] Point-To-Point Mode – In this mode of operation, no HDLC address is transmitted over the satellite link. The restrictions on using this mode are that it can only be used for pure Point-to-Point configurations. Small Network Mode (up to 254 addresses) - In this mode of operation a single byte HDLC address will be transmitted over the satellite link (0x1 – 0xFE). Large Network Mode (up to to 32766 addresses) - In this mode of operation a two byte HDLC address will be transmitted over the satellite link (0x1 – 0xFFFE). See Section 1.3.6 for a more detailed description of the CDM-IP Working Modes. Receive HDLC Channel Addresses H Activates Receiver HDLC Addresses page. Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. 154 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.2.3 RECEIVER HDLC ADDRESSES PAGE The Receiver HDLC Addresses page is activated from the Satellite/HDLC Interface page. This page allows the user to define up to four HDLC addresses that can carry user information on the Satellite Interface. The Satellite/HDLC Interface page contains the following options/fields: Menu Options/Fields Entry Description HDLC Addr 1 - 4 1-4 HDLC address in hex <1 - FFFE, enter = 0001> Note: HDLC addresses are not used in Point-ToPoint Mode. Small Network Mode (up to 254 addresses) - The user is limited to valid addresses between the values of 0x01 and 0xFE. Large Network Mode (up to 32766 addresses) - The user is limited to valid addresses between the values of 0x0001 and 0x7FFF. Delete HDLC Addr D Enter the HDLC entry to delete <1...4> Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. 155 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.3 QOS (QUALITY OF SERVICE) CONFIGURATION PAGE The QoS Configuration page is activated from the Main Menu page. The QoS Configuration page contains the following options/fields: Menu Options/Fields Entry Description QoS Mode M Select; Rule-Max/Pri Mode Rule-Min/Max Mode DiffServ Mode QoS Rules Configuration Q Select to define QoS rules for Max/Pri Mode or Min/Max Mode DiffServ Rules Configuration D Select to define QoS rules for DiffServ Mode Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. 156 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.3.1 QOS CONFIGURATION PAGE – MAX/PRIORITY MODE The QoS Rules Configuration page is activated from the QoS Configuration page. The QoS Rules Configuration page contains the following options/fields when in Max/Pri Mode: Menu Options/Fields Entry Description Rule 01 – 08 (32) (The 8 currently displayed QoS Rules, up to 32 can be defined). 1 - 08 Max/Pri QoS can be assigned to up to 32 different types of flows to be defined by the user. Flows can be defined by any combination of Protocol (FTP, UDP, RTP, etc.), Source/Destination IP (specific or range), and/or Layer 3 Source/Destination Port. By selecting a QoS Rule, the user will be asked to define the following: See Section 1.4.4.1 Maximum Bandwidth/Priority Mode for a more detailed description of this QoS option. 157 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Specify Protocol for the rule Specify priority for the rule Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 1 UDP - User Datagram Protocol 2 TCP - Transmission Control Protocol 3 RTP - Real Time Protocol (includes all RTP – VOCE, VDEO, and RTPS) 4 VOCE – Voice RTP 5 VDEO - Video RTP 6 RTPS – RTP Signaling 7 pFTP - Passive File Transfer Protocol only 8 HTTP - Hypertext Transfer Protocol 9 TELN - Telnet 10 SMTP - Simple Mail Transfer Protocol 11 SNMP - Simple Network Management Protocol 12 SAP – Service Announcement Protocol 13 ORCL - Oracle application traffic 14 CTRX - Citrix application traffic 15 SQL – Structured Query Language 16 IP – Internet Protocol (all inclusive) 17 N-IP - Non-Internet Protocol (all inclusive) 1-8 Priority 1 - Highest Priority 8 - Lowest 1 for QoS Priority-1 2 for QoS Priority-2 3 for QoS Priority-3 4 for QoS Priority-4 5 for QoS Priority-5 6 for QoS Priority-6 7 for QoS Priority-7 8 for QoS Priority-8 158 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Maximum bandwidth in kbps <0 99999, enter = 99999 099999 Enter desired Maximum Bandwidth in kbps. If no Maximum is desired, select enter, Bandwidth will be displayed as ‘99999’ Source IP address : x.x.x.x Enter desired Source IP Address or subnet. If no Source IP is desired, select enter, Source IP will be displayed as ‘***’ Number of source subnet bits <0,832, enter = 0>: 0,8-32 Enter desired Source subnet bits. If no Source subnet is desired, select enter, Source subnet will be displayed as ‘/*’ Destination IP address : x.x.x.x Enter desired Destination IP Address or subnet. If no Destination IP is desired, select enter, Destination IP will be displayed as ‘***’ Number of Destination subnet bits <0,8-32, enter = 0>: 0,8-32 Enter desired Destination subnet bits. If no Destination subnet is desired, select enter, Destination subnet will be displayed as ‘/*’ Specify TCP/UDP source port [MIN] (1 - 65535) 165535 Enter desired TCP/UDP source port (or Min port of a range). If no TCP/UDP source port is desired, select enter, Source port will be displayed as ‘***’ Specify TCP/UDP source port [MAX] (1 - 65535) 165535 Enter desired TCP/UDP source port (or Max port of a range). Will not display if no MIN TCP/UDP source port was selected. Specify TCP/UDP destination port [MIN] (1 - 65535) 165535 Enter desired TCP/UDP destination port (or Min port of a range). If no TCP/UDP destination port is desired, select enter, Destination port will be displayed as ‘***’. Specify TCP/UDP destination port [MAX] (1 - 65535) 165535 Enter desired TCP/UDP destination port (or Max port of a range). Will not display if no MIN TCP/UDP destination port was selected. Set WRED (Weighted Random Early Discard) Y or N Select to enable Weighted Random Early Detect. Specify Filtering for the rule Y or N Select to prevent traffic defined in rule to be forwarded. Default N = not filtered Delete D Enter the QoS Rule to delete <1..32> Base [1] B Select Base to view, edit, or display a different set of 8 QoS Rules. For example, if 8 QoS Rules have been defined, add a new rule by selecting B 9. The QoS Configuration page will refresh and now display QoS Rules 9 – 16. Read Only Displays state of QoS option – Unavailable, Enabled Disabled. If available, QoS is Enabled or Disabled from the Administrator Features Page. Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. QoS [ ] 159 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.3.2 QOS CONFIGURATION PAGE – MIN/MAX MODE The QoS Rules Configuration page is activated from the QoS Configuration page. In Minimum/Maximum Mode, the QoS Rules Configuration page contains the same options/fields as in Max/Pri Mode with the following exceptions: Priority is not assigned. A Minimum Bandwidth can be assigned, or select enter to assign no Min Bandwidth (displayed as ‘0’). See Section 1.4.4.2 Minimum/Maximum Bandwidth QoS Mode for a more detailed description of this QoS option. 160 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.3.3 QOS CONFIGURATION PAGE – DIFFSERV MODE The QoS Rules Configuration page is activated from the QoS Configuration page. In DiffServ Mode, the CDM-IP will prioritize all traffic by the DSCP value contained within the IP header of each packet. All packets that do not have a DSCP value will be placed in the Default Queue and have a Priority of 9. Configuration of DiffServe Rules is only allowed for Assured Forwarding Classes 1-4 (Rule 9-12), where a Minimum and Maximum Bandwidth can be assigned. See Section 1.4.4.3 DiffServ QoS Mode for a more detailed description of this QoS option. 161 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 6.2.4 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM ROUTE TABLE CONFIGURATION PAGE The Route Table Configuration page is activated from the Main Menu page. IMPORTANT Do not operate a CDM-IP satellite link where both CDM-IP modems have a Default Route to the satellite. For example, if both CDM-IP modems had this Route Table entry: IP Dest Next Hop Type 0.0.0.0/0 Point-to-Point ToSat In this setup, any traffic forwarded by a CDM-IP that did not have a valid IP host at the remote LAN would then be resent by the remote CDM-IP. This traffic would continue to be forwarded until the TTL expired. This “routing loop” will limit the performance of the CDM-IP by wasting satellite bandwidth. The Route Table Configuration page contains the following options/fields: Menu Options/Fields Entry Route001-Route008 (256) (The 8 currently displayed routes, up to 256 can be defined) 1-8 Description The Route Table allows a user to define how the packets that the CDM-IP receives are routed. Defining an entry in this table is similar to using the 'route add' command of machines that support that command. For each route, the user must define: 1. A name assigned by the user to reference the route. The assigned name cannot contain any whitespace and must be unique. 2. The destination address of an IP packet of interest. The number of network addresses that are governed by the selected destination entry, i.e., subnet mask. The Next Hop IP address. This is the IP where the packet 162 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Menu Options/Fields Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Entry Description will be routed for further processing. The Next Hop IP Address for traffic to be sent over the satellite will be the desired HDLC address. Point-to-Point – no HDLC address Small Network - 0x1 – 0xFE Large Network – 0x1 – 0xFFFE Also, a route can be defined to have the CDM-IP send traffic to another IP address that is on the same subnet as the Ethernet interface. Optionally: If the user enters a multicast address (224.0.0.0-239.255.255.255) as the destination IP address, then the following parameters will be requested: Route MultiCast packets from Ethernet to Satellite? [y/n] The option allows the user to specify if multicast packets that match the provided IP address will be routed from the Ethernet to Satellite. “No” means that the packets will be discarded. Route MultiCast packets from Satellite to Ethernet? [y/n] The option allows the user to specify if multicast packets that match the provided IP address will be routed from the Satellite to Ethernet. “No” means that the packets will be discarded. Multicast Routes always have a subnet length of 32 and the next hop is 0.0.0.0 because it is not applicable. Note: The CDM-IP does allow the specification of one and only one default route. Destination IP = 0.0.0.0 Subnet Length = 0. The default route can be defined to send traffic to either the Satellite or Ethernet interface. This will cause all packets that do not match any other route to be sent to the destination you have defined for further processing. Base B The Route Table menu allows the user to view up to 8 different routes per screen. To allow editing on any of the 256 entries that can be defined, the user can select a base address to control which 8 routes are displayed. For example, if the user wants to edit Routes 32-40, then a Base value of 32 should be defined. Delete Route D Route Name to delete. Display P Displays all of the routes that are currently defined in the system. This will include automatically generated routes that are provided to simplify provisioning of the system. The information displayed is: Route Name, DestIP/SnetBits, Next Hop, HDLC, and Flags. PerRoute E Enter to enable Header Compression, Payload Compression or 3xDES Encryption on a Per Route basis. Downlink Mcast Read Only Read only status of Downlink Multicast (Enabled or Disabled). This feature is enabled or disabled on the Administrator Feature page. 163 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Menu Options/Fields Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Entry Description Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. Selecting Per Route will display the following menu: Header Compression, Payload Compression or 3xDES Encryption can be configured on a per Route basis by selecting the route number. DES key select : The value of 0 [CLEAR] will force the CDM-IP to not encrypt any traffic destined for the route. The value of Key[1-8] will use the key specified in the 3xDES Encrypt/Decrypt Configuration Page to encrypt the traffic destined for the route. The value of Random will cause the CDM-IP to randomly use any of the 8 TX Keys to encrypt the traffic destined for the route. 164 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 3xDES Encryption: IMPORTANT easyConnect Mode – By definition, there are no routes in easyConnect operation, so there is no way to assign different keys to traffic. When TX 3xDES encryption is enabled in easyConnect, all traffic (IP and non-IP) is encrypted and TX Key1 is always used. Router Mode – Different TX keys can be assigned to different routes and some routes can be sent unencrypted [Clear]. If Random is selected, all TX Keys must be configured with different keys and the receiving CDM-IP must have identical corresponding RX Keys. The CDM-IP will randomly utilize all 8 Keys for encryption. 165 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.5 PROTOCOL CONFIGURATION PAGE The Protocol Configuration page is activated from the Main Menu page. The Protocol Configuration page contains the following options/fields: Menu Options/Fields Entry Description IGMP I Activates IGMP page. ARP A Activates ARP Table Utilities page. Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. 166 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.5.1 IGMP INFORMATION PAGE The IGMP information page is activated from the Protocol Configuration page. The IGMP Information page allows a user to view the IGMP clients that are actively listening to content being provided by the CDM-IP. It also allows the user to determine how the Ethernet Interface is configured either to receive requests to join IGMP groups or announce groups for others to join. The IGMP Information page contains the following options/fields: Menu Options/Fields Entry Description IGMP Read Only Read only showing IGMP status (Enabled or Disabled). View IGMP Table V This table reports the content that clients have subscribed to the CDM-IP using the IGMP protocol. This allows a user to determine which services are being used and the minimum time before a service will be terminated. CDM-IP as Server: IGMP query period Q The IGMP protocol requests that a server periodically publish to users on the LAN the Multicast IP Addresses that it can service. The IGMP query period defines the time interval (in seconds) between each of these queries for membership. CDM-IP as Server: IGMP max. response time R The IGMP max response time defines the time interval (in seconds) that the CDM-IP should wait before it assumes that no parties are interested in the content published via an IGMP query. This option is expressed in seconds, and the max response time that is accepted by the CDM-IP is 25 seconds. 167 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Menu Options/Fields Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Entry Description CDM-IP as Server: Number of missed responses before leaving IGMP group M Defines the number of membership queries that go unanswered from LAN clients before the Ethernet Interface will no longer forward data for that IGMP group. Consider a CDM-IP that has the IGMP query period set to 60 seconds and the number of missed responses set to 3. If a client joins an IGMP group, then the service to that group will not be discontinued until no clients respond to a query from the CDM-IP for a period of 60*3 = 180 seconds. CDM-IP as Client: Recognized IGMP queries C The Recognize IGMP Queries parameters determines if the CDM-IP should respond to periodic queries from an IGMP server that publishes a request to join a specified multicast group. This parameter can assume one of (2) values: 1. Yes 2. No If set to YES, the CDM-IP will respond to an IGMP query by requesting to join a Multicast Group published by the server that is defined in the CDM-IP’s route table. If set to NO, the CDM-IP will not respond to IGMP queries from a server. In this type of configuration, the CDM-IP may be configured to unconditionally request to join an IGMP group at an interval specified by the “Unsolicited Report Interval” option in the Transmitter IGMP Client Configuration Page. CDM-IP as Client: IGMP Version used for Unsolicited Reports U This parameter defines which version of the IGMP protocol should be followed when attempting to join a group on a Multicast Server via an unsolicited report. When the CDM-IP is configured to Recognize IGMP Queries, the CDM-IP will respond to a query in the same version that the server used to initiate the query. This parameter will assume one of (2) values: 1. V1 2. V2 The value of V1 will configure the CDM-IP to use the IGMP Version 1 protocol to join a Multicast Group available on an IGMP Server in response to an IGMP Query. The value of V2 will configure the CDM-IP to use the IGMP Version 2 protocol to join a Multicast Group available on an IGMP Server in response to an IGMP Query. The user can toggle the value of the IGMP Version used for Unsolicited Reports from ‘V1’ and ‘V2’ with each selection. 168 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Menu Options/Fields Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Entry Description CDM-IP as Client: Force Cisco Router Alert Option sending V1 reports A Some Cisco Routers may require the definition of a Router Alert Option to recognize a report from a Client to join a Multicast group. The IP Router Alert Option is defined in RFC2113 and was introduced by Cisco. While this option is not part of the IGMP standard, most IGMP V2 implementations contain this option. However, most implementations of IGMP V1 do not contain this option. This parameter is defined to prevent possible conflicts in networks in which a Cisco Router is configured as an IGMP V1 server. This parameter can assume one of the following (2) values: 1. YES 2. NO If set to YES, the CDM-IP will generate IGMP reports to join Multicast groups as specifically required by some Cisco Router configurations. If set to NO, the CDM-IP will generate IGMP reports to join Multicast groups as defined and implemented by most IGMP servers. CDM-IP as Client: Unsolicited Report Interval, sec I The Unsolicited Report Interval configures the CDM-IP to generate unsolicited reports to join a Multicast Group at specified time intervals. Each unsolicited report to join a Multicast group will use the version of the IGMP protocol as specified by the IGMP Version used for Unsolicited Reports option. The value of the Unsolicited Report Interval specifies the number of seconds between unsolicited reports. A value of zero implies that no unsolicited reports to join a Multicast group should be generated by the CDM-IP. Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. 169 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.5.2 ARP TABLE UTILITIES PAGE The ARP Table Utilities page is activated from the Protocol page. The ARP Table Utilities page allows the user to view and edit the ARP table defined by the CDM-IP. It allows up to 256 static IP->MAC ARP entries. The ARP Table Utilities page contains the following options/fields: Menu Options/Fields Entry001 - 008 Entry 1-8 Description The user can define up to 256 static ARP definitions on the CDM-IP. This table allows the user to operate/view up to 8 of these definitions. An ARP definition is defined as: 1. Unicast IP Address This IP Address is used as a lookup into the ARP table when the CDM-IP needs to resolve a MAC or HDLC Address. Restrictions: IP Address must be on the same subnet as the Ethernet Interface. IP Address must be a valid Unicast address (Not Multicast, broadcast, etc.) 2. MAC Address The MAC Address defines the hardware destination MAC Address that is used when an Ethernet packet is destined for an IP machine from the CDM-IP. 170 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Menu Options/Fields Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Entry Description Add IP to MAC ARP entry M Adds an IP to MAC ARP entry. Delete ARP Entry D Allows the user to delete a Static ARP entry. Queries the user for the IP address of the ARP entry to delete. Display ARP Tbl A Displays the entire IP to MAC ARP table. Includes the Static as well as dynamic ARP entries. Displays blocks of 10 ARP entries. Hit ‘Enter’ key to display next 10 entries or ‘Escape’ to return to ARP Table Utilities page. Flush ARP Table F This option allows the entire ARP table to be removed. This is equivalent to performing the standard UNIX command “arp –d” on each address reported in an “arp –a” command. The command only flushes the dynamic ARP entries. The static ARP entries will not be removed. Base B The ARP Table menu allows the user to view up to 8 different ARP definitions per screen. To allow editing on any of the 256 entries that can be defined, the user can select a base address to control which 8 ARP entries are displayed. For example, if the user wants to edit static ARP Entries 32-40, then a Base value of 32 should be defined. Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. 171 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.6 MODEM PARAMETERS PAGE The Modem Parameters page is activated by selecting Satellite Modem Configuration from the Main Menu page. The Modem Parameters page contains the following options/fields: Menu Options/Fields Entry Description Modem Type T Read Only Modem type – CDM-IP. Modem Summary I Displays currrent information of the base modem Transmit Modem Configuration T Activates Transmit Modem Configuration page. Receive Modem Configuration R Activates Receive Modem Configuration page. AUPC P Activates AUPC page. Miscellaneous M Activates Miscellaneous Settings page. Utilities U Activates Utilities page. BUC Configuraion B Activates Block Up Converter(BUC) Configuration page LNB Configuration L Activates Low Noise Block Converter(LNB) Configuration page BUC Status C Activates Block Up Converter(BUC) Status page BUC Faults F Activates Block Up Converter(BUC) Fault page Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. 172 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.7 MODEM SUMMARY PAGE The Modem Summary page is activated by selecting Modem Summary from the Modem Parameters page. The Modem Summary page contains the following read only status information: Entry Description Read Only Equipment Type, Modem Serial Number, Base modem M&C FW Information, and M&C Boot FW Information. Read Only Data ROM FW Information, and RX Parameters (Raw BER, Corrected BER, Eb/No, RX Signal, Sweep Freq Signal, Buffer Fill Status, ODU Current, LNB Current Select enter again to display: 173 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 174 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.7.1 TRANSMIT MODEM CONFIGURATION PAGE The Transmit Modem Configuration page is activated from the Modem Parameters page. The Transmit Modem Configuration page contains the following options/fields: Note: Turbo FEC selections only displayed if Turbo card is installed. Reed-Solomon Enable/Interleave only displayed if Reed-Solomon card is installed. Menu Options/Fields Entry Description Transmit Frequency Q Valid ranges are from 950 to 1750 MHz Transmit Data Rate D The rate at which the Modem will send traffic over the Satellite Interface. Valid ranges are from 2.4 to 5000 kbps Encoder Type T 1 - NONE 2 - VIT 3 - TURBO_3/4_Q 4 - TURBO_B21/44 5 - TURBO_B5/16 6 - TURBO_3/4_OQ Encoder Rate R 1 - 1/2 2 - 3/4 3 - 7/8 4 - 21/44 5 - 5/16 175 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Menu Options/Fields Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Entry Description Reed-Solomon Encoder Enable E 1 – OFF 2 - ON Reed-Solomon Interleave Value I Sets Reed-Solomon Interleave value 1–4 2–8 3 - 16 Spectrum U 1 - NRM 2 - INV Scrambler B 1 - OFF 2 - ON Tx Output Power P Carrier C Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. Valid ranges are from -40.0 to 0.0 dBm 1 - OFF 2 - ON 176 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.7.2 RECEIVE MODEM CONFIGURATION PAGE The Receive Modem Configuration page is activated from the Modem Parameters page. The Receive Modem Configuration Page contains the following options/fields: Note: Turbo FEC selections only diplayed if Turbo card is installed Menu Options/Fields Entry Description Receiver Frequency Q Valid ranges are from 950 to 1750 MHz. Receive Data Rate D Valid ranges are from 2.4 to 5000 kbps. Decoder Type T 1 - NONE 2 - VIT 3 - TURBO_3/4_Q 4 - TURBO_B21/44 5 - TURBO_B5/16 6 - TURBO_3/4_OQ Decoder Rate R 1 - 1/2 2 - 3/4 3 - 7/8 4 - 21/44 5 - 5/16 177 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Menu Options/Fields Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Entry Description Reed-Solomon Decoder Enable E 1 – OFF 2 - ON Reed-Solomon Interleave Value I Sets Reed-Solomon Interleave value 1–4 2–8 3 - 16 Spectrum U 1 - NRM 2 - INV De-scrambler B 1 - OFF 2 - ON Sweep Width W Valid ranges are from 0 to 150 kHz. Eb/No Alarm Point P Valid ranges are from 3.2 to 16.0 Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. 178 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.7.3 AUPC MODEM CONFIGURATION PAGE The AUPC Modem Configuration page is activated from the Modem Parameters page. The AUPC Modem Configuration page contains the following options/fields: Note: AUPC Modem Configuration Page is only accessable if AUPC option is available. Menu Options/Fields Entry Description Local Modem AUPC Mode O 1 - OFF 2 - ON Local Modem AUPC Enable A 1 - OFF 2 - ON Nominal Power Level P Valid range are from –40.0 to –0.0 dB. Maximum Power Limit M Valid range are from –40.0 to –0.0 dB. Minimum Power Limit N Valid range are from –40.0 to –0.0 dB. Maximum Tracking Rate T Valid range are from 0.5 to 6.0, in multiple of 0.5. Target Eb/No of Remote Demod (dB) E Valid range are from 3.2 to 16 dB. Action on Local Carrier Loss L 1 - HOLD 2 - NOM 3 - MAX 179 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Menu Options/Fields Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Entry Description Action on Remote Carrier Loss C 1 - HOLD 2 - NOM 3 - MAX REMOTE AUPC Enable R 1 - OFF 2 - ON REMOTE Interface Substitution I 1 - OFF 2 - ON Remote Interface Baseband Loopback B 1 - OFF 2 - ON Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. 6.2.8 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PAGE The Operations and Maintenance page is activated from the Main Menu page. The Operations and Maintenance page contains the following options/fields: 180 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Menu Options/Fields Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Entry Description Unit Information I Displays unit current operational Software information. Boot From B Determines which version of the CDM-IP software package (includes Application, FPGA, and FFPGA) will be loaded upon boot-up. The possible options are: 0. Latest - boot the newest software package based upon date. 1. Image1 - boot the software package loaded into the first slot in permanent storage. 2. Image2 - boot the software package loaded into the second slot in permanent storage. Upgrade To U Determines which installed software package (includes Application, FPGA, and FFPGA) that the CDM-IP will overwrite when upgrading with a new software package. The possible options are: 0. Oldest – overwrite the oldest software package based upon date. 1. Image1 – overwrite the software package loaded into the first slot in permanent storage. 2. Image2 – overwrite the software package loaded into the second slot in permanent storage. PARAM Image C Identifies the PARAM file that will be loaded on bootup. The options are: 1. Last saved Parameter file 2. Factory – uses the internal, hard-coded factory default parameters. Statistics T Activates Statistics Menu page. Event Log E Activates Event Log page. Database Operations D Activates Administrative Database Operations page. Reset R Allows user to reboot the modem. It has the same logical effect of power-cycling the unit. Diagnostics G Activates Diagnostics page. Remote Port B P Activates Remote Port B Configuration page. Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. 181 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.8.1 STATISTICS PAGE The Statistics Menu page is activated from the Operations and Maintenance page. The Statistics Menu page contains the following options/fields: Menu Options/Fields Entry Description IP Statistics R Displays Statistics for IP Routing and allows counters to be reset. QoS Statistics Q Displays Statistics for QoS and allows counters to be reset. Ethernet Statistics E Displays Statistics for the Ethernet Port and allows counters to be reset. WAN Statistics W Displays Statistics for the WAN (HDLC) Port and allows counters to be reset. Compression Statistics H Displays Statistics for Header & Payload Compression and allows counters to be reset. Clear all stats C Globally resets all statistics counters. Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. All updates for Statistics information will occur once every 6 seconds. IMPORTANT 182 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 6.2.8.1.1 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM IP Statistics Page The IP Statistics page is activated from the Statistics Menu page. The IP Statistics page displays counts of the number of packets routed or dropped in the CDM-IP. The IP Statistics page contains the following options/fields: Menu Options/Fields Entry Description Total IP Packets From Satellite WAN Statistics Page, Rx HDLC Packet Count Total IP Packets Routed To Sat WAN Statistics Page, Tx HDLC Packet Count Total IP Packets From Ethernet Ethernet Statistics Page, Rx Good Frames Total IP Packets Routed To Ethernet Ethernet Statistics Page, Tx Good Frames IGMP Packets Received Internet Group Management Packets received (used for management of multicast traffic). IP Options Packets Received Number of IP Options packets received. Dropped - Total Total Dropped Packets Dropped - TTL Expired Total Dropped Packets due to Time To Live counter expired (TTL limits the number of hops, or seconds, before a packet reaches it’s destination). Dropped - Bad IP Header Checksum Total Dropped Packets due to incorrect IP Header Checksum. 183 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Menu Options/Fields Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Entry Description Dropped - No Route Total Dropped Packets due to no Route for the destination in the CDM-IP Route Table. These are packets that are directed to the CDM-IP’s MAC address and the CDM-IP will reply to the sender with a ICMP ‘Destination net unreachable’ message. Dropped - Filtered Multicast Sat To Ethernet Total Dropped Multicast Packets received from the satellite due to no SAT→LAN Route or the ‘Downlink all available multicast’ feature not being enabled. Dropped - QoS Filter Rule Total Dropped Packets due to a defined QoS filter rule. Dropped - Filtered Indicates certain types of traffic that should not leak to Satellite. For example, broadcasts destined for Satellite LAN. Dropped - Multicast Disable Group Multicast packet was dropped because, although route existed, IGMP is being used, and there is no client requesting forwarding of this traffic or due to a IGMP “leave group” message. Dropped - No ARP Entry Total Dropped Packets due to no ARP entry in CDM-IP ARP Table. For example, if a CDM-IP receives packets from the satellite for a host that is not in the ARP table, the CDM-IP will send an ARP request. If there is no response, the packets will be dropped. Dropped - Bad Buffer Length IP length (as specified in packet header) was greater than payload received in the Ethernet packet. This would indicate the packet was truncated before arriving. Dropped - Bad IP Version Total Dropped IP Version 6 Packets (CDM-IP only supports IP Version 4). Dropped – easyConnect Multicast packets deopped in easyConnect when Reset Packet Counters (Clears WAN, Ether, IP stats) R Executing this menu option resets all WAN, Ethernet and IP Routing statistics gathered to zero. Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. 184 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 6.2.8.1.2 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM QoS Statistics Page The QoS Statistics page is activated from the Statistics Menu page. The QoS Statistics page displays the statistics for the number of IP packets routed, based upon the defined QoS Rules, by the CDM-IP. NOTE: In DiffServ QoS Mode, statistics for the various DiffServe DSCP Classes will be in the following Queues: Queue01 – Expedited Forwarding Queue02 – Class 1 Precedence Queue03 – Class 2 Precedence Queue04 – Class 3 Precedence Queue05 – Class 4 Precedence Queue06 – Class 5 Precedence Queue07 – Class 6 Precedence Queue08 – Class 7 Precedence Queue09 – Assured Forwarding Class 1 185 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Queue10 – Assured Forwarding Class 2 Queue11 – Assured Forwarding Class 3 Queue12 – Assured Forwarding Class 4 6.2.8.1.3 Ethernet Statistics Page The Ethernet Statistics page is activated from the Statistics Menu page The Ethernet Statistics page displays the statistics for the number of IP packets received from and sent to the Ethernet interface. The Ethernet Statistics page contains the following options/fields Menu Options/Fields Entry Description Read Only The Ethernet Statistics presents the total packets transmitted and received for the Ethernet Port of the CDM-IP. Tx Good Frames Number of good frames transmitted by this Ethernet interface. Tx Maximum Collision Count Number of frames that are not transmitted because they encountered configured max collisions. 186 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Menu Options/Fields Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Entry Description Tx DMA Underrun Error Count Number of frames not transmitted or re-transmitted due to transmit DMA underrun. Tx Lost Carrier Sense Count Number of frames transmitted by device despite the fact that it detected a deassertion of carrier sense. Tx Deferred Count Number of frames deferred before transmission due to activity on link. Tx Single Collision Count Number of transmitted frames that encountered only one collision. Tx Multiple Collision Count Number of transmitted frames that encountered more than one collision. Tx Total Collision Count Total number of collisions encountered while attempting to transmit. Rx Good Frames Count of good frames received by the Ethernet device. Rx CRC Error Frame Count Number of aligned frames discarded due to a CRC error. Rx Alignment Error Count Number of frames that are both misaligned and contain a CRC error. Rx Resource Error Count Count of good frames discarded due to unavailable resources. Rx FIFO Overrun Error Count Number of good frames discarded due to overflow of internal receive FIFO. Rx Collision Detect Error Count (CDT) Number of frames encountered collisions during frame reception. Rx Runt Frames Count Count of undersize frames received by the Ethernet device. Tx Flow Control Pause Frames Transmitted Number of Flow Control frames transmitted by the device. Rx Flow Control Pause Frames Received Number of Flow Control frames received by the device. CLEAR C Resets all Ethernet Statistics Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. 187 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 6.2.8.1.4 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM WAN Statistics The WAN Statistics page is activated from the Statistics Menu page. The WAN Statistics page displays counts of the number of packets routed or dropped in the CDM-IP Satellite interface. The WAN Statistics page contains the following options/fields: Menu Options/Fields Entry Description WAN Rx Bad Addr Count Read Only The count of received frames that did not match any of the 4 HDLC addresses or the broadcast address. WAN Rx Pkt Proc CRC Error Count Count of received frames that failed packet processor CRC check. WAN Rx Abort/Octet Error Count Count of aborted frames and octet error frames. WAN Rx Overrun Count Count of received frames that exceeded max frame length of 2K bytes in length (Or) overflowed the HDLC buffer. WAN HDLC CRC Error Count Number of received frames that failed HDLC CRC check. 188 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Menu Options/Fields Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Entry Description WAN Rx HDLC Payload Count The count of payload bytes that were received over satellite link excluding any frame overhead. WAN Rx HDLC Header Count The count of HDLC header bytes received over satellite link including control, HDLC address, Flow ID, and CRC. WAN Rx HDLC Packet Count Number of packets received over satellite link. WAN Rx Err Invalid Flow Id Number of packets which the flow identifier has been corrupted, does not fall into the range of acceptable values. Number of packets unable to correctly reassemble a segmented packet. WAN Rx Err SAR Reassemble WAN Rx Err bad CRC Number of packets unable to correctly decompress the header information. Number of packets discarded (caused by memory corruption). Number of corrupted packets indicated by CRC check. WAN Tx HDLC Header Count This counter keeps track of number of HDLC header bytes transmitted over satellite link. WAN Tx HDLC Payload Count Number of payload bytes transmitted over satellite link. WAN Tx HDLC Packet Count Count of packets transmitted over satellite link. Ethernet traffic destined to go over WAN (kbps) Bandwidth required to forward Ethernet traffic before compression. Actual Satellite traffic (kbps) Current satellite bandwidth being used. Percentage of WAN Bandwidth saved Displays percent of bandwidth being saved as a result of Header and/or Payload Compression, and optimized satellite framing. WAN Rx Err Hdr Decomp WAN Rx Err Mem Alignment Clear C Resets all WAN statistics. Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. 189 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 6.2.8.1.5 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Compression Statistics The Compression Statistics page is activated from the Statistics Menu page. The Compression Statistics page displays counts of the number of bytes before and after for both Header and Payload Compression. For Header Compression, the percentage of bandwidth savings is displayed. For Payload Compression, the effective compression ratio is displayed. The Compression Statistics page contains the following options/fields: Note: Although the QoS option is not required to use Header or Payload Compression, the Compression Statistics are displayed by QoS Rule flow Queues. If QoS is not enabled, all the Compression Statistics will fall within the Global Queue. 190 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Menu Options/Fields Entry Description Queue01…08 Read Only Statistics are displayed in a table format showing: Pre-Header Comp Bytes Post-Header Comp Bytes Header Comp % Savings Pre-Payload Comp Bytes Post-Payload Comp Bytes Payload Compression Ratio Global Read Only All traffic that does not fall within a defined QoS Rule will be indicated in the ‘Global’ (Default Rule Queue). CLEAR C Allows a reset of the Statistics of a specific Queue. ClrAll A Resets all Compression Statistics. Base [1] B Allows the user to view up to 8 different Queues per screen. To allow editing on any of the 32 entries that can be defined, the user can select a base address to control which 8 QoS Queues are displayed. For example, if the user wants to view QoS Queues 16-24, then a Base value of 16 should be defined. Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. 191 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.8.2 EVENT LOG PAGE The Event Log page is activated from the Operations and Maintenance page. The Event Log page allows the user to capture all IP Module events to a log. The Event Log Page contains the following options/fields: Menu Options/Fields Entry Description Logging Feature F Select to Enable/Disable Logging Logging Level E Select 1 – Errors Only 2 – Errors and Warnings 3 – All Information View log V Select to view log. Will display most recent events. Press any key to scroll through events or Escape to exit. All events will display Type – Error, Warning, or Information Date/Time – NOTE: During Bootup, multiple Boot Events will be created, but a Date/Time will only be seen when the Bootup has completed. Category – Boot, Database, FTP logins, upgrade file transfers, Ethernet Link status change. Description – Event details Clear log C Select to clear log contents. Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. NOTE: The full Event log file can be retrieved by FTP. Use Admin login and type command ‘get eventlog’. The entire Event log can then be viewed with a text viewer. 192 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.8.3 ADMINISTRATIVE DATABASE OPERATIONS PAGE The Administrative Database Operations Page is activated from the Operations and Maintenance Page. The Database Operations option allows the user to view, save, or erase an existing user configuration of the CDM-IP. A CDM-IP uses these types of configuration files to initialize itself on power-up. The User Configuration File allows a User to over-write the values defined in the Factory Configuration file. This allows full customization of a CDM-IP without erasing a set of parameters defined from the factory. The User configuration file can also be retrieved or overwritten via FTP by specifying the filename ‘param1’. The Administrative Database Operations Page contains the following options/fields: Menu Options/Fields Entry Description Save Parameters to permanent storage P This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Restore Factory Default R Restores the CDM-IP settings to “safe” values as defined by the factory. Load Parameters from permanent storage F This option overwrites the current configuration of the CDM-IP with the configuration last saved to permanent storage. It allows the user to perform an “Undo” type operation if the CDM-IP is put into an undesirable state by the user. Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. 193 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.8.4 DIAGNOSTICS PAGE The Diagnostics Page is activated from the Operations and Maintenance Page. IMPORTANT Using Dump Packets Diagnostics Utilities 1. Great care should be taken when using this option. If the unit is processing high data rates, then the terminal screen will scroll data for very long periods of time. 2. Selecting the menu option a second time terminates the dump operation. Each selection toggles the value of the dump engine. The Diagnostics Page contains the following options/fields: Menu Options/Fields Entry Description Dump Packets transmitted to Satellite Interface T Toggles [Yes] and [No] Executing this menu option forces the CDM-IP to dump a hexadecimal representation of each packet that it transmits over the Satellite Interface. Dump Packets received from Satellite Interface R Toggles [Yes] and [No] Executing this menu option forces the CDM-IP to dump a hexadecimal representation of each packet that it receives from the Satellite Interface. 194 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Menu Options/Fields Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Entry Description Dump Packets transmitted to Ethernet Interface U Toggles [Yes] and [No] Executing this menu option forces the CDM-IP to dump a hexadecimal representation of each packet that is transmitted to the Ethernet Interface. Dump Packets received from Ethernet Interface V Toggles [Yes] and [No] Executing this menu option forces the CDM-IP to dump a hexadecimal representation of each packet that it receives from the Ethernet Interface. Dump Packets received by Router B Toggle [Yes] and [No] Executing this menu option forces the CDM-IP to dump a hexadecimal representation of each packet that is received by the routing engine. (Note: Does not apply when in easyConnect mode.) Dump Packets sent to CDM-IP EndStation G Toggle [Yes] and [No] Executing this menu option forces the CDM-IP to dump a hexadecimal representation of each packet that is received by and destined for this modem. This traffic would include Pings, SNMP, Telnet, HTTP, and FTP types of traffic. Dump Packets received from CDM-IP EndStation H Toggle [Yes] and [No] Executing this menu option forces the CDM-IP to dump a hexadecimal representation of each packet that is sourced from this modem and destined for some other device. This allows a user to see what type of packets this modem is generating internally. Ping P Enter the ip address in aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd format Traceroute A Enter the ip address in aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd format Command Line Debug Prompt D Enter the password to access the debug command line. Note: This is reserved for Customer Service and engineering use. Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. 195 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.8.5 REMOTE PORT B CONFIGURATION PAGE The Remote Port B Configuration page is activated from the Operations and Maintenance page. The Remote Port B Configuration page contains the following options/fields: Menu Options/Fields Entry Description Device Address A Valid ranges are from 0 to 9999 Baud Rate B The baud rate defines the speed of the serial interface. The user can iterate through the possible rates by successively selecting the menu option. This parameter will assume one of the following bits per second rates: 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400 Format F The Remote Port B interface supports three formats. Each format describes the Data Bits, Parity, Stop Bits that the serial interfaces will use to communicate. The user can iterate through the list of possible values by successively selecting the menu option. This parameter will assume one of the following values: [8-N-1], [7-E-2], [7-0-2] Interface I The Interface setting configures the UART to operate in one of three types of physical EIA-xxx interfaces (EIA232, EIA-485, EIA-485-4W). The user can iterate through the list of possible values by successively selecting the menu option. Save Parameters S This option allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP to permanent storage. This configuration will be restored on each successive power cycle of the CDM-IP. Exit X This option allows a user to exit the current menu and return to its parent menu. 196 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 6.2.9 TELNET - LOGOUT OPTION When connecting to the CDM-IP through a Telnet session, the menus present another option to logout of the Telnet session. This logout option is in all the menus and when selected, logs the user out of the Telnet session, returning control of the CLI to the serial interface. IMPORTANT When a Telnet session is active, there is no access via the CLI serial console port. If there is no activity during the Telnet session for 5 minutes (600 sec), the Telnet session will automatically be dropped, returning access via the CLI serial console port. 197 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM NOTES 198 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 7 Web Server Pages 7.1 WEB SERVER USAGE The embedded Web Server application provides the user with an easy to use interface to configure and monitor all aspects of the CDM-IP modem. These web pages have been designed for optimal performance when using Microsoft’s Internet Explorer 5.5 or higher. By typing http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx” (where xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx =CDM-IP IP address) on your browser, the Login prompt will appear. 199 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM HTTP Login Access Levels are defined as follows: User Interface Admin User Full Access to all Web Pages Web User Login Access Level Read/Write User Read Only User No Access to Admin or Encryption Web pages No Access to Admin or Encryption Web pages Full Access for all other Web Pages View Only Access for all other Web Pages, able to reset Statistics CDM-IP Default Name/Passwords are: Admin Read/Write Read Only IMPORTANT comtech/comtech opcenter/1234 monitor/1234 See the CLI section for a more detailed explanation of CDM-IP communication options. 200 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 7.2 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM WEB SERVER MENU TREE Table 19. CDM-IP Web Server Menu Tree Level 1 Level 2 Home Home N/A Contact N/A Support N/A Logoff N/A Access 6.2.1.1 & 6.2.1.2 ADMIN CONFIG MDM Chapter 6 Reference Section Features 6.2.1.3 Remote 6.2.1.6 Summary 6.2.2 & 6.2.1.3 Modem CONFIG IP STATS MAINTENANCE 6.2.7.1 & 6.2.7.2 ODU Configuration N/A ODU Utilities N/A Routes 6.2.4 Multicast Routes 6.2.4 ARP 6.2.5.2 QoS 6.2.3 IGMP 6.2.5.1 Encrypt 6.2.4 Interface 6.2.2 Ethernet 6.2.8.1.3 Routing 6.2.8.1.1 QoS 6.2.8.1.2 WAN 6.2.8.1.4 Compression 6.2.8.1.5 Modem Status 6.2.7 ODU Status N/A Unit Info 6.2.8 IP Dbase 6.2.8 Reset N/A 201 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 7.3 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM HOME PAGES 7.3.1 HOME PAGE Welcome to the CDM-IP Web Interface. The following sections will describe the functionality that is unique to the Web Interface. 202 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 7.3.2 CONTACT INFORMATION This page provides basic contact information to reach Comtech EF Data Sales and Customer Service via phone or automated e-mail links. 203 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 7.3.3 SUPPORT Notes on SMTP – SMTP can be used to send an email to Comtech EF Data IP Modem Support [email protected] from the Support Web Page. The Support Web Page allows you to compose an email message for questions or problems with the CDM-IP. The user can also select to automatically attach the CDM-IP parameter file (which will contain the modem’s serial number and configuration information) in order to facilitate troubleshooting or to resolve configuration issues. The problem report area of the display allows up to 2,000 characters maximum. The CDM-IP uses SMTP (Simple Mail Transport Protocol) to send email and will require the modem’s administrator to specify the SMTP server, domain name and destination name on the Administration Screen for SMTP to operate correctly (see Administration/System Account Access Information/SNMP). 204 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 7.3.4 LOGOFF Currently the CDM-IP only allows one connection to the CLI or the Web Interface. Use this option to formally disconnect from the Web Interface. IMPORTANT Upon disconnection, you will be required to close the Web Browser so as to delete the security cookie to the CDM-IP. 205 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 7.3.5 ODU CONFIGURATION See associated ODU/LNB manual for setting options. 206 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 7.3.6 STATISTICS PAGES 7.3.6.1 ALARMS The Faults & Alarms page will displayed the base modem stored faults. The current ODU Alarm Status is also displayed if connected to an ODU. 207 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 7.3.6.2 STORED ALARMS The Stored Faults page will displayed the base modem stored faults. The ODU Alarms are also displayed if connected to an ODU. 208 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 7.3.7 RESET UNIT The last item on the left-hand menu is “Reset.” This option will force the internal CDMIP module to reboot. Notes: 1. The main modem will NOT reboot. 2. There is no verification of the reboot, other than the web-interface timing out due to the reboot time of the CDM-IP module. 209 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM NOTES: 210 8 SNMP Interface 8.1 SNMP INTERFACE The Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is an application-layer protocol designed to facilitate the exchange of management information between network devices. The CDM-IP300L SNMP agent supports both SNMPv1 and v2c. 8.2 SNMP COMMUNITY STRING ACCESS LEVELS The user defines three Community Strings for SNMP access: Read Community Write Community Trap Community Note that the Community String is case sensitive. 211 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 8.3 MIB-II The CDM-IP300L agent implements RFC 1213, Management Information Base for Network Management of TCP/IP-based Internets. This is known as “MIB-II” or “Public MIB support.” The agent implements the following Groups: Table 20. MIB-II Support Group Comments System Group Mandatory for RFC1213 Interface Mandatory for RFC1213 IP Mandatory for RFC1213 ICMP Mandatory for RFC1213 TCP Mandatory for RFC1213 UDP Mandatory for RFC1213 SNMP Mandatory for RFC1213 Address Translation Group Implemented but depreciated in MIB-II EGP Not applicable 212 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 8.3.1 SYSTEM GROUP This System Group provides information about the following items: Table 21. System Group OID Defaults Value sysDescr CDM-IP300L IP-Centric Modem sysObjectID 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5 sysContact Comtech EFData Support, [email protected] - User Setable sysName CDM-IP300L - User Setable sysLocation Empty sysServices 79 The system services provided by the CDM-IP300L in the OSI network model are: ∑2L-1 where L is the network layer support by the CDM-IP300L. In the CDM-IP300L, this is calculated by 21-1 (layer 1) + 22-1 (layer 2) + 23-1 (layer 3) + 24-1 (layer 4) + 27-1 (layer 7) = 1 + 2 + 4 + 8 + 64 = 79. Table 22. System Services Network Layer Description Layer 1 Physical Layer 2 Datalink Layer 3 Internet Layer 4 End-to-end Layer 7 Applications 213 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 8.3.2 INTERFACE GROUP This group provides the number of interfaces on a managed device and a table describing all interfaces. The ifNumber OID is the number of network interfaces present on this system. On a CDM-IP300L the ifNumber should be 3 corresponding to the Ethernet, Satellite, and Loopback interfaces. 8.3.2.1 THE INTERFACES TABLE Table 23. Interfaces Table OIDs OID Description ifIndex Unique value for each interface. The CDM-IP300L gives the Satellite (hdl0), Loopback (lo0), and Ethernet (fei0) interfaces values of 1, 2, or 3 respectively. ifDescr Textual string containing information about the interface. The Ethernet interface is “fei0”. The Loopback interface is “lo0”. The Satellite interface is “hdl0”. ifType Link protocol for the interface. The Ethernet interface is set to ethernetCsmacd(6). The Loopback interface is set to softwareLoopback(24). The Satellite Interface is propPointToPointSerial(22). ifMtu Size of the largest datagram which can be sent/received on the interface, specified in octets. For the Ethernet and Satellite Interfaces, the MTU is 1500. ifSpeed Estimate of the interface's current bandwidth in bits per second. The Ethernet Interface can be set to either 100000000 (100 Mbps) or 10000000 (10 Mbps). If the Ethernet driver is set to “Auto” then 100000000 will be returned. The Satellite Interface’s ifSpeed corresponds to the data rate of the transmitter only. The transmitter’s ifSpeed can range from 2400 (2.4 Kbps) to 2048000 (2.048 Mbps). If the CDM-IP300L is a Demod-Only then ifSpeed will be zero. ifPhyAddress Interface's address at the datalink layer. For the Ethernet Interface this corresponds to the MAC address (6 bytes). For the Satellite and Loopback Interface this value is undefined. ifAdminState Desired state of the interface. For the CDM-IP300L, the interfaces cannot be changed from an up(1) status. ifOperState Current operational state of the interface. For the CDM-IP300L, the interfaces will remain in an up(1) status. ifLastChange Value of sysUpTime at the time the interface entered its current operational state. For the CDM-IP300L, this will remain zero, corresponding to boot time. ifInOctets Total number of octets received on the interface. This statistic is counted for Satellite interface only. 214 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM OID Description ifInUcastPkts Number of subnetwork-unicast packets received on the interface. This statistic is counted for both the Ethernet and Satellite interfaces. ifInNUcastPkts Number of non-unicast (i.e., broadcast or multicast) packets received on the interface. This statistic is counted for both the Ethernet and Satellite interfaces. ifInDiscards Number of inbound packets which were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected. This statistic is not counted. ifInErrors Number of inbound packets that contained errors. This statistic is not counted. ifInUnknownProtos Number of packets received via the interface which were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. This statistic is not counted. ifOutOctets Total number of octets transmitted out of the interface. This statistic is counted for both the Ethernet and Satellite interfaces. ifOutUcastPkts Total number of packets transmitted to a unicast address. This statistic is counted for both the Ethernet and Satellite interfaces. ifOutNUcastPkts Total number of packets that were transmitted to a non-unicast (i.e., a broadcast or multicast) address. This statistic is counted for both the Ethernet and Satellite interfaces. ifOutDiscards Number of outbound packets which were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected. This statistic is not counted. ifOutErrors Number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors. This statistic is not counted. ifOutQLen Length of the output packet queue (in packets). This statistic is not reported. ifSpecific This OID is not used. 215 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 8.3.2.2 AT GROUP This group contains a table that permits mappings from network addresses (i.e., IP addresses) to physical addresses (i.e., MAC addresses). This group is depreciated. 8.3.2.3 THE ADDRESS TRANSLATION TABLE Table 24. Address Translation Table OIDs OID Description AtIfIndex Interface on which this entry's translation is effective. atPhysAddress Media-dependent physical address. atNetAddress Network address (i.e., the IP address) corresponding to the mediadependent physical address. 8.3.2.4 IP GROUP This group contains information regarding managing of the IP protocol. It contains three tables. 1. IP Address Table Contains the CDM-IP’s IP addressing information. 2. IP Routing Table Contains an entry for each route presently known to the CDM-IP300L. 3. IP Net To Media Table Address translation table for the IP group (providing identical functionality to the now depreciated “atTable” in the Address Translation group). Table 25. IPGroup OIDs OID Description ipForwarding Indicates whether this entity is acting as an IP gateway in respect to the forwarding of datagrams. For the CDM-IP300L, forwarding(1) is always turned on. IpDefaultTTL Default value inserted into the Time-To-Live field of the IP header of datagrams originated by the CDM-IP300L. The value TTL is set to 64. ipInReceives Total number of input datagrams received from CDM-IP ’s Ethernet and Satellite interfaces, including those received in error. ipInHdrErrors Number of input datagrams discarded due to errors in their IP headers. ipInAddrErrors Number of input datagrams discarded because the IP address in their IP header's destination field was not a valid address to be received at this entity. 216 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM OID Description ipForwDatagrams Number of input datagrams for which the CDM-IP300L was not their final IP destination, because of which an attempt was made to find a route to forward them to that final destination. ipInUnknownProtos Number of locally-addressed datagrams received successfully but discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. ipInDiscards Number of input IP datagrams for which no problems were encountered to prevent their continued processing, but which were discarded. ipInDelivers Total number of input datagrams successfully delivered to IP userprotocols. ipOutRequests Total number of IP datagrams which local IP user-protocols supplied to IP in requests for transmission. Note that this counter does not include any datagrams counted in ipForwDatagrams. ipOutDiscards Number of output IP datagrams for which no problem was encountered to prevent their transmission to their destination, but which were discarded. ipOutNoRoutes Number of IP datagrams discarded because no route could be found to transmit them to their destination. ipReasmTimeout Maximum number of seconds which received fragments are held while they are awaiting reassembly at this entity. ipReasmReqds Number of IP fragments received which needed to be reassembled at this entity. ipReasmOKs Number of IP datagrams successfully re-assembled. ipReasmFails Number of failures detected by the IP re-assembly algorithm (for whatever reason: timed out, errors, etc.). ipFragOKs Number of IP datagrams that have been successfully fragmented at this entity. ipFragFails Number of IP datagrams that have been discarded because they needed to be fragmented at this entity but could not be, (e.g., because their “Don't Fragment” flag was set). ipFragCreates Number of IP datagram fragments that have been generated as a result of fragmentation at this entity. 217 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 8.3.2.5 THE IP ADDRESS TABLE The IP address table contains the CDM-IP300L’s IP addressing information. Table 26. IPAddress Table OIDs OID Description ipAdEntIfIndex CDM-IP 300L’s Interface index value (ifIndex) uniquely identifies the interface to which the IP address is applicable. ipAdEntNetMask Subnet mask associated with the IP address of this entry. The value of the mask is an IP address with all the network bits set to 1 and all the hosts bits set to 0. ipAdEntBcastAddr Value of the least-significant bit in the IP broadcast address used for sending datagrams on the interface associated with the IP address of this entry. For example, when the Internet standard allones broadcast address is used, the value will be 1. This value applies to both the subnet and network broadcasts addresses used by the entity on this interface. ipAdEntReasmMaxSize Size of the largest IP datagram which this entity can re-assemble from incoming IP fragmented datagrams received on this interface. 218 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 8.3.2.6 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM THE ADDRESS TRANSLATION TABLE The ipNetToMediaTable is the IP Address Translation table used for mapping from IP addresses to physical addresses. Each entry contains one IP address to physical address equivalence. Table 27. Address Translation Table OIDs OID Description ipNetToMediaIfIndex Interface on which this entry's equivalence is effective. ipNetToMediaPhysAddress Physical address. ipNetToMediaNetAddress IP address corresponding to the physical address. ipNetToMediaType Type of mapping. A value of dynamic(3) means that the entry was added by the ARP protocol. A value of static(4) means the entry was added by a user. A value of invalid(2) is used for an invalidated mapping and a value of other(1) is used when none of the previous values apply. 8.3.2.7 ADDITIONAL IP OBJECTS The ipRoutingDiscards OID is the number of routing entries which were chosen to be discarded even though they are valid. 219 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 8.3.3 ICMP GROUP This group contains the Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) input and output statistics. ICMP messages are used for out-of-band messages related to network operation. Table 28. IP Routing Table OIDs OID Description icmpInMsgs Total number of ICMP messages which the entity received. icmpInErrors Number of ICMP messages which the entity received but determined as having ICMP-specific errors (bad ICMP checksums, bad length, etc…). icmpInDestUnreachs Number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages received. icmpInTimeExcds Number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages received. icmpInParmProbs Number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages received. icmpInSrcQuenchs Number of ICMP Source Quench messages received. icmpInRedirects Number of ICMP Redirect messages received. icmpInEchos Number of ICMP Echo (request) messages received. icmpInEchoReps Number of ICMP Echo Reply messages received. icmpInTimestamps Number of ICMP Timestamp (request) messages received. icmpInTimestampReps Number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages received. icmpInAddrMasks Number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages received. icmpInAddrMaskReps Number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages received. icmpOutMsgs Total number of ICMP messages which this entity attempted to send. icmpOutErrors Number of ICMP messages which this entity did not send due to problems discovered within ICMP such as a lack of buffers. icmpOutDestUnreachs Number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages sent. icmpOutTimeExcds Number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages sent. icmpOutParmProbs Number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages sent. icmpOutSrcQuenchs Number of ICMP Source Quench messages sent. icmpOutRedirects Number of ICMP Redirect messages sent. icmpOutEchos Number of ICMP Echo (request) messages sent. icmpOutEchoReps Number of ICMP Echo Reply messages sent. icmpOutTimestamps Number of ICMP Timestamp (request) messages sent. icmpOutTimestampReps Number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages sent. icmpOutAddrMasks Number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages sent. icmpOutAddrMaskReps Number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages sent. 220 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 8.3.4 TCP GROUP This group contains statistics and control parameters for the TCP protocol. This group contains a table describing the current TCP connections. Note: The instances of object types that represent information about a particular TCP connection are transient; they persist only as long as the connection in question. Table 29. TCP Group OIDs OID Description tcpRtoAlgorithm Algorithm used to determine the timeout value used for retransmitting unacknowledged octets. The CDM-IP300L uses Van Jacobson's algorithm. tcpRtoMin Minimum value permitted by a TCP implementation for the retransmission timeout. The CDM-IP300L uses a minimum timeout of 1000 milliseconds. tcpRtoMax Maximum value permitted by a TCP implementation for the retransmission timeout. The CDM-IP300L uses a maximum timeout of 64000 milliseconds. tcpMaxConn Limit on the total number of TCP connections the entity can support. In the CDM-IP300L, the maximum number of connections is dynamic so a value of –1 is returned. tcpActiveOpens Number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the SYN-SENT state from the CLOSED state. tcpPassiveOpens Number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the SYN-RCVD state from the LISTEN state. tcpAttemptFails Number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the CLOSED state from either the SYN-SENT state or the SYNRCVD state, plus the number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the LISTEN state from the SYN-RCVD state. tcpEstabResets Number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the CLOSED state from either the ESTABLISHED state or the CLOSE-WAIT state. tcpCurrEstab Number of TCP connections for which the current state is either ESTABLISHED or CLOSE-WAIT. tcpInSegs Total number of segments received. tcpOutSegs Total number of segments sent. tcpRetransSegs Total number of segments retransmitted – that is, the number of TCP segments transmitted containing one or more previously transmitted octets. 221 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 8.3.4.1 THE TCP CONNECTION TABLE The tcpConnTable is a table containing TCP connection-specific information. Each row contains information about a particular current TCP connection. A row is transient, in that it ceases to exist when the connection makes the transition to the CLOSED state. Table 30. TCP Connection Table OIDs OID Description tcpConnLocalAddress Local IP address for this TCP connection. In the case of a connection in the listen state which is willing to accept connections for any IP interface associated with the node, the value 0.0.0.0 is used. tcpConnLocalPort Local port number for this TCP connection. tcpConnRemAddress Remote IP address for this TCP connection. tcpConnRemPort Remote port number for this TCP connection. tcpInErrs Total number of segments received in error. tcpOutRsts Number of TCP segments sent containing the RST flag. 8.3.5 UDP GROUP This group contains control parameters and statistics for the UDP protocol. This group contains a UDP table describing the UDP ports in use. Table 31. UDP Group OIDs OID Description udpInDatagrams Total number of UDP datagrams delivered. udpNoPorts Total number of received UDP datagrams for which there was no application at the destination port. udpInErrors Number of received UDP datagrams that could not be delivered for reasons other than the lack of an application at the destination port. udpOutDatagrams Total number of UDP datagrams sent from this entity. 222 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 8.3.5.1 THE UDP LISTENER TABLE The UDP listener table contains information about this entity's UDP end-points on which a local application is currently accepting datagrams. A row contains information about a particular current UDP listener. Table 32. UDP Listener Table OIDs OID Description udpLocalAddress Local IP address for this UDP listener. In the case of a UDP listener which is willing to accept datagrams for any IP interface associated with the node, the value 0.0.0.0 is used. udpLocalPort Local port number for this UDP listener. 8.3.6 EGP GROUP This group is not implemented in the agent. 8.3.7 TRANSMISSION GROUP This group is not implemented in the agent. 8.3.8 SNMP GROUP This group provides statistical information regarding the SNMP Protocol. Table 33. SNMP Group OIDs OID Description snmpInPkts Total number of Messages delivered to the SNMP entity from the transport service. snmpOutPkts Total number of SNMP Messages which were passed from the SNMP agent to the transport service. snmpInBadVersions Total number of SNMP Messages which were delivered to the SNMP agent and were for an unsupported SNMP version. snmpInBadCommunityNames Total number of SNMP Messages delivered to the SNMP agent which used a SNMP community name not known to the agent. snmpInBadCommunityUses Total number of SNMP Messages delivered to the SNMP agent which represented an SNMP operation which was not allowed by the SNMP community named in the Message. snmpInASNParseErrs Total number of ASN.1 or BER errors encountered by the SNMP agent when decoding received SNMP Messages. 223 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM OID Description snmpInTooBigs Total number of SNMP PDUs which were delivered to the SNMP agent and for which the value of the error-status field is “tooBig”. snmpInNoSuchNames Total number of SNMP PDUs which were delivered to the SNMP agent and for which the value of the error-status field is “noSuchName”. snmpInBadValues Total number of SNMP PDUs which were delivered to the SNMP agent and for which the value of the error-status field is “badValue". snmpInReadOnlys Total number valid SNMP PDUs which were delivered to the SNMP agent and for which the value of the error-status field is “readOnly”. snmpInGenErrs Total number of SNMP PDUs which were delivered to the SNMP agent and for which the value of the error-status field is “genErr". snmpInTotalReqVars Total number of MIB objects which have been retrieved successfully by the SNMP agent as the result of receiving valid SNMP Get-Request and Get-Next PDUs. snmpInTotalSetVars Total number of MIB objects which have been altered successfully by the SNMP agent as the result of receiving valid SNMP Set-Request PDUs. snmpInGetRequests Total number of SNMP Get-Request PDUs which have been accepted and processed by the SNMP agent. snmpInGetNexts Total number of SNMP Get-Next PDUs which have been accepted and processed by the SNMP agent. snmpInSetRequests Total number of SNMP Set-Request PDUs which have been accepted and processed by the SNMP agent. snmpInGetResponses Total number of SNMP Get-Response PDUs which have been accepted and processed by the SNMP agent. snmpInTraps Total number of SNMP Trap PDUs which have been accepted and processed by the SNMP agent. snmpOutTooBigs Total number of SNMP PDUs which were generated by the SNMP agent and for which the value of the error-status field is “tooBig". snmpOutNoSuchNames Total number of SNMP PDUs which were generated by the SNMP agent and for which the value of the error-status is “noSuchName”. snmpOutBadValues Total number of SNMP PDUs which were generated by the SNMP agent and for which the value of the error-status field is “badValue". snmpOutGenErrs Total number of SNMP PDUs which were generated by the SNMP agent and for which the value of the error-status field is “genErr". 224 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM OID Description snmpOutGetRequests Total number of SNMP Get-Request PDUs which have been generated by the SNMP agent. snmpOutGetNexts Total number of SNMP Get-Next PDUs which have been generated by the SNMP agent. snmpOutSetRequests Total number of SNMP Set-Request PDUs which have been generated by the SNMP agent. snmpOutGetResponses Total number of SNMP Get-Response PDUs which have been generated by the SNMP agent. snmpOutTrap Total number of SNMP Trap PDUs which have been generated by the SNMP agent. snmpEnableAuthenTraps Indicates whether the SNMP agent process is permitted to generate authentication-failure traps. 225 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 8.4 PRIVATE MIB IMPLEMENTATIONS The agent also implements two private MIBs for the CDM-IP300L. The CDM-IP IP Controller MIB (CDM-IP Controller) holds all the security, feature selection, and IP related parameters and the CDM-IP300L modem MIB (CDM-IP300L) which contains all the modem specific parameters. 8.5 CDM-IP IP CONTROLLER PRIVATE MIB 8.5.1 CDM-IP ADMINISTRATION GROUP This group contains system security, administration, and feature configuration parameters. The “CDM-IP MibVersion” OID contains the current version of the CDM-IP Controller MIB. The current version number is 5. 8.5.1.1 CDM-IP NAME PASSWORD CONFIG SUBGROUP The Password subgroup contains the user names and passwords for three user types: Admin User, Read/Write User, and Read Only User. Only the Admin User can do GETS or SETS to the Security part of the MIB. Setting the username and password to “none” would remove the user access completely. A change in username/password may also result in a change in SNMP community string. Table 34. CDM-IP Name Password Config Subgroup OIDs OID Description cdmipAdminName Administrator’s user name and must be between 1 and 11 characters. cdmipAdminPassword Administrator’s password and must be between 1 and 11 characters. cdmipReadWriteName Read/Write user’s user name and must be between 1 and 11 characters. cdmipReadWritePassword Read/Write user’s password and must be between 1 and 11 characters. cdmipReadOnlyName Read-Only user’s user name and must be between 1 and 11 characters. cdmipReadOnlyPassword Read-Only user’s password and must be between 1 and 11 characters. 226 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 8.5.1.2 CDM-IP ACCESS LISTS SUBGROUP The Access Client List allows a user to define which remote clients can connect to a CDM-IP300L when the Access List Enforcement is enabled. Each entry allows a user to specify an IP address and a subnet mask to define a unique class of clients that are allowed access to the CDM-IP300L. Table 35. CDM-IP Access Lists Subgroup OIDs OID Description cdmipAccessIpAddress1 Defines an access IP address. cdmipAccessSubnetMaskLen1 Defines the subnet mask length of the corresponding IP address. cdmipAccessIpAddress2 Defines an access IP address. cdmipAccessSubnetMaskLen2 Defines the subnet mask length of the corresponding IP address. cdmipAccessIpAddress3 Defines an access IP address. cdmipAccessSubnetMaskLen3 Defines the subnet mask length of the corresponding IP address. cdmipAccessIpAddress4 Defines an access IP address. cdmipAccessSubnetMask4 Defines the subnet mask length of the corresponding IP address. cdmipAccessListEnforcement Enables/disables the access list by setting it to 1 (yes) or 0 (no). CAUTION Be sure that you have added the SNMP browser's/manager's IP Address to the access list before enabling access list filtering. Otherwise, the SNMP browser/manager will no longer be able to gain access to the CDM-IP. 227 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 8.5.1.3 FEATURES AVAILABILITY SUBGROUP This subgroup tells if a feature is available or unavailable in the CDM-IP300L. The currently supported FAST features are QoS, IGMP, 3xDES Encryption and Header Compression. These features must be purchased as additional options. Table 36. FAST Features FAST Feature Status QoS Option Supported IGMP Option Supported 3xDES Encryption Option Supported Header Compression Option Supported 8.5.1.4 FEATURES SUBGROUP This subgroup allows a user to enable/disable a feature. Standard features that are supported (telnet, ping response, and multicast routing) can be enabled or disabled by sending a 1 (enable) or 0 (disable). The Midas Operations Feature is always enabled and cannot be disabled. FAST Features that have been purchased and are available in the Feature Availability Group can be enabled or disabled by a user. Not yet purchased or not yet supported FAST Features will remain disabled. Table 37. Features Subgroup Feature Type Status Telnet Feature Standard Supported Ping Response Feature Standard Supported Multicast Routing Feature Standard Supported Midas Feature Standard Supported QoS Option FAST Supported IGMP Option Standard Supported Transmit 3xDES Encryption Option FAST Supported Receive 3xDES Encryption Option FAST Supported Header Compression Option FAST Supported Payload Compression Option FAST Supported 228 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 8.5.1.5 ENCRYPTION SUBGROUP Note: This subgroup will only be accessible in the MIB tree if the Encryption FAST feature has been purchased and the license key has been entered through the modem’s front panel. Otherwise, both GETS and SETS on these OIDs will return errors. This subgroup controls the parameters for the Triple DES (3xDES) feature. Each Transmit/Receive key is of 192-bit length. Table 38. Encryption Subgroup OIDs OID Description cdmipTransmitEncryptEnabled Enables/disables encryption on the transmit side. cdmipReceiveDecryptEnabled Enables/disables decryption on the receive side. cdmipTransmitKey1 Allows the user to specify the value of Key1 used to encrypt packets transmitted to the satellite. cdmipTransmitKey2 Allows the user to specify the value of Key2 used to encrypt transmitted packets transmitted to the satellite. cdmipTransmitKey3 Allows the user to specify the value of Key3 used to encrypt packets transmitted to the satellite. cdmipTransmitKey4 Allows the user to specify the value of Key4 used to encrypt transmitted packets transmitted to the satellite. cdmipTransmitKey5 Allows the user to specify the value of Key5 used to encrypt packets transmitted to the satellite. cdmipTransmitKey6 Allows the user to specify the value of Key6 used to encrypt transmitted packets transmitted to the satellite. cdmipTransmitKey7 Allows the user to specify the value of Key7 used to encrypt packets transmitted to the satellite. cdmipTransmitKey8 Allows the user to specify the value of Key8 used to encrypt transmitted packets transmitted to the satellite. cdmipReceiveKey1 Allows the user to specify the value of Key1 used to decrypt traffic being received from the Satellite Interface. cdmipReceiveKey2 Allows the user to specify the value of Key2 used to decrypt traffic being received from the Satellite Interface. cdmipReceiveKey3 Allows the user to specify the value of Key3 used to decrypt traffic being received from the Satellite Interface. cdmipReceiveKey4 Allows the user to specify the value of Key4 used to decrypt traffic being received from the Satellite Interface. cdmipReceiveKey5 Allows the user to specify the value of Key5 used to decrypt traffic being received from the Satellite Interface. 229 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM OID Description cdmipReceiveKey6 Allows the user to specify the value of Key6 used to decrypt traffic being received from the Satellite Interface. cdmipReceiveKey7 Allows the user to specify the value of Key7 used to decrypt traffic being received from the Satellite Interface. cdmipReceiveKey8 Allows the user to specify the value of Key8 used to decrypt traffic being received from the Satellite Interface. 8.5.1.6 CDM-IP SMTP The cdmipSmtp subsection sets up the CDM-IP300L to use a SMTP mail server to send a problem report back to CDM-IP Modem Support. Along with the problem report, the CDM-IP300L sends the equipment serial number and configuration, which is attached to the email message. By default, the problem report is sent to [email protected]. In order for this to work, the user is required to enter the IP address of their outgoing SMTP mail server and the domain name for that server. Table 39. CDM-IP SMTP OIDs OID Description cdmipSmtpServerIpAddress Specifies user’s outgoing SMTP server’s IP address. cdmipSmtpDomain Specifies the SMTP Domain of the mail server. cdmipSmtpDestinationName Specifies the SMTP destination user name. 230 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 8.5.1.7 CDM-IP SNMP COMMUNITY NAMES The CDM-IP300L uses community strings as a password scheme that provides authentication before gaining access to the CDM-IP300L agent’s MIBs. In SNMP v1/v2c, the community string is sent unencrypted in the SNMP packets. Caution must be taken by the network administrator to ensure that SNMP packets travel only over a secure and private network if security is a concern. A packet sniffer can easily obtain the community string by viewing the SNMP traffic on the network. The community string is entered into the MIB Browser or Network Node Management software and is used to authenticate users and determine access privileges to the SNMP agent. 8.5.1.8 CDM-IP SNMP TRAPS The CDM-IP 300L has the ability to send out SNMP traps when certain events occur in the modem. For example, when the CDM-IP 300L boots it sends out a coldstart trap and 3 linkup traps, one for each interface that is brought up. The CDM-IP 300L also sends out traps when an alarm or a fault occurs in the modem. These include unit faults, TX faults, and RX faults. A trap is sent both when a fault occurs and is cleared. The CDM-IP 300L supports both SNMPv1 traps and SNMPv2 notifications. Which style of traps the CDM-IP 300L sends can be configured by the user using the cdmipSnmpTrapVersion OID. The following are the MIB2 v1traps/v2 notifications that the CDM-IP 300L supports. CDM-IP 300L MIB2 SNMPv1 traps: Cold Start 1 Warm Start 2 Link Down 3 Link Up 4 Authentication Failure 5 CDM-IP 300L MIB2 SNMPv2 notifications: Cold Start 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.1 Warm Start 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.2 Link Down 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.3 Link Up 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.4 Authentication Failure 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.5 231 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM The following tables are the Alarms and Faults v1 traps / v2 notifications that the CDMIP 300L supports. CDM-IP 300L Alarms and Faults SNMPv1 traps: cdmip300LModemUnitFaultsTrap 624751 cdmip300LModemTxTrafficFaultsTrap 624752 cdmip300LModemRxTrafficFaultsTrap 624753 CDM-IP 300L Alarms and Faults SNMPv2 notifications: cdmip300LModemUnitFaultsTrap 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.9.0.624751 cdmip300LModemTxTrafficFaultsTrap 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.9.0.624752 cdmip300LModemRxTrafficFaultsTrap 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.9.0.624753 8.5.1.9 CDM-IP SNMP TRAP CONFIGURATION Table 40. CDM-IP SNMP Trap Configuration OIDs OID Description cdmipSnmpTrapDestinationIpAddress Specifies where the trap should be sent. This is usually the IP address of a network management application (such as HP Openview or Castlerock SNMPc). It could also be the IP address of a trap ringer console (such as MGSOFT MIB Browser). cdmipSnmpTrapCommunity Community name that is sent with the trap. This community name is checked by the network management application or MIB browser to determine if it should accept or discard the trap being sent to it. cdmipSnmpTrapVersion Tells the agent if it should send out version 1 or version 2 traps. The trap format differs depending on which version is used but contains the same type of information. The choice of which trap version to use should depend on which SNMP version the managing application is expecting. The OID can be sent to the following values: 232 1 SNMPv1 2 SNMPv2 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 8.5.2 INTERFACE GROUP This Group controls the parameters of the modem’s Ethernet and HDLC interfaces. 8.5.2.1 ETHERNET INTERFACE SUBGROUP The subgroup defines the modem’s Ethernet interface. These include parameters for setting the Ethernet speed, IP address, and IP address subnet prefix length. Table 41. Ethernet Interface Subgroup OIDs OID Description cdmipEthernetMacAddress Defines the hardware MAC Address. This address is assigned permanently at the factory. cdmipEthernetSpeed Defines the Ethernet interface’s mode and speed. It defaults to auto negotiate. The “cdmipEthernetSpeed” OID can be set using the following options: 1 Auto 2 10 MB/sec Half Duplex 3 100 MB/sec Half Duplex 4 10 MB/sec Full Duplex 5 100 MB/sec Full Duplex cdmipEthernetIpAddress IP address assigned to the Ethernet Interface. cdmipEthernetSubnetPrefixLen Specifies the subnet mask assigned to the Ethernet Interface. Valid subnet mask prefix length are between 8 and 30. 233 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 8.5.2.2 SATELLITE INTERFACE SUBGROUP This subgroup defines the modem’s Satellite interface. Table 42. Satellite Interface Subgroup OIDs OID Description cdmipSatelliteSubnetPrefixLen Specifies the Subnet Mask length assigned to the Satellite Interface. Valid subnet mask prefix lengths are between 8 and 30. 8.5.2.3 ROUTE TABLE GROUP Note: In order for the CDM-IP 300L to properly pass packets over the satellite interface, the user MUST provide the appropriate IP to HDLC address mapping in the Route table. This Route table is Comtech EF Data’s proprietary implementation, where the user specifies a HDLC address as a next-hop for a route destined to satellite interface. The cdmipIpRouteTable allows a user to define how the packets that the CDM-IP 300L receives are routed. By this table, a user can define which DES key to use for a route. Table 43. Route Table OIDs OID Description cdmipIpRouteIndex Sequential number that corresponds to the row index in the Route table. The route index starts at 1. cdmipIpRouteName Name assigned by the user to reference the route. The assigned name cannot contain any white space and must be unique. cdmipIpRouteDestAddress Destination IP address for the route. cdmipIpRouteDestMaskLen Length of the network portion of the subnet mask. cdmipIpRouteNextHopAddress IP address where the packet will be routed for further processing. The Next Hop IP Address must be on the same subnet as the Ethernet. cdmipIpRouteMulticastOptions This OID can be set to: cdmipRouteState 1 No Routing 2 Eth To Sat Routing 3 Sat To Eth Routing 4 Sat To Eth And Eth To Sat Routing Defines destination interface of the route toSatellite(1) toEthernet(2) Set this member to ‘toSatellite’ before setting cdmipRouteHdlcAddress. 234 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM OID Description cdmipRouteHdlcAddress To send packets over satellite interface, the user needs to configure the route entry with a valid HDLC address. This parameter is similar to next-hop IP address. The user has to set the member ‘cdmipRouteState’ to ‘toSatellite’ before setting this member. Note: The “cdmipIpRouteHdrComp,” “cdmipIpRoutePayloadComp” or “cdmipIpRouteDesKey” OID will only be accessible if the FAST feature has been purchased and activated. Otherwise, a GET will return 1 (clear) and a SET will return an error. cdmipRouteHdrComp Allows the user to specify Header Compression for a Route. cdmipRoutePayloadComp Allows the user to specify Payload Compression for a Route. cdmipIpRouteDesKey Allows the user to specify which Encryption Key should be used to encrypt traffic for a route. This parameter can be one of three values: clear, key1-8, or random. Clear will force the CDM-IP300L to not encrypt any traffic processed for the route. Keyx will use the key specified in the keyx to encrypt traffic for the route. Can be set to: 235 10 Clear 1 Key 1 2 Key 2 3 Key 3 4 Key 4 5 Key 5 6 Key 6 7 Key 7 8 Key 8 9 Random CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM OID Description cdmipIpRouteRowStatus Used in GET operations to tell if the route table entry is active. Used in SET operations to tell if a new route table entry is to be created or an existing route table entry is to be deleted. It returns 1 (active) to indicate that the route entry is available for use by the managed device. The values of 2 (notInService) and 3 (notReady) are not supported. When a new route entry is created, this OID must be set to 4 (createAndGo). The value of 5 (createAndWait) is not supported. If an existing row is to be deleted this OID must be set to 6 (destroy), which indicates that the user wishes to delete the route from the route table. The “cdmipIpRouteRowStatus” can return: 1 Active The “cdmipIpRouteRowStatus” can be set to the following for row create/delete: 4 Create And Go 6 Destroy 8.5.2.4 PROTOCOLS GROUP 8.5.2.4.1 Note: IGMP Configuration Subgroup This subgroup will only be accessible in the MIB tree if the IGMP FAST feature has been purchased and activated. Otherwise, both GETs and SETs on these OIDs will return errors. Table 44. IGMP Configuration Subgroup OIDs OID Description cdmipIgmpTable Reports the host groups being routed by the modem. This table shows the minimum time before a host group will be put out of service. cdmipIgmpEnable Allows a user to enable or disable the IGMP feature. When enabled, multicast packets received from the Satellite Interface are forwarded to the Ethernet Interface if a host on the Ethernet LAN has joined the host group via an IGMP report. cdmipIgmpQueryPeriod Defines the time interval (in seconds) in which the modem sends out its host membership Query messages. 236 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM OID Description cdmipIgmpMaxRespTime Defines the time interval (in seconds) that the modem waits before it assumes that no hosts are interested in the membership query. The max response time is 25 seconds. cdmipIgmpMaxMissBeforeDrop Number of unanswered queries that must occur before the modem assumes that group has no local members and that it need not forward remotely-originated multicasts for that group onto the local network. cdmipIgmpRecognizeQueries Allows the modem to respond to a Query by generating Host Membership Reports, telling each host group to which it belongs on the network interface from which the Query was received. cdmipIgmpVersionUnsolicitedReports Defines which version of the IGMP protocol should be followed when attempting to join a host group via an unsolicited report. cdmipIgmpForceAlertOption Provides a mechanism whereby routers can intercept packets not addressed to them directly, without incurring any significant performance penalty. Some Cisco routers may require the definition of a Router Alert Option to recognize a report from a host to join a host group. cdmipIgmpUnsolicitedReportInterval Configures the modem to generate an unsolicited report within specified time intervals (in seconds) after joining a host group. 8.5.2.5 REDUNDANCY GROUP Table 45. Redundancy OIDs OID Description cdmipCurrentRedundantState Displays if the modem is Online and Offline. The Online modem is the one that will process traffic. The Offline modem monitors the health of the online unit and will take over if it detects a failure. cdmipLocalUnitManagementIpAddress IP Address for the Ethernet Interface for the Local Unit. cdmipRedundantUnitManagementIpAddress IP Address for the Ethernet Interface of the Remote Unit. cdmipRedundantTrafficIpAddress Traffic IP address will always be active on the Online Modem. When a fault occurs the traffic IP address will float between the two redundant modems. 237 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM OID Description cdmipRedundantTrafficSubnetMaskLen This is the length of the traffic IP address and can float between the two redundant modems if a failure occurs. cdmipForceUnitOffline Forces a redundant switchover so that if the modem is online it will transition to offline and stop processing traffic. If the modem is already offline, then this command will be ignored. 8.5.2.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE GROUP Table 46. Operation and Maintenance Subgroup OIDs OID Description cdmipAppVersion Displays the CDM-IP Software’s name, version, and date. cdmipSaveConfiguration Allows a user to save the current configuration of the CDM-IP300L to permanent storage. cdmipReset Allows a user to reboot the modem. It has the same logical effect of power-cycling the unit. cdmipRestoreFactoryDefaults Restore factory defaults configuration. cdmipLoadParamsFromStorage Load the system configuration from the param file stored on the flash. cdmipBootImage Determines which version of the CDM-IP software package (includes Application, FPGA, and FFPGA) will be loaded upon boot-up. The possible options are: Latest – boot the newest software package based upon date. Image 1 – boot the software package loaded into the first slot in permanent storage. Image2 – boot the software package loaded into the second slot in permanent storage. cdmipUpgradeSlot Determines which installed software package (includes Application, FPGA, and FFPGA) that the CDM-IP will overwrite when upgrading with a new software package. The possible options are: Oldest – overwrite the oldest software package based upon date. Image1 – overwrite the software package loaded into the first slot in permanent storage. Image 2 – overwrite the software package loaded into the second slot in permanent storage. 238 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM OID Description cdmipParamconfig Identifies the PARAM file that will be loaded on bootup. The options are: Last saved Parameter file Factory – uses the internal, hard-coded factory default parameters. cdmipUnitInformation Displays unit current operational software information. cdmipBootImageInfo Displays unit current Boot Image software information. cdmipAppImage1Info Displays Application Image 1 software information. cdmipAppImage2Info Displays Application Image 2 software information. cdmipFramerVersion Displays Framer module version information. 8.5.2.6.1 Remote Port B Configuration Subgroup This subgroup defines the Remote Port B configuration. Table 47. Remote Port B Configuration Subgroup OIDs OID Description cdmipRemotePortBDeviceAddress Defines the device address. Valid addresses are in the range from 0 to 9999. cdmipRemotePortBBaudRate Defines the speed of the serial interface. Can be set to: cdmipRemotePortBFormat 1 1200 2 2400 3 4800 4 9600 5 19200 6 38400 Supports three configurations for the Remote Port B interface. Each format defines a triple that describes the data bits, parity, and stop bits. Can be set to: 239 1 8-N-1 (8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit) 2 7-E-2 (7 data bits, even parity, 2 stop bits) 3 7-O-2 (7 data bits, odd parity, 2 stop bits) CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM OID Description cdmipRemotePortBInterface Configures the UART to operate in one of three types of physical EIA-xxx interfaces (EIA-232, EIA485, EIA-485-4W). The OID can be set to: 240 1 EIA-232 2 EIA-485 2W 3 EIA-485 4W CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 8.5.2.6.2 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM IP Routing Statistics Subgroup Table 48. IP Routing Statistics Subgroup OIDs OID Description cdmipTotalIpPacketsFromSatellite Total Number of IP packets that were received from the Satellite Interface. 8.5.2.6.3 Ethernet Statistics Table 49. Ethernet Statistics Subgroup OIDs OID Description CdmipEtherTransmitGoodFrames Number of good frames transmitted by this Ethernet interface. cdmipEtherTransmitMaxCollisionCount Number of frames that are not transmitted because they encountered configured max collisions. cdmipEtherTransmitLateCollisionCount Number of frames not transmitted because they had collision outside normal collision window. cdmipEtherTransmitDMAUnderrunCount Number of frames not transmitted or re-transmitted due to transmit DMA underrun. cdmipEtherTransmitLostCarrierSenseCount Number of frames transmitted by device despite the fact that it detected a deassertion of carrier sense. cdmipEtherTransmitDeferredCount Number of frames deferred before transmission due to activity on link. cdmipEtherTransmitSingleCollisionCount Number of transmitted frames that encountered only one collision. cdmipEtherTransmitMultipleCollisionCount Number of transmitted frames that encountered more than one collision. cdmipEtherTransmitTotalCollisionCount Total number of collisions encountered while attempting to transmit. cdmipEtherReceiveGoodFrames Count of good frames received by the Ethernet device. 241 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM OID Description cdmipEtherReceiveCRCErrorFrameCount Number of aligned frames discarded due to a CRC error. cdmipEtherReceiveAlignErrorCount Number of frames that are both misaligned and contain a CRC error. cdmipEtherReceiveResourceErrorCount Count of good frames discarded due to unavailable resources. cdmipEtherReceiveFifoOverrunErrorCount Number of good frames discarded due to overflow of internal receive FIFO. cdmipEtherReceiveCollisionDetectErrCount Number of frames encountered collisions during frame reception. cdmipEtherReceiveShortFrameCount Count of good frames received by the Ethernet device. cdmipEtherTransmitFlowCtrlPauseFrames Number of Flow Control frames transmitted by the device. cdmipEtherReceiveFlowCtrlPauseFrames Number of Flow Control frames received by the device. 8.5.2.6.4 Note: QoS Statistics This subgroup will only be accessible in the MIB tree if the QoS FAST feature has been purchased and activated. Otherwise, both GETs and SETs on these OIDs will return errors. This subgroup contains the Quality of Service (QoS) statistics elements. This is implemented as a table with maximum number of configured QoS rules, as the rows. Table 50. QoS Statistics Subgroup OIDs OID Description cdmipQoSStatsQueueIndex Queue index of this particular row in the QoS stats table. cdmipQoSStatsSentPackets Count of packets sent through this QoS queue. cdmipQoSStatsSentPacketsPerSecond Number of packets sent per second through this QoS queue. cdmipQoSStatsSentBytes Count of bytes sent through this QoS queue. cdmipQoSStatsDroppedPackets Number of packets dropped from this QoS queue. cdmipQoSStatsCurrentTxRate Current transmission data rate associated with this QoS queue. cdmipQoSStatsAverageTxRate Average rate of transmission associated with this QoS queue. 242 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM OID Description cdmipQoSStatsMaxTxRate Maximum Tx rate reached on this QoS queue. cdmipQoSStatsActiveFlows Number of Active flows associated with this QoS queue. cdmipQoSStatsResetCounters Reset all the QoS counters associated with specified QoS queue. 8.5.2.6.5 WAN Statistics Table 51. WAN Statistics Subgroup OIDs OID Description cdmipWanFpgaRxBadAddrCount The count of received frames that did not match any of the 8 HDLC addresses or the broadcast address. cdmipWanFpgaRxPktProcErrorCount Count of received frames that failed packet processor CRC check. cdmipWanFpgaRxAbortOctetErrorCount Count of aborted frames and octet error frames. cdmipWanFpgaRxOverrunErrorCount Count of received frames that exceeded max frame length of 2K bytes in length (Or) overflowed the HDLC buffer. cdmipWanFpgaRxHdlcCrcErrorCount Number of received frames that failed HDLC CRC check. cdmipWanFpgaRxHdlcPayloadCount Count of payload bytes that were received over satellite link excluding any frame overhead. cdmipWanFpgaRxHdlcHeaderCount Count of HDLC header bytes received over satellite link including control, HDLC address, Flow ID, and CRC. cdmipWanFpgaRxHdlcPacketCount Number of packets received over satellite link. cdmipWANFpgaTxHdlcHeaderCount This counter keeps track of number of HDLC header bytes transmitted over satellite link. cdmipWanFpgaTxHdlcPayloadCount Number of payload bytes transmitted over satellite link. cdmipWANFpgaTxHdlcPacketCount Count of packets transmitted over satellite link. cdmipWANFpgaResetAllCounters Reset all Rx and Tx FPGA counters. 243 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 8.5.2.6.6 Note: Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Compression Statistics This subgroup will only be accessible in the MIB tree if the Header and/or Compression FAST feature has been purchased and activated. Otherwise, both GETs and SETs on these OIDs will return errors. This subgroup contains the Compression statistics elements. This is implemented as a table with maximum number of configured QoS rules, as the rows. Table 52. Compression Statistics Subgroup OIDs OID Description cdmipCompressionStatisticsEntry Queue index of this particular row in the compression stats table. cdmipHdrcompStatsQueueIndex Queue index of this particular row in the header compression stats table. cdmipHdrcompStatsPreHdrCompBytes This counter keeps track of bytes in full packet before header compression. cdmipHdrcomStatsPostHdrCompBytes This counter keeps track of size in bytes of the packet after doing header compression on the packet. cdmipHdrcompRatio Displays effective header compression ratio. cdmipPayloadCompStatsPrePayloadCompBytes This counter keeps track of bytes in full packet before payload compression. cdmipPayloadCompStatsPostPayloadCompBytes This counter keeps track of size in bytes of the packet after doing payload compression on the packet. cdmipPayloadCRatio Displays effective payload compression ratio. cdmipHdrcompStatsResetCounters Resets all header compression counters associated with specified QoS rule/queue. 8.5.2.6.7 QoS Rules Subgroup Table 53. QoS Rules Subgroup OIDs OID Description cdmipQoSFeature QoS feature status cdmipQoSRulesTable cdmipQoSRulesEntry 244 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM OID Description cdmipQoSRulesIndex Sequential number that corresponds to the row index in the QoS Rules table. The QoS Rules Index starts at 1. cdmipQoSRulesSrclpaddr QoS Rule Source IP cdmipQoSRulesSrclpMaskLen QoS Rule Source IP Mask Length cdmipQoSRulesProtocol QoS Rule Protocol Selection cdmipQoSRulesSrcPortMin QoS Rule Source Minimum Port number cdmipQoSRulesSrcPortMax QoS Rule Source Maximum Port number cdmipQoSRulesDstPortMin QoS Rule Destination Minimum Port number cdmipQoSRulesDstPortMax QoS Rule Destination Maximum Port number cdmipQoSRulesMinBw QoS Rule Minimum Bandwidth cdmipQoSRulesMaxBw QoS Rule Maximum Bandwidth cdmipQoSRulesPriority QoS Rule priority cdmipQoSRulesWred QoS Rule WRED enable cdmipQoSRulesFilter QoS Rule Filter enable 245 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM OID Description cdmipQoSRulesRowStatus Used in GET operations to tell if the Route table entry is active. It is used in SET operations to tell if a new QoS Rule table entry is to be created or an existing QoS Rule table entry is to be deleted. It returns 1 (active) to indicate that the QoS Rule entry is available for use by the managed device. The values of 2 (notInService) and 3 (notReady) are not supported. When a new route is created, this OID must be set to 4 (createAndGo). The value of 5 (createAndWait) is not supported. If an existing row is to be deleted this OID must be set to 6 (destroy), which indicates that the user wishes to delete the QoS Rule from the QoS Rule table. The “cdmipIPRouteRowStatus” can return 1 Active The “cdmipQoSRulesRowStatus” can be set to the following for row create/delete: 4 Create And Go 6 Destroy cdmipQoSDiffServeRulesEntry QoS Rule Name cdmipQoSDiffServeRulesMinBw QoS DiffServ Rule Minimum Bandwidth cdmipQoSDiffServeRulesMaxBw QoS DiffServ Rule Maximum Bandwidth cdmipQoSDiffServRulesPriority QoS DiffServ Rule cdmipQoSMode QoS Mode Max/Priority Min/Max DiffServ 246 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 8.6 CDM-IP300L PRIVATE MIB IMPORTANT Whenever modifying the Modulator or Demodulator parameters by SNMP, the user must be aware that the following variables must be executed in this order: 1. FEC (Forward Error Correction) 2. Modulation or Demodulation 3. Code Rate 4. Data Rate 8.6.1 CDM-IP300L OBJECTS GROUP 8.6.1.1 SYSTEM INFORMATION: Table 54. ARP Configuration Subgroup OIDs OID Description cdmip300LEquipmentID Unit’s equipment ID. cdmip300LUnitSerialNumber Unit’s serial number. cdmip300LSoftwareRevision Unit’s software revision. cdmip300LDeviceTime Device time. Current time is in hh:mm:ss format. cdmip300LDeviceDate Device date. Current date is in mm/dd/yy format. cdmip300LCircuitID Circuit ID. User defined string that will be displayed on the front panel. cdmip300LLocalRemoteState Local/Remote state. Can be set to: 0 Local 1 Remote 8.6.1.2 TX PARAMETERS Table 55. Tx Parameters OIDs OID Description cdmip300LTxFrequency Transmit frequency in Hz. Valid ranges are from 52,000,000 Hz to 88,000,000 Hz and 104,000,000 Hz to 188,000,000 Hz. cdmip300LTxDataRate Transmit data rate in bps. Valid range is from 2,400 bps to 2,048,000 bps. 247 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM OID Description cdmip300LTxModType Transmit modulation type. Valid values are: cdmip300LTxFECType cdmip300LTxFECCodeRate cdmip300LTxSpecInv cdmip300LTxScrambler cdmip300LTxClockSource cdmip300LTxPowerLevel 1 BPSK 2 QPSK 3 OQPSK Transmit forward error correction coding type. Valid values are: 0 None 1 Vit 2 Turbo Q 3/4 3 Turbo B 21/44 4 Turbo B 5/16 5 Turbo OQ3/4 6 Turbo Q 1/2 Transmit forward error correction code rate. Can be set to: 1 Rate 1/2 3 Rate 3/4 7 Rate 7/8 8 Rate 21/44 9 Rate 5/16 Transmit spectral inversion selection. Can be set to: 0 Normal 1 Inverted Transmit scrambler state. Can be set to: 0 Off 1 On Transmit clock source. Can be set to: 1 Internal 2 External 3 LoopTmed Transmit output power level. Can be set from 0 to –200. The units are 0.1 dBm (0 = 00.0 dBm to -200 = -20.0 dBm). 248 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM OID Description cdmip300LTxCarrierState Transmit carrier on/off state. Can be set to: 0 Off 1 On 2 Ext Off 3 Rti 8.6.1.3 RX PARAMETERS Table 56. Rx Parameters OIDs OID Description cdmip300LRxFrequency Receive frequency in Hz. Can be set from 52,000,000 Hz to 88,000,000 Hz and 104,000,000 Hz to 188,000,000 Hz. cdmip300LRxDataRate Receive data rate in bps. Can be set between 2,400 bps and 2,048,000 bps. cdmip300LRxDemodType Receive demodulation type. Can be set to: cdmip300LRxFECType cdmip300LRxFECCodeRate 1 BPSK 2 QPSK 3 OQPSK Receive forward error correction decoding type. Can be set to: 0 None 1 Vit 2 Turbo Q 3/4 3 Turbo B 21/44 4 Turbo B 5/16 5 Turbo OQ 3/4 6 Turbo Q 1/2 Receive forward error correction code rate. Can be set to: 249 1 Rate 1/2 3 Rate 3/4 7 Rate 7/8 8 Rate 21/44 9 Rate 5/16 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM OID Description cdmip300LRxSpecInv Receive spectrum inversion state. Can be set to: 0 Normal 1 Inverted Receive descrambler state. Can be set to: cdmip300LRxDescrambler 0 Off 1 On Receive clock mode. Can be set to: cdmip300LRxClockMode 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Receive buffer size in bits. Can be set to: cdmip300LRxBufferSize 1 256 bits 2 512 bits 3 1024 bits 4 2048 bits 5 4096 bits cdmip300LRxAcqSweepRange Receive +/- acquisition sweep range of demodulation in KHz. Can be set between 1 and 30. cdmip300LRxEbnoAlarmPoint Receive Eb/N0 alarm point in dB. Can be set between 0 and 160 in 0.1 dB where (0=0.0 dB to 160=16.0 dB). 8.6.1.4 INTERFACE PARAMETERS Table 57. Interface Parameters OIDs OID Description cdmip300LIfImpedance IF interface impedance. Can be set to: cdmip300LInterfaceType 5 50 Ω 7 75 Ω Unit interface type. Can only be set to IP. 4 250 IP CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 8.6.1.5 UTILITY PARAMETERS Table 58. Utility Parameters OIDs OID Description cdmip300LUnitFramingMode Unit framing mode. Can be set to: 0 Unframed 1 Framed cdmip300LEdmacAddress The EDMAC slave address will set the range of addresses of distant-end units (modems and transceivers) for which this unit will forward messages. Only values that are integer multiples of ten are permitted. Setting the EDMAC slave address to 0 disables this function. Valid slave addresses are between 0 and 9999. cdmip300LUnitTestMode Unit test mode. Can be set to: 0 Normal 1 IF Loop Back 2 Digital Loop Back 3 IO Loop Back 4 Tx CW 5 Tx Alternating Pattern cdmip300LRecenterBuffer Command to force the modem to re-center the receive buffer. A value of 1 (yes) is used to issue the operation. cdmip300LForceRedundantSwitch Command to force the modem into STANDBY mode if it is in a redundant pair. A value of 1 (yes) is used to issue the operation. cdmip300LUnitAlarmMask Alarm mask conditions, in the form “abcde”, where: a = mask Tx AIS alarm, b = mask Rx AGC alarm c = mask buffer alarms, d = mask Rx AIS alarm e = mask Eb/N0 alarm. Setting any of these bytes to 0 unmasks alarm, setting to 1 masks them. Valid values are between 0 and 11111. cdmip300LUnitConfigStore Forces the unit to store the current modem configuration in a configuration memory location defined by values 0 to 9. cdmip300LUnitConfigLoad Forces the unit to retrieve the configuration memory location defined by values 0 to 9 and to re-program the unit with that stored configuration. 251 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM OID Description cdmip300LOduCommEnable Enables or disables communication, via an FSK serial link, with a Comtech EF Data Transceiver (Outdoor unit). Can be set to: 0 Disable 1 Enable 8.6.1.6 THE AUPC PARAMETERS Table 59. AUPC Parameter OIDs OID Description cdmip300LAupcEnable Enables or disables AUPC (Automatic Uplink Power Control). Can be set to: 0 Disable 1 Enable cdmip300LAupcControlParameters Defines AUPC (Automatic Uplink Power Control) operating parameters. Has the form abc.cd Where: a = Define action on max power condition; 0 = do nothing; 1 = generate TX alarm; b = Define action on remote demod unlock; 0 = go to nominal power; 1 = go to max power; c = Target Eb/No value, in dB, for remote demod; d = Maximum increase in Tx Power permitted, in dB. cdmip300LRemoteEbno Returns the value of Ebi/No of the remote demod, if Framing is enabled. Returns 999 if demod is unlocked. Returns -1 if Framing is not enabled. Ebi/No values can be between 20 and 60 in 0.1 dBs where 20=2.0 dB to 160=16.0 dB. cdmip300LTxPowerLevelIncrease Returns the increase in Tx power level, in dB (from the nominal setting) due to the action of AUPC. Returns –1 if AUPC is not enabled. Values can be between 0 and 90 in 0.1 dBm where 0 = 0.0 dBm to 90 = 9.0 dBm 252 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 8.6.1.7 STATUS PARAMETERS Table 60. Status Parameter OIDs OID Description cdmip300LRxEbno Value of Ebi/No, can be between 0 and 160 in 0.1 dB where 0 = 0.0 dB to 160 = 16.0 dB and 999 = Demod Unlocked cdmip300LRxCoarseAGC Value of Coarse AGC setting, can be between 0 and 99. cdmip300LRxFrequencyOffset Value of frequency offset of the carrier being demodulated. Can be between -30 KHz and 30 KHz where -30 = -30 KHz to 30=+30 KHz and 999 = Demod Unlock. cdmip300LBufferFillState Value of the buffer fill state. Can be between 0 and 99 in percentage filled. cdmip300LRxBER Value of the estimated corrected bit error rate. Value -10 has been multiplied by 10E . cdmip300LRedundancyState Returns the redundancy state of the unit, where: 0 = Off Line (forced into standby by 1:N or 1:1 Switch); 1= On Line (normal). Valid values are: cdmip300LModemUnitFaults 0 Offline 1 Online Returns the current fault and status codes for the Unit (hardware). The value will be a integer between 0 and 8191 where the bit that is set indicates which fault has occurred: 253 bit 0 not used, always 0 bit 1 volt power supply bit 2 12 volt power supply bit 3 5 volt power supply bit 4 18 volt power supply bit 5 12 volt power supply bit 6 RAM load fail bit 7 Tx synthesizer unlocked bit 8 Rx synthesizer unlocked bit 9 Power cal checksum fail bit 10 FPGA main chain load fail bit 11 Turbo FPGA load fail bit 12 IP Module fail CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM OID Description cdmip300LModemTxTrafficFaults Returns the current fault and status codes for the Tx Traffic. The value will be an integer between 0 and 31 where the bit that is set indicates the fault that has occurred: cdmip300LModemRxTrafficFaults bit 0 Not used, always 0 bit 1 No clock from terrestrial interface bit 2 Tx FIFO slip bit 3 AIS Detected on incoming data bit 4 AUPC upper limit reached Returns the current fault and status codes for the Rx Traffic. The value will be an integer between 0 and 255 where the bit that is set indicates the fault that has occurred: 254 bit 0 Not used, always 0 bit 1 Demod Unlock bit 2 AGC alarm bit 3 Frame Sync lost bit 4 Buffer underflow bit 5 Buffer overflow bit 6 AIS detected on incoming data bit 7 Eb/No Threshold exceeded CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 8.6.1.8 LOGS Table 61. Logs OIDs OID Description cdmip300LClearEventsLog Instructs the unit to clear all Stored Events. A value of 1 (yes) is used to clear the event log. cdmip300LNumberUnreadEvents Returns the number of Stored Events which remain unread. The value can be between 0 and 99. cdmip300LRetrieveNext5Events Unit returns the oldest 5 Stored Events which have not yet been read over the remote control. Reply format: {CR}Sub-body{CR}Sub-body{CR}Subbody{CR}Sub-body{CR}Sub-body, where Sub-body= ABCddmmyyhhmmss, A being the fault/clear indicator: F=Fault, C=Clear, I=Info. B being the fault type where: 1=Unit, 2=Rx Traffic, 3=Tx Traffic, 4=Power on/off, or log cleared. C being the fault code, where the Info codes are: 0=power off, 1=power on, 2=log cleared, 3=global config change, and 4=redundancy config change. ddmmyyhhmmss = date/time stamp. If there are less than 5 events to be retrieved, the remaining positions are padded with zeros. cdmip300LSetStatisticInterval Used to set the sample interval for the Statistics Logging Function. Can be set to: 0 None 1 10 Mins 2 20 Mins 3 30 Mins 4 40 Mins 5 50 Mins 6 60 Mins 7 70 Mins 8 80 Mins 9 90 Mins cdmip300LClearStatisticsLog Instructs the unit to clear all Stored Statistics. Can be set to 1 (yes) to clear the log. cdmip300LNumberUnreadStatistics Returns the number of Stored Statistics which remain unread. Can be between 0 and 250. 255 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM OID Description cdmip300LRetrieveNext5Statistics Unit returns the oldest 5 Stored Statistics which have not yet been read over the remote control. Reply format: {CR}Sub-body{CR}Subbody{CR}Sub-body{CR}Sub-body{CR}Sub-body, where Sub-body= AA.ABB.BC.CD.Dddmmyyhhmmss, AA.A = Minimum Eb/No during sample period. BB.B = Average Eb/No during sample period. C.C = Max. Tx Power Level Increase during sample period. D.D = Average Tx Power Level Increase during sample period. ddmmyyhhmmss = date/time stamp. If there are less than 5 statistics to be retrieved, the remaining positions are padded with zeros. 8.6.1.9 ODU OBJECTS The “oduSelect” determines with which transceiver to communicate. It can be set to: 1 Odu 1 2 Odu 2 8.6.1.10 ODU SYSTEM INFORMATION Table 62. ODU System Information OIDs OID Description oduModelNumberSoftwareVer Read-only string describing the ODU model number and software version. oduUnitSerialNumber Read-only string containing the ODU serial number. oduDeviceTime Time in hh:mm:ss format. oduDeviceDate Date in dd/mm/yy format. oduCircuitID User defined string for display purposes. 256 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 8.6.1.11 ODU UNIT PARAMETERS Table 63. ODU Unit OIDs OID Description oduUnitMuteMode Unit mute. Can be set to: oduUnitColdStart oduUnitAutoFaultRecovery oduUnitExtRefFaultLogic 0 Unmute 1 Mute Unit cold start. Can be set to: 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Auto fault recovery. Can be set to: 0 Disabled 1 Enabled External reference fault logic. Can be set to: 0 Disabled 1 Enabled oduUnitRefOscAdjust Reference oscillator adjust. Can be between 0 and 255. oduUnitLNACurrentSource LNA current source. Can be set to: oduUnitLNACurrentWindow OduUnitLNAFaultLogic oduUnitRedundancyMode oduUnitRedForceSwitch 0 Disabled 1 Enabled LNA current windows. Can be set to: 20 20 Percent 25 25 Percent 30 30 Percent 35 35 Percent 40 40 Percent 45 45 Percent 50 50 Percent 99 Disabled LNA fault logic. Can be set to: 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Redundancy mode. Can be set to: 0 Manual 1 Auto Force redundant switch. Can be set to 1 (yes) to issue command. 257 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 8.6.1.12 ODU TX PARAMETERS Table 64. ODU Tx Parameters OIDs OID Description OduTxFrequency Transmit frequency in KHz. Can be set between 5,845,000 KHz and 181,00,000 KHz. OduTxAttenuation Transmit attenuation. Can be between 0 and 2000 in 0.01 dB, where 0 = 0.00dB to 2000 = 20.00dB. OduTxAmplifier Transmit amplifier. Can be set to: OduTxMute OduTxSlopeMode 0 Off 1 On Transmit mute. Can be set to: 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Transmit slope mode. Can be set to: 0 Manual 1 Calibrated OduTxSlopeValue Transmit slope value. Can be between 0 and 10 in 0.1 units, where 0 = 0.0 to 10 = 1.0. OduTxGainOffset Transmit gain offset. Can be between –400 and 0 in 0.01dB, where 0 = 0.00 dB to –400 = -4.00dB. 258 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 8.6.1.13 ODU RX PARAMETERS Table 65. ODU Rx Parameters OIDs OID Description OduRxFrequency Receive frequency in KHz. Can be between 3,625,000 KHz and 14,100,000 KHz. oduRxAttenuation Receive attenuation. Can be between 0..2500 in 0.01dB where 0=0.00dB to 2500=25.00dB. oduRxMute Receive mute. Can be set to: oduRxSlopeMode 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Receive slope mode. Can be set to: 0 Manual 1 Calibrated oduRxSlopeValue Receive slope value. Can be between 0..10 in 0.1, where 0=0.0 to 10=1.0. oduRxGainOffset Receive gain offset. Can be between -400 and 0 in 0.01 dB, where 0=0.00 dB to -400 = -4.00dB 259 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 8.6.1.14 ODU UNIT STATUS Table 66. ODU Unit Status OIDs OID Description OduOnlineState Online state. Can be set to: oduMaintenanceParameters 0 Offline 1 Online Used to Query the maintenance status of the CSAT. Example: 24VT=023.9’cr’ 20VT=020.3’cr’ 12VT=012.0’cr’ 10VT=010.2’cr’ P5VT=005.0’cr’ N5VT=-05.0’cr’ USYN=008.2’cr’ UIFL=003.9’cr’ DSYN=006.3’cr’ DIFL=003.8’cr’ REFV=002.9’cr’ LNAC=081.9’cr’ FANC=541.0’cr’ UTMP= 37.0’cr’ POWR=25.0-’cr’ DTMP= 34.0’cr’’lf’ 260 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM OID Description OduUnitFaults Used to Query the Alarm status of the CSAT. An integer value will be returned between 0..262143 where the bits that are set indicate the faults which have occurred: bit 0 24 volt power supply bit 1 20 volt power supply bit 2 12 volt power supply bit 3 10 volt power supply bit 4 +5 volt power supply bit 5 -5 volt power supply bit 6 Tx Synthesizer Unlocked bit 7 Tx IFLO Unlocked bit 8 Rx Synthesizer Unlocked bit 9 Rx IFLO Unlocked bit 10 Reference lock detect bit 11 LNA Current Alarm bit 12 Fan Current Alarm bit 13 Temperature Alarm bit 14 HPA Thermal Shutdown Alarm bit 15 Internal IIC Bus Alarm bit 16 EEPROM Checksum bit 17 NVRAM/RTC Low Battery Alarm 8.6.1.15 ODU LOGS Table 67. ODU Logs OIDs OID Description oduClearEventsLog Can be set to 1 (yes) to issue command. oduNumberUnreadEvents CSAT returns the number of Stored Events which remain unread. Value can be between 0 and 99. oduRetrieveNext5Events CSAT returns the oldest 5 Stored Events that have not yet been read over the remote control. Reply format: Subbody{CR}Sub-body{CR}Sub-body{CR}Sub-body{CR}Subbody, where Sub-body=YYYYYYYYYY ZZ mmddyyhhmmss, YYYYYYYYYY being the fault description. ZZ being the alarm type: FT = Fault, OK = Clear, IF = Information. mmddyyhhmmss = date/time stamp. 261 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 8.7 CDM-IP CONTROLLER MIB TREE 1 --- iso 1.3 --- org 1.3.6 --- dod 1.3.6.1 --- internet 1.3.6.1.4 --- private 1.3.6.1.4.1 --- enterprises 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247 --- comtech 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4 --- cdmipController 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.1 --- cdmipControllerIdentity 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2 --- cdmipAdministration 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.1 --- cdmipMibVersion (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.3 --- cdmipNamePasswordConfig 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.3.1 --- cdmipAdminName (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.3.2 --- cdmipAdminPassword (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.3.3 --- cdmipReadWriteName (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.3.4 --- cdmipReadWritePassword (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.3.5 --- cdmipReadOnlyName (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.3.6 --- cdmipReadOnlyPassword (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.4 --- cdmipAccessLists 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.4.1 --- cdmipAccessIpAddress1 (IpAddress) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.4.2 --- cdmipAccessSubnetMaskLen1 (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.4.3 --- cdmipAccessIpAddress2 (IpAddress) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.4.4 --- cdmipAccessSubnetMaskLen2 (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.4.5 --- cdmipAccessIpAddress3 (IpAddress) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.4.6 --- cdmipAccessSubnetMaskLen3 (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.4.7 --- cdmipAccessIpAddress4 (IpAddress) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.4.8 --- cdmipAccessSubnetMask4 (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.4.9 --- cdmipAccessListEnforcement (YesNo) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.5 --- cdmipFeaturesAvailability 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.5.3 --- cdmipQoSOption (Availability) 262 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.5.6 --- cdmipEncryptionOption (Availability) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.5.7 --- cdmipIgmpOption (Availability) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.5.8 --- cdmipHeaderCompressionOption (Availability) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.5.9 ---cdmipPayloadCompressionOption (Availability) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.6 --- cdmipFeaturesConfig 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.6.2 --- cdmipTelnetFeature (EnableDisable) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.6.3 --- cdmipPingReplyFeature (EnableDisable) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.6.4 --- cdmipDownlinkMulticastRoutingFeature (EnableDisable) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.6.7 --- cdmipQoSOpt (EnableDisable) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.6.10 --- cdmipTransmit3xDesEncryptionOpt (EnableDisable) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.6.12 --- cdmipIgmpOpt (EnableDisable) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.6.13 --- cdmipHeaderCompressionOpt (EnableDisable) 1.3.6.1.4.16247.4.2.6.14 ---cdmipRxHeaderCompressionOpt (EnableDisable) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.6.15 ---cdmipTxPayloadCompressionOpt (EnableDisable) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.7 --- cdmip3xDesConfig 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.7.1 --- cdmipTransmitEncryptEnabled (YesNo) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.7.2 --- cdmipReceiveDecryptEnabled (YesNo) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.7.3 --- cdmipTransmitKey1 (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.7.4 --- cdmipTransmitKey2 (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.7.5 --- cdmipReceiveKey1 (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.7.6 --- cdmipReceiveKey2 (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.7.7 --- cdmipTransmitKey3 (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.7.8 --- cdmipTransmitKey4 (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.7.9 --- cdmipTransmitKey5 (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.7.10 --- cdmipTransmitKey6 (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.7.11 --- cdmipTransmitKey7 (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.7.12 --- cdmipTransmitKey8 (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.7.13 --- cdmipReceiveKey3 (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.7.14 --- cdmipReceiveKey4 (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.7.15 --- cdmipReceiveKey5 (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.7.16 --- cdmipReceiveKey6 (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.7.17 --- cdmipReceiveKey7 (DisplayString) 263 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.7.18 --- cdmipReceiveKey8 (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.8 --- cdmipSmtp 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.8.1 --- cdmipSmtpServerIpAddress (IpAddress) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.8.2 --- cdmipSmtpDomain (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.8.3 --- cdmipSmtpDestinationName (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.9 --- cdmipSnmp 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.9.1 --- cdmipSnmpTrapDestinationIpAddress (IpAddress) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.9.2 --- cdmipSnmpTrapCommunity (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.9.3 --- cdmipSnmpTrapVersion (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.9.4 --- cdmipSnmpAuthenticationFailureCommunity (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.9.5 --- cdmipSnmpAuthenticationFailureAddress (IpAddress) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.10 --- cdmipModemPacketConfiguration (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.11 --- cdmipEasyconnectMulticastOption (EnableDisable) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.12 --- cdmipHdrcompRefreshRateUdpRtp1 (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.13 --- cdmipHdrcompRefreshRateUdp (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.14 --- cdmipHdrcompRefreshRateAllOther (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.2.15 --- cdmipPayloadCompRefreshRate (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.3 --- cdmipInterfaces 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.3.1 --- cdmipEthernetInterface 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.3.1.1 --- cdmipEthernetMacAddress (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.3.1.2 --- cdmipEthernetSpeed (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.3.1.3 --- cdmipEthernetIpAddress (IpAddress) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.3.1.4 --- cdmipEthernetSubnetPrefixLen (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.3.2 --- cdmipSatelliteInterface 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.3.2.5 --- cdmipSatelliteHdlcAddress1 (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.3.2.6 --- cdmipSatelliteHdlcAddress2 (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.3.2.7 --- cdmipSatelliteHdlcAddress3 (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.3.2.8 --- cdmipSatelliteHdlcAddress4 (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.3.2.9 --- cdmipSatelliteHdlcAddressDelete (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.3.2.10 --- cdmipSatelliteHdlcAddressModeConfig (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.4 --- cdmipRouteTable 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.4.1 --- cdmipTransmitEncryptEnable (EnableDisable) 264 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.4.3 --- cdmipIpRouteTable (SEQUENCE OF CdmIpRouteEntry) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.4.3.1 --- cdmipIpRouteEntry (CdmIpRouteEntry) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.4.3.1.1 --- cdmipIpRouteIndex (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.4.3.1.2 --- cdmipIpRouteName (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.4.3.1.3 --- cdmipIpRouteDestAddress (IpAddress) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.4.3.1.4 --- cdmipIpRouteDestMaskLen (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.4.3.1.5 --- cdmipIpRouteNextHopAddress (IpAddress) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.4.3.1.6 --- cdmipIpRouteMulticastOptions (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.4.3.1.7 --- cdmipIpRouteState (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.4.3.1.8 --- cdmipIPRouteHdlcAddress (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.4.3.1.9 --- cdmipIpRouteHdrComp (EnableDisable) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.4.3.1.10 --- cdmipIpRoutePayloadComp (EnableDisable) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.4.3.1.11 --- cdmipIpRoute3xDES (EnableDisable) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.4.3.1.12 --- cdmipIPRouteDesKey (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.4.3.1.13 --- cdmipIPRouteRowStatus (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.5 --- cdmipProtocols 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.5.1 --- cdmipIgmpConfig 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.5.1.1 --- cdmipIgmpTable (SEQUENCE OF CdmIpIgmpEntry) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.5.1.1.1 --- cdmipIgmpEntry (CdmIpIgmpEntry) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.5.1.1.1.1 --- cdmipIgmpIndex (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.5.1.1.1.2 --- cdmipIgmpTTL (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.5.1.1.1.3 --- cdmipIgmpClientState (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.5.1.1.1.4 --- cdmipIgmpSrc (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.5.1.1.1.5 --- cdmipIgmpGroupIpAddress (IpAddress) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.5.1.2 --- cdmipIgmpReceiver 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.5.1.2.1 --- cdmipIgmpEnable (EnableDisable) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.5.1.2.2 --- cdmipIgmpQueryPeriod (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.5.1.2.3 --- cdmipIgmpMaxRespTime (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.5.1.2.4 --- cdmipIgmpMaxMissBeforeDrop (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.5.1.3 --- cdmipIgmpTransmiter 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.5.1.3.1 --- cdmipIgmpRecognizeQueries (EnableDisable) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.5.1.3.2 --- cdmipIgmpVersionUnsolicitedReports (INTEGER) 265 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.5.1.3.3 --- cdmipIgmpForceAlertOption (EnableDisable) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.5.1.3.4 --- cdmipIgmpUnsolicitedReportInterval (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.6 --- cdmipRedundancy 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.6.1 --- cdmipCurrentRedundantState (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.6.2 --- cdmipLocalUnitManagementIpAddress (IpAddress) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.6.3 --- cdmipRedundantUnitManagementIpAddress (IpAddress) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.6.4 --- cdmipRedundantTrafficIpAddress (IpAddress) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.6.5 --- cdmipRedundantTrafficSubnetMaskLen (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.6.6 --- cdmipForceUnitOffline (YesNo) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.7 --- cdmipOperMaint 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.7.1 --- cdmipAppVersion (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.7.2 --- cdmipSaveConfiguration (TrueFalse) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.7.3 --- cdmipReset (TrueFalse) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.7.4 --- cdmipRemotePortBConfig 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.7.4.1 --- cdmipRemotePortBDeviceAddress (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.7.4.2 --- cdmipRemotePortBBaudRate (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.7.4.3 --- cdmipRemotePortBFormat (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.7.4.4 --- cdmipRemotePortBInterface (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.7.5 --- cdmipRestoreFactoryDefaults (TrueFalse) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.7.6 --- cdmipLoadParamsFromStorage (TrueFalse) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.7.7 --- cdmipBootImage (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.7.8 --- cdmipUpgradeSlot (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.7.9 --- cdmipParamConfig (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.7.10 --- cdmipUnitInformation 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.7.10.1 --- cdmipBootImageInfo (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.7.10.2 --- cdmipAppImage1Info (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.7.10.3 --- cdmipAppImage2Info (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.7.10.4 --- cdmipFramerVersion (Integer32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8 --- cdmipStatistics 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.1 --- cdmipEthernetStatistics 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.1.1 --- cdmipEtherTransmitGoodFrames (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.1.2 --- cdmipEtherTransmitMaxCollisionCount (Counter32) 266 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.1.3 --- cdmipEtherTransmitLateCollisionCount (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.1.4 --- cdmipEtherTransmitDMAUnderrunCount (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.1.5 --- cdmipEtherTransmitLostCarrierSenseCount (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.1.6 --- cdmipEtherTransmitDeferredCount (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.1.7 --- cdmipEtherTransmitSingleCollisionCount (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.1.8 --- cdmipEtherTransmitMultipleCollisionCount (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.1.9 --- cdmipEtherTransmitTotalCollisionCount (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.1.10 --- cdmipEtherReceiveGoodFrames (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.1.11 --- cdmipEtherReceiveCRCErrorFrameCount (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.1.12 --- cdmipEtherReceiveAllignErrorCount (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.1.13 --- cdmipEtherReceiveResourceErrorCount (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.1.14 --- cdmipEtherReceiveFifoOverrunErrorCount (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.1.15 --- cdmipEtherReceiveCollisionDetectErrorCount (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.1.16 --- cdmipEtherReceiveShortFrameCount (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.1.17 --- cdmipEtherTransmitFlowControlPauseFrames (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.1.18 --- cdmipEtherReceiveFlowControlPauseFrames (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.1.19 --- cdmipEtherResetCounters (YesNo) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.3 --- cdmipIpRoutingStatistics 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.3.1 --- cdmipTotalIpPacketsFromSatellite (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.3.2 --- cdmipTotalIpPacketsRoutedToSatellite (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.3.3 --- cdmipTotalIpPacketsFromEthernet (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.3.4 --- cdmipTotalIpPacketsRoutedToEthernet (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.3.10 --- cdmipIgmpPacketsReceived (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.3.11 --- cdmipIpOptionPacketsReceived (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.3.12 --- cdmipDroppedPacketsTotal (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.3.13 --- cdmipDroppedPacketsTTLExpired (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.3.14 --- cdmipDroppedPacketsBadIpHeader (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.3.15 --- cdmipDroppedPacketsNoRoute (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.3.16 --- cdmipDroppedPacketsMulticastNoStoe (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.3.17 --- cdmipDroppedPacketsFiltered (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.3.18 --- cdmipDroppedPacketsMulticastDisableGroup (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.3.19 --- cdmipDroppedPacketsNoArpEntry (Counter32) 267 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.3.20 --- cdmipDroppedPacketsBadBufferLength (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.3.21 --- cdmipDroppedPacketsBadIpVersion (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.3.22 --- cdmipDroppedQoSFilterRule (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.3.26 --- cdmipResetCounters (YesNo) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.4 --- cdmipQoSStatistics 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.4.1 --- cdmipQoSStatisticsTable (SEQUENCE OF CdmIpQoSStatisticsEntry) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.4.1.1 --- cdmipQoSStatisticsEntry (CdmIpQoSStatisticsEntry) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.4.1.1.1 --- cdmipQoSStatsQueueIndex (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.4.1.1.2 --- cdmipQoSStatsSentPackets (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.4.1.1.3 --- cdmipQoSStatsSentPacketsPerSecond (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.4.1.1.4 --- cdmipQoSStatsSentBytes (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.4.1.1.5 --- cdmipQoSStatsDroppedPackets (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.4.1.1.6 --- cdmipQoSStatsDroppedBytes (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.4.1.1.7 --- cdmipQoSStatsCurrentTxRate (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.4.1.1.8 --- cdmipQoSStatsAverageTxRate (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.4.1.1.9 --- cdmipQoSStatsMaxTxRate (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.4.1.1.10 --- cdmipQoSStatsActiveFlows (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.4.1.1.11 --- cdmipQoSStatsResetCounters (YesNo) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.5 --- cdmipWanFpgaStatistics 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.5.1 --- cdmipWanFpgaRxBadAddrCount (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.5.2 --- cdmipWanFpgaRxPktProcessorCrcErrorCount (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.5.3 --- cdmipWanFpgaRxAbortOctetErrorCount (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.5.4 --- cdmipWanFpgaRxOverrunErrorCount (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.5.5 --- cdmipWanFpgaRxHdlcCrcErrorCount (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.5.6 --- cdmipWanFpgaRxHdlcPayLoadCount (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.5.7 --- cdmipWanFpgaRxHdlcHeaderCount (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.5.8 --- cdmipWanFpgaRxHdlcPacketCount (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.5.9 --- cdmipWanFpgaTxHdlcHeaderCount (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.5.10 --- cdmipWanFpgaTxHdlcPayLoadCount (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.5.11 --- cdmipWanFpgaTxHdlcPacketCount (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.5.12 --- cdmipWanFpgaResetAllCounters (YesNo) 268 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.6 --- cdmipCompressionStatistics 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.6.1 --- cdmipCompressionStatisticsTable (SEQUENCE OF CdmipCompressionStatisticsEntry) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.6.1.1 --- cdmipCompressionStatisticsEntry (CdmipCompressionStatisticsEntry) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.6.1.1.1 --- cdmipHdrcompStatsQueueIndex (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.6.1.1.2 --- cdmipHdrcompStatsPreHdrcompBytes (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.6.1.1.3 --- cdmipHdrcompStatsPostHdrcompBytes (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.6.1.1.4 --- cdmipHdrCompRatio (OCTET STRING) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.6.1.1.5 --- cdmipPayloadCompPrePayloadCompBytes (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.6.1.1.6 --- cdmipPayloadCompPostPayloadCompBytes (Counter32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.6.1.1.7 --- cdmipPayloadCompRatio (OCTET STRING) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.8.6.1.1.8 --- cdmipCompStatsResetCounters (YesNo) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9 --- cdmipQoSRules 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.1 --- cdmipQoSFeature (EnableDisable) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.2 --- cdmipQoSRulesTable (SEQUENCE OF CdmIpQoSRulesEntry) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.2.1 --- cdmipQoSRulesEntry (CdmIpQoSRulesEntry) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.2.1.1 --- cdmipQoSRulesIndex (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.2.1.2 --- cdmipQoSRulesSrcIpAddr (IpAddress) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.2.1.3 --- cdmipQoSRulesSrcIpMaskLen (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.2.1.4 --- cdmipQoSRulesDstIpAddr (IpAddress) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.2.1.5 --- cdmipQoSRulesDstIpMaskLen (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.2.1.6 --- cdmipQoSRulesProtocol (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.2.1.7 --- cdmipQoSRulesSrcPort (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.2.1.8 --- cdmipQoSRulesSrcPortMax (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.2.1.9 --- cdmipQoSRulesDstPortMin (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.2.1.10 --- cdmipQoSRulesDstPortMax (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.2.1.11 --- cdmipQoSRulesMinBw (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.2.1.12 --- cdmipQoSRulesMaxBw (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.2.1.13 --- cdmipQoSRulesPriority (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.2.1.14 --- cdmipQoSRulesWred (EnableDisable) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.2.1.15 --- cdmipQoSRulesFilter (YesNo) 269 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.2.1.16 --- cdmipQoSRulesRowStatus (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.3 --- cdmipDiffServRulesTable (SEQUENCE OF cdmipDiffServRulesEntry) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.3.1 --- cdmipDiffServRulesEntry (cdmipDiffServRulesEntry) 1.3.6.1.4.4.6247.4.9.3.1.1 --- cdmipDiffServRulesIndex (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.3.1.2 --- cdmipDiffServRulesClass (OCTET STRING) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.3.1.3 --- cdmipDiffServRulesDscp (Integer32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.3.1.4 --- cdmipDiffServRulesMinBw (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.3.1.5 --- cdmipDiffServRulesMaxBw (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.3.1.6 --- cdmipDiffServRulesPriority (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.3.1.9 --- cdmipDiffServRulesRowStatus (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.9.4 --- cdmipQosMode (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.10 --- cdmipControllerConformance 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.10.1 --- cdmipControllerGroups 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.10.1.1 --- cdmipAdministrationGroup 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.10.1.2 --- cdmipInterfacesGroup 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.10.1.3 --- cdmipRouteTableGroup 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.10.1.4 --- cdmipProtocolsGroup 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.10.1.5 --- cdmipRedundancyGroup 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.10.1.6 --- cdmipOperMaintGroup 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.10.1.7 --- cdmipStatisticsGroup 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.10.1.8 --- cdmipQosRulesGroup 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.10.2 --- cdmipControllerCompliances 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.4.10.2.1 --- cdmipControllerCompliance 270 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 8.8 CDM-IP300L MIB TREE 1 --- iso 1.3 --- org 1.3.6 --- dod 1.3.6.1 --- internet 1.3.6.1.4 --- private 1.3.6.1.4.1 --- enterprises 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247 --- comtech 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5 --- cdmip300L 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1 --- cdmip300LObjects 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.1 --- cdmip300LSystemInfo 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.1.1 --- cdmip300LEquipmentID (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.1.2 --- cdmip300LUnitSerialNumber (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.1.3 --- cdmip300LSoftwareRevision (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.1.4 --- cdmip300LDeviceTime (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.1.5 --- cdmip300LDeviceDate (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.1.6 --- cdmip300LCircuitID (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.1.7 --- cdmip300LLocalRemoteState (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.2 --- cdmip300LTxParameters 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.2.1 --- cdmip300LTxFrequency (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.2.2 --- cdmip300LTxDataRate (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.2.3 --- cdmip300LTxModType (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.2.4 --- cdmip300LTxFECType (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.2.5 --- cdmip300LTxFECCodeRate (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.2.6 --- cdmip300LTxSpecInv (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.2.7 --- cdmip300LTxScrambler (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.2.8 --- cdmip300LTxClockSource (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.2.9 --- cdmip300LTxPowerLevel (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.2.10 --- cdmip300LTxCarrierState (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.3 --- cdmip300LRxParameters 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.3.1 --- cdmip300LRxFrequency (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.3.2 --- cdmip300LRxDataRate (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.3.3 --- cdmip300LRxDemodType (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.3.4 --- cdmip300LRxFECType (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.3.5 --- cdmip300LRxFECCodeRate (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.3.6 --- cdmip300LRxSpecInv (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.3.7 --- cdmip300LRxDescrambler (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.3.8 --- cdmip300LRxClockMode (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.3.9 --- cdmip300LRxBufferSize (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.3.10 --- cdmip300LRxAcqSweepRange (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.3.11 --- cdmip300LRxEbnoAlarmPoint (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.4 --- cdmip300LInterfaceParameters 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.4.1 --- cdmip300LIfImpedance (INTEGER) 271 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.4.2 --- cdmip300LInterfaceType (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.5 --- cdmip300LUtilityParameters 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.5.1 --- cdmip300LUnitFramingMode (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.5.2 --- cdmip300LEdmacAddress (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.5.3 --- cdmip300LUnitTestMode (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.5.4 --- cdmip300LRecenterBuffer (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.5.5 --- cdmip300LForceRedundantSwitch (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.5.6 --- cdmip300LUnitAlarmMask (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.5.7 --- cdmip300LUnitConfigStore (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.5.8 --- cdmip300LUnitConfigLoad (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.5.9 --- cdmip300LOduCommEnable (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.6 --- cdmip300LAupcParameters 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.6.1 --- cdmip300LAupcEnable (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.6.2 --- cdmip300LAupcControlParameters (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.6.3 --- cdmip300LRemoteEbno (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.6.4 --- cdmip300LTxPowerLevelIncrease (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.7 --- cdmip300LStatusParameters 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.7.1 --- cdmip300LRxEbno (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.7.2 --- cdmip300LRxCoarseAGC (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.7.3 --- cdmip300LRxFrequencyOffset (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.7.4 --- cdmip300LBufferFillState (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.7.5 --- cdmip300LRxBER (Unsigned32) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.7.6 --- cdmip300LRedundancyState (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.7.7 --- cdmip300LModemUnitFaults (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.7.8 --- cdmip300LModemTxTrafficFaults (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.7.9 --- cdmip300LModemRxTrafficFaults (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.8 --- cdmip300LLogs 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.8.1 --- cdmip300LClearEventsLog (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.8.2 --- cdmip300LNumberUnreadEvents (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.8.3 --- cdmip300LRetrieveNext5Events (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.8.4 --- cdmip300LSetStatisticInterval (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.8.5 --- cdmip300LClearStatisticsLog (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.8.6 --- cdmip300LNumberUnreadStatistics (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.8.7 --- cdmip300LRetrieveNext5Statistics (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.9 --- cdmip300LNotifications 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.9.0 --- cdmip300LNotificationsPrefix 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.9.0.624751 --- cdmip300LModemUnitFaultsNotification 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.9.0.624752 --- cdmip300LModemTxTrafficFaultsNotification 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.1.9.0.624753 --- cdmip300LModemRxTrafficFaultsNotification 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2 --- oduObjects 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.1 --- oduSelect (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.2 --- oduSystemInfo 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.2.1 --- oduModelNumberSoftwareVer (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.2.2 --- oduUnitSerialNumber (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.2.3 --- oduDeviceTime (DisplayString) 272 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.2.4 --- oduDeviceDate (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.2.5 --- oduCircuitID (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.3 --- oduUnitParameters 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.3.1 --- oduUnitMuteMode (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.3.2 --- oduUnitColdStart (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.3.3 --- oduUnitAutoFaultRecovery (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.3.4 --- oduUnitExtRefFaultLogic (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.3.5 --- oduUnitRefOscAdjust (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.3.6 --- oduUnitLNACurrentSource (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.3.7 --- oduUnitLNACurrentWindow (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.3.8 --- oduUnitLNAFaultLogic (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.3.9 --- oduUnitRedundancyMode (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.3.10 --- oduUnitRedForceSwitch (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.4 --- oduTxParameters 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.4.1 --- oduTxFrequency (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.4.2 --- oduTxAttenuation (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.4.3 --- oduTxAmplifier (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.4.4 --- oduTxMute (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.4.5 --- oduTxSlopeMode (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.4.6 --- oduTxSlopeValue (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.4.7 --- oduTxGainOffset (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.5 --- oduRxParameters 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.5.1 --- oduRxFrequency (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.5.2 --- oduRxAttenuation (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.5.3 --- oduRxMute (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.5.4 --- oduRxSlopeMode (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.5.5 --- oduRxSlopeValue (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.5.6 --- oduRxGainOffset (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.6 --- oduUnitStatus 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.6.1 --- oduOnlineState (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.6.2 --- oduMaintenanceParameters (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.6.3 --- oduUnitFaults (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.7 --- oduLogs 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.7.1 --- oduClearEventsLog (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.7.2 --- oduNumberUnreadEvents (INTEGER) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.7.3 --- oduRetrieveNext5Events (DisplayString) 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.8 --- oduNotifications 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.8.0 --- oduNotificationsPrefix 1.3.6.1.4.1.6247.5.2.8.0.624754 --- oduUnitFaultsNotification 273 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM NOTES: 274 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 9 Forward Error Correction Options 9.1 INTRODUCTION The CDM-IP 300L is equipped with several Forward Error Correction (FEC) encoders and decoders: Viterbi Sequential Reed-Solomon (Concatenated per Intelsat) Reed-Solomon (Concatenated per Closed Network) Trellis (FAST option) Turbo Codec Uncoded The CDM-IP 300L can be fitted with a Turbo Product Codec. Turbo Product Coding is small SIMM module that can be fitted to the unit at time of manufacturing. 9.2 CODING The CDM-IP 300L can have any of the following configurations: Basic CDM-IP 300L (Sequential or Viterbi Decoder FAST options (Sequential or Viterbi Decoder) FAST options with Reed-Solomon hardware (Sequential or Viterbi Decoder)\ Turbo hardware. 9.3 TURBO PRODUCT CODEC (HARDWARE OPTION) 9.3.1 INTRODUCTION Comtech EF Data implements the FEC Codec based on TPC. A Turbo Product Code is a two dimensional array of block codes. Encoding is relatively straightforward, but decoding is a very complex process requiring multiple iterations of processing for maximum performance to be achieved. 275 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Unlike the popular method of concatenating a Reed Solomon Codec with a primary FEC Codec, Turbo Product Coding is an entirely stand-alone method. It does not require the complex interleaving/de-interleaving of the RS approach, and consequently, decoding delays are significantly reduced. Furthermore, the traditional concatenated RS schemes exhibit a very pronounced threshold effect – a small reduction in Eb/No can result in total loss of demod and decoder synchronization. TPC does not suffer from this problem – the demod and decoder remain synchronized down to the point where the output error rate becomes unusable. This is considered to be a particularly advantageous characteristic in a fading environment. Typically, in QPSK, or 8-PSK TPC modes the demod and decoder can remain synchronized 2 – 3 dB below the Viterbi/Reed-Solomon or TCM cases. Table 68 is a listing of all the available TPC modes and rates. Table 68. Available TPC Modes Code Rate/Modulation Data Rate Range Rate 21/44 BPSK 4.8 kbps to 1193 Mbps Rate 5/16 BPSK 4.8 kbps to 781.25 kbps Rate 1/2 QPSK/OQPSK 4.8 kbps to 2386 Mbps Rate 3/4 QPSK/OQPSK 7.2 kbps to 3750 kbps Rate 3/4 8-PSK 384 kbps to 5.0 Mbps 276 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 9.3.2 MOD/DEMOD PROCESSING DELAY In many cases, FEC methods that provide increased coding gain do so at the expense of increased processing delay. However, with TPC, this increase in delay is very modest. Table 21 shows, the processing delays for the major FEC types, including the three TPC modes: Table 69. Turbo Product Coding processing delay comparison Note: FEC Mode (64 kbps data rate) Mod/Demod delay, ms Viterbi, Rate 1/2 12 Sequential, Rate 1/2 74 Viterbi Rate 1/2 with Reed Solomon 266 Sequential Rate 1/2 with Reed Solomon 522 Turbo Product Coding, Rate 3/4, {O}QPSK 79 Turbo Product Coding, Rate 21/44, BPSK 64 Turbo Product Coding, Rate 5/16, BPSK 48 In all cases, the delay is inversely proportional to data rate, so for 128 kbps, the delay values would be half of those shown above. It can be clearly seen that the concatenated Reed-Solomon cases increase the delay very significantly (due mainly to interleaving/deinterleaving), while the TPC cases yield delays which are less than or equal to Sequential decoding. 277 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 9.3.3 COMPARISON OF ALL TPC MODES Mode Eb/No at BER = 10-6 Eb/No at BER = 10-8 Spectral Efficiency Symbol Rate Occupied * Bandwidth for 1 Mbps Carrier QPSK Rate 1/2 Viterbi * 6.0 dB 7.2 dB 1.00 bps/Hz 1.0 x bit rate 1190 kHz BPSK Rate 21/44 Turbo 3.0 dB 3.3 dB 0.48 bps/Hz 2.1 x bit rate 2493 kHz BPSK Rate 5/16 Turbo < 4.0 dB < 4.0 dB 0.31 bps/Hz 3.2 x bit rate 3808 kHz {O}QPSK Rate 1/2 Turbo 3.0 dB 3.5 dB 1.00 bps/Hz 1.0 x bit rate 1190 kHz {O}QPSK Rate 3/4 Turbo 3.9 dB 4.3 dB 1.50 bps/Hz 0.67 x bit rate 793 kHz 8-PSK Rate 2/3 TCM ** and RS (IESS-310) 6.1 dB 6.6 dB 1.82 bps/Hz 0.56 x bit rate 666 kHz 8-PSK Rate 3/4 Turbo 7.0 dB 8.0 dB 2.25 bps/Hz 0.44 x bit rate 529 kHz * ** The occupied bandwidth is defined at the width of the transmitted spectrum taken at the -10 dB points on the plot of power spectral density. This equates to 1.19 x symbol rate for the CDM-IP 300L transmit filtering. Included for comparative purposes. It can be seen that the 8-PSK Rate 3/4 Turbo performance closely approaches that of the Rate 2/3 TCM/Reed-Solomon case – the BER performance is within approximately 0.4 dB. However, it should be noted that the Rate 3/4 Turbo mode is 20% more bandwidth efficient than the TCM case. The additional advantages of Turbo (lower delay, performance during fades etc) should also be considered. 278 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 9.4 UNCODED OPERATION (NO FEC) There are occasions where a user may wish to operate a satellite link with no forward error correction of any kind. For this reason, the CDM-300 offers this uncoded mode for three modulation types - BPSK, QPSK and Offset QPSK. However, the user should be aware of some of the implications of using this approach. PSK demodulators have two inherent undesirable features. The first of these is known as ‘phase ambiguity’, and is due to the fact the demodulator does not have any absolute phase reference, and in the process of carrier recovery, the demodulator can lock up in any of K phase states, where K = 2 for BPSK, K = 4 for Offset QPSK. Without the ability to resolve these ambiguous states there would be a 1-in-2 chance that the data at the output of the demodulator would be wrong, in the case of BPSK. For QPSK, the probability would be 3 in 4. The problem is solved in the case of BPSK by differentially encoding the data prior to transmission, and then performing the inverse decoding process. This is a very simple process, but has the disadvantage that it doubles the receive BER. For every bit error the demodulator produces, the differential decoder produces two. The problem for QPSK is more complex, as there are 4 possible lock states, leading to 4 ambiguities. When FEC is employed, the lock state of the FEC decoder can be used to resolve two of the four ambiguities, and the remaining two can be resolved using serial differential encoding/decoding. However, when no FEC is being used, an entirely different scheme must be used. Therefore, in QPSK, a parallel differential encoding/decoding technique is used, but has the disadvantage that it again doubles the receive BER. Offset QPSK is a different situation again, where the ambiguities result not only from not having an absolute phase reference, but also not knowing which of the two parallel paths in the demod, I or Q, contains the half-symbol delay. Another type of differential encoding is used, but yet again the error rate is doubled, compared to ideal. Note: Whenever uncoded operation is selected, the modem automatically uses the differential encoder/decoder appropriate for the modulation type. It cannot be disabled. The second problem inherent in PSK demodulators is that of ‘data false locking’. In order to accomplish the task of carrier recovery, the demodulator must use a non-linear process. A second-order non-linearity is used for BPSK, and a fourth-order non-linearity is used for QPSK. When data at a certain symbol rate is used to modulate the carrier, the demodulator can lock at incorrect frequencies, spaced at intervals of one-quarter of the symbol rate away from the carrier. Fortunately, when FEC decoding is used, the decoder synchronization state can be used to verify the correct lock point has been achieved, and to reject the false locks. 279 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM However, if uncoded operation is used, there is no way to recognize a data false lock. The demodulator will indicate that it is correctly locked, but the data out will not be correct. CAUTION Comtech EF Data strongly cautions users when using uncoded operation. If the acquisition sweep width exceeds one quarter of the symbol rate, there is a very high probability that the demodulator will false lock. As an example, if 64 kbps QPSK uncoded is used, the symbol rate will be half of this rate, or 32 ksymbols/second. One quarter of this equals 8 kHz. Therefore, the absolute maximum acquisition sweep range, which should be considered, is ± 8 kHz. If there is any frequency uncertainty on the incoming carrier, this should be subtracted from the sweep width. The problem becomes progressively better with increasing symbol rate. Comtech EF Data is not responsible for incorrect operation if the user does not adhere to these guidelines when using uncoded operation. CAUTION 280 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM BPSK/OQPSK Viterbi Decoding 1.0E-02 1.0E-03 Specification Limit Rate 3/4 Coding 1.0E-04 Specification Limit Rate 1/2 Coding Specification Limit Rate 7/8 Coding BER 1.0E-05 1.0E-06 Specification Limit 8PSK Rate 2/3 Coding 1.0E-07 1.0E-08 1.0E-09 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 Eb/No (dB) Figure 15. Viterbi Decoder 281 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM BPSK/OQPSK, Viterbi Decoder, Reed Solomon 1.0E-05 1.0E-06 BER 1.0E-07 Specification Limit Rate 8PSK 2/3 Coding 1.0E-08 Specification Limit Rate 3/4 Coding Specification Limit Rate 7/8 Coding 1.0E-09 Specification Limit Rate 1/2 Coding 1.0E-10 1.0E-11 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 Eb/No (dB) Figure 16. Viterbi Decoder and Reed-Solomon 282 10.0 11.0 12.0 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM UNCODED 1:1 BPSK OQPSK 1.0E-02 1.0E-03 Specification Limit Rate Uncoded 1:1 BER 1.0E-04 1.0E-05 1.0E-06 1.0E-07 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 Eb/No (dB) Figure 17. BPSK and Offset QPSK BER Performance 283 10.0 11.0 12.0 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM BPSK/QPSK/8PSK Turbo Product Codec 1.0E-05 1.0E-06 Specification Limit QPSK Rate 1/2 Coding Specification Limit 8PSK Rate 3/4 Coding BER 1.0E-07 1.0E-08 Specification Limit QPSK Rate 3/4 Coding 1.0E-09 Specification Limit BPSK Rate 21/44 Coding Note: BPSK 5/16 is 1.0E-09 at 4.0 dB 1.0E-10 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 Eb/No (dB) Figure 18. Turbo Product Codec 284 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Sequential Decoder, Reed-Solomon 1544 Kbps 1.0E-05 1.0E-06 Specification Limit Rate 3/4 Coding BER 1.0E-07 Specification Limit Rate 1/2 Coding Specification Limit Rate 7/8 Coding 1.0E-08 1.0E-09 1.0E-10 1.0E-11 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 Eb/No (dB) Figure 19. Sequential Decoder, Reed-Solomon, and 1544 kbps 285 11.0 12.0 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM BPSK/OQPSK Sequential Decoder 56 Kbps 1.0E-02 1.0E-03 Specification Limit Rate 7/8 Coding 1.0E-04 Specification Limit Rate 3/4 Coding Specification Limit Rate 1/2 Coding BER 1.0E-05 1.0E-06 1.0E-07 1.0E-08 1.0E-09 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 Eb/No (dB) Figure 20. Sequential Decoder and 56 kbps 286 10.0 11.0 12.0 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM BPSK/QPSK Sequential Decoder 1544 Kbps 1.0E-02 Specification Limit Rate 7/8 Coding 1.0E-03 Specification Limit Rate 3/4 Coding 1.0E-05 Specification Limit Rate 1/2 Coding BER 1.0E-04 1.0E-06 1.0E-07 1.0E-08 1.0E-09 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 Eb/No (dB) Figure 21. Sequential Decoder and 1544 kbps 287 10.0 11.0 12.0 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM NOTES: 288 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 10 System Checkout/Fault Isolation 10.1 SYSTEM CHECKOUT This equipment contains parts and assemblies sensitive to damage by ESD. Use ESD precautionary procedures when touching, removing, or inserting PCBs. CAUTION This Chapter is for testing and troubleshooting base satellite modem functions and does not cover the CDM IP module. For IP module testing and troublshooting, refer to Chapter 12, CDM IP Module Checkout and Fault Isolation. 10.1.1 MODULATORCHECKOUT Use the following procedure to check out the modulator: 1` To properly verify Modulator/Demodulator operation, an L-Band Noise generator needs to be connected between the Tx and Rx of the CDM-IP 300L. Additionaly, a Spectrum Analizer and Oscilloscope will be needed to monitor modem performance. 2 Set up the modem for operation by using the Configuration Modulatorand Demodulator front panel menus. 3 Measure the Eb/No with a receiver that is known to be properly operating. Refer to Table 22 and Figure 21 to check for proper Eb/No level. The (S+N)/N is measured by taking the average level of the noise and the average level of the modem spectrum top. Use this measurement for the first column on Table 7-1. Read across the page to find the S/N and Eb/No for the specific code rate. 4 Once the demodulator has locked to the incoming signal, the Monitor menu will display signal level, raw BER, corrected BER, and Eb/No. 5 Connect a spectrum analyzer to the modem. Ensure the IF output meets the appropriate mask and spurious specifications. Measure the power output at different levels and frequencies. A typical output spectrum is shown in Figure 20. 6 To check the frequency and phase modulation accuracy: 289 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM a Set the modem to the continuous wave Normal mode by using the Carrier Mode front panel menu. This sets the Carrier mode in the off condition. A pure carrier should now be present at the IF output. This should only be used for frequency measurements. In this mode, spurious and power measurements will be inaccurate. b Set the modem to the continuous wave Offset mode by using the Carrier Mode front panel menu. This generates a single, upper side-band-suppressed carrier signal. Ensure the carrier and side-band suppression is < -35 dBc. Table 70. Conversion to S/N and Eb/No Chart (dB) Code Rate 1/2 Code Rate 3/4 Code Rate 7/8 (S+N)/N S/N Eb/No S/N Eb/No S/N Eb/No 4.0 1.8 1.8 1.8 0.0 1.8 -0.6 4.5 2.6 2.6 2.6 0.8 2.6 0.2 5.0 3.3 3.3 3.3 1.6 3.3 0.9 5.5 4.1 4.1 4.1 2.3 4.1 1.6 6.0 4.7 4.7 4.7 3.0 4.7 2.3 6.5 5.4 5.4 5.4 3.6 5.4 3.0 7.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 4.3 6.0 3.6 7.5 6.6 6.6 6.6 4.9 6.6 4.2 8.0 7.3 7.3 7.3 5.5 7.3 4.8 8.5 7.8 7.8 7.8 6.1 7.8 5.4 9.0 8.4 8.4 8.4 6.7 8.4 6.0 9.5 9.0 9.0 9.0 7.2 9.0 6.6 10.0 9.5 9.5 9.5 7.8 9.5 7.1 10.5 10.1 10.1 10.1 8.3 10.1 7.7 11.0 10.6 10.6 10.6 8.9 10.6 8.2 11.5 11.2 11.2 11.2 9.4 11.2 8.8 12.0 11.7 11.7 11.7 10.0 11.7 9.3 12.5 12.2 12.2 12.2 10.5 12.2 9.8 13.0 12.8 12.8 12.8 11.0 12.8 10.3 13.5 13.3 13.3 13.3 11.5 13.3 10.9 14.0 13.8 13.8 13.8 12.1 13.8 11.4 14.5 14.3 14.3 14.3 12.6 14.3 11.9 15.0 14.9 14.9 14.9 13.1 14.9 12.4 15.5 15.4 15.4 15.4 13.6 15.4 12.9 290 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM (dB) Code Rate 1/2 Code Rate 3/4 Code Rate 7/8 (S+N)/N S/N Eb/No S/N Eb/No S/N Eb/No 16.0 15.9 15.9 15.9 14.1 15.9 13.5 16.5 16.4 16.4 16.4 14.6 16.4 14.0 17.0 16.9 16.9 16.9 15.2 16.9 14.5 17.5 17.4 17.4 17.4 15.7 17.4 15.0 18.0 17.9 17.9 17.9 16.2 17.9 15.5 18.5 18.4 18.4 18.4 16.7 18.4 16.0 19.0 18.9 18.9 18.9 17.2 18.9 16.5 19.5 19.5 19.5 19.5 17.7 19.5 17.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 18.2 20.0 17.5 CDM-300L Figure 22. Typical Output Spectrum 291 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 10.1.2 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM DEMODULATOR CHECKOUT Use the following procedure to test the demodulator. 1 Set up the equipment. 2 Set up the modem with an external IF loop and level. Use a properly operating modulator, and ensure that power levels, data rates, code rates, etc., are compatible. 3 Set up the modem to check the constellation patterns with an oscilloscope that is set in the X-Y mode. Typical constellation patterns with noise and without noise are shown in Figure 21. These test points are available on the auxiliary connector (J9, pins 6 and 8). It is not necessary to open the modem to look at these test points. 292 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM WITH NOISE WITHOUT NOISE Figure 23. Typical Eye Constellations 293 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 10.1.3 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM FAULT ISOLATION The modem’s design allows a technician to repair a faulty modem on location. The fault isolation procedure lists the following categories of faults or alarms. Modulator Demodulator Common Equipment Note: Each fault or alarm category includes possible problems and the appropriate action required to repair the modem. If any of the troubleshooting procedures mentioned earlier in this chapter do not isolate the problem, and Comtech EF Data Customer Support assistance is necessary, have the following information available for the representative: Modem configuration. Modem configuration includes the modulator, demodulator, interface, or local AUPC sections. Faults (active or stored). 10.1.4 SYSTEM FAULTS/ALARMS System faults are reported in the “Faults/Alarms” menu, and stored faults are reported in the “Stored Flts/Alms” menu. 10.1.5 FAULTS/ALARMS DISPLAY General fault, status, and alarm information are indicated by 10 LEDs located on the modem’s front panel. A fault (red LED) indicates a fault that currently exists in the modem. When a fault occurs, it is stored in the stored fault memory, and indicated by the single yellow LED. The LED is turned off when the fault clears. If the fault clears, the occurrence is also stored. A total of 10 occurrences of any fault can be stored. Each fault or stored fault indicated by a front panel LED could be one of many faults. To determine which fault has occurred, use the Fault or Stored Fault front panel menu. 294 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Alarms are considered minor faults, which will not switch the modem offline in a redundant system. Alarms are shown in the Fault or Stored Fault front panel menu by a reversed contrast (white on black) character that appears at the display panel. 10.1.6 FAULTS/ALARMS ANALYSIS This section describes the possible problems and actions to take for the following faults: Modulator Demodulator Outdoor Unit (BUC) Common Equipment 295 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 10.1.6.1 FAULTS TREE Refer to Figure 25 for faults monitored by the modem, and the action taken at each occurrence of that fault. T X T X T X R X R X I F F A U L T F A U L T F A U L T F A U L T L E D R E L A Y L E D R E L A Y O U T P U T O F F C O M C O M E Q E Q F A U L T F A U L T L E D R E L A Y T X T X R X R X A L A R M A L A R M A L A R M A L A R M L E D R E L A Y L E D R E L A Y # 2 # 3 S P A R E R E L A Y A L A R M # 1 TEST NOTE MODULATOR FAULTS IF SYNTHESIZER X DATA CLOCK SYN X I CHANNEL X Q CHANNEL X AGC X MODEM REF ACT MODULE X CONFIGURATION X MODEM REF PLL X DEMODULATOR FAULTS CARRIER DETECT IF SYNTHESIZER I CHANNEL Q CHANNEL BER THRESHOLD MODULE CONFIGURATION LNB CURRENT OUTDOOR UNIT (BUC) CURRENT VOLTAGE TEMPERATURE PLL LOCK CHECKSUM COMMON EQUIP FAULTS BATTERY/CLOCK -12V POWER SUPPLY +12V POWER SUPPLY +5V SUPPLY CONTROLLER TEST NOTE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 **** ***** + 1 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 2 3 4 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 5 X X x X X X X X X x X X X X Fault/Alarm Relay Test Points Connector/Pins TX FAULT Pin 4 (NO), 5 (COM), 6 (NC) **** RX FAULT Pin 7 (NO), 8 (COM), 9 (NC) **** COM EQ FAULT Pin 1 (NO), 2 (COM), 3 (NC) **** TX ALARM #2 Pin 4 (NO), 5 (COM), 6 (NC) + RX ALARM #3 Pin 7 (NO), 8 (COM), 9 (NC) + PRIMARY ALARM Pin 43 (NO), 10 (COM), 27 (NC) + SECONDARY ALARM Pin 44 (NO), 11 (COM), 28 (NC) + DEF MAINT ALARM Pin 17 ***** A connection between the common and N.C. contacts indicate fault. Signal is open collector high impedance if faulted. A connection between the common and N.O. contacts indicate alarm. Figure 24. CDM-300L Fault Tree 296 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 10.1.6.2 MODULATOR FAULTS Fault/Alarm Possible Problem and Action IF SYNTHESIZER Modulator IF synthesizer fault. This is considered a major alarm, and will turn off the modulator output. Return the modem for repair. DATA CLOCK SYN Transmit data clock synthesizer fault. This fault indicates that the internal clock VCO has not locked to the incoming data clock, or the internal clock synthesizer has not locked to the internal reference. This is considered a major alarm, and will turn off the modulator output. Ensure the proper data rate has been set up and selected, and the incoming data rate matches the modem selections. In the IDR type configuration, the data rate must reflect any overhead bits that are added. In the IBS type, the internal reference is changed to account for the IBS overhead of 16/15. A standard IDR type configuration operating at Rev. 2 would be programmed to the input data rate. An IDR type operating at Rev. 3 would be programmed to reflect the 96 kbit/s of overhead. A 1544 kbit/s Rev. 3 IDR is programmed to 1640 kbit/s. An IBS type would be programmed for the input data rate to the channel unit. The modem accounts for the overhead because of the change in internal reference. Use interface loopback for isolating the problem. Verify the frequency of the input data clock to be within the lock range of 100 PPM. I CHANNEL Activity alarm for the I channel digital filter. This alarm is considered a major alarm, and will turn off the modulator IF output. An alarm in this position indicates either a fault in the scrambler, or if the scrambler is disabled, the alarm indicates a loss of incoming data. If the fault is active with the scrambler turned off, check for input data at the DATA I/O connector. Q CHANNEL Activity alarm for the Q channel digital filter. Use the I channel procedure. AGC LEVEL Output power AGC level fault. Indicates the level at the modulator output is not the programmed level. MODEM REF ACT Modem REF ACT fault. Indicates incorrect EXT REF frequency input MODULE Modulator module fault. Typically indicates that the modulator module is missing or will not program. CONFIGURATION Modulator/Demodulator Configuration fault. Indicates a fault in either the Modulator or Demodulator state. MODEM REF PLL Modem REF PLL Indicates phase lock loop is unable to lock to EXT REF. 297 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 10.1.6.3 DEMODULATOR FAULTS Fault/Alarm Possible Problem and Action CARRIER DETECT Carrier detect fault. Indicates the decoder is not locked. This is the most common fault displayed in the modem. Any problem from the input data on the modulator end of the circuit to the output of the decoder can cause this alarm. First, ensure the demodulator has an RF input at the proper frequency and power level. Ensure the demodulator data rate is properly programmed. Refer to the fault isolation procedure for Data Clock Syn in the modulator section. Verify the frequency of the data transmitted from the modulator is within 100 PPM. IF SYNTHESIZER Demodulator IF synthesizer fault. Indicates the demodulator IF synthesizer is faulted. This fault is a hardware failure. Contact the Adaptive Broadband Customer Support Department. I CHANNEL Indicates a loss of activity in the I channel of the quadrature demodulator. Typically indicates a problem in the modulator side of the circuit. Check for proper RF input to the demodulator. If the input to the demodulator is correct, then the problem is in the baseband processing. Q CHANNEL Indicates a loss of activity in the Q channel of the quadrature demodulator. Follow the same procedure for the I channel fault. BER THRESHOLD Indicates the preset BER threshold has been exceeded. Setting of this alarm is done in the Utility menu. This is an alarm based on the corrected BER reading on the front panel. MODULE Demodulator module fault. Typically indicates that the demodulator module is missing or will not program. Contact the Adaptive Broadband Customer Support Department. CONFIGURATION Modulator/Demodulator Configuration fault. Indicates a fault in either the Modulator or Demodulator state. LNB CURRENT LNB Current fault. Indicates a fault in LNB Current.. 298 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 10.1.6.4 OUTDOOR UNIT Fault/Alarm Possible Problem and Action CURRENT ODU Current fault. VOLTAGE ODU Voltage fault. TEMPERATURE ODU Temperature fault. PLL LOCK PLL Lock fault. Indicates the PLL is not locked to the reference of the interface transmit clock recovery oscillator. Contact the Comtech EF Data Customer Support Department. CHECKSUM Checksum fault. 10.1.6.5 COMMON EQUIPMENT FAULTS Fault/Alarm Possible Problem and Action BATTERY/CLOCK M&C battery voltage or clock fault. Indicates a low voltage in the memory battery. Typically, this fault will be active when a modem has been hard reset or the firmware has been changed. When a hard reset has been executed or the firmware has been changed, this fault will typically be active when the modem is first turned on. -12 VOLT SUPPLY -12V power supply fault. Indicates a high or low voltage condition. Level is ± 5%. Check for a short on the -12V line from the power supply or on any of the plug-in boards. +12 VOLT SUPPLY +12 VDC power supply fault. Use the same procedure as with -12V fault. +5 VOLT SUPPLY +5V power supply fault. Use the same procedure as with a -12V fault. The +5V supply requires a minimum load of 1A. CONTROLLER Controller fault. Indicates a loss of power in the M&C card. Typically indicates the controller has gone through a power on/off cycle. INTERFACE Interface module fault. Indicates a problem in programming the interface card. 299 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM NOTES: 300 11 Automatic Uplink Power Control (AUPC) 11.1 AUPC There are two modes of AUPC location: AUPC between two modems Maintains a target Eb/No programmed into the modem at each end. Self-Monitoring AUPC with one modem Maintains a target Eb/No for a modem that receives its own carrier from the satellite. The menu below is enabled by selecting Local Modem AUPC = ON, located under the Utility: Modem Type menu. This menu sets the AUPC parameters for both the self monitoring with one modem and the AUPC between two modems. Table 71. Setting AUPC Parameters AUPC ENABLE Enables the AUPC to function locally. (Configuration: Local AUPC menu) NOMINAL POWER Output power level. Can be used for problem conditions, if chosen. MINIMUM POWER Sets minimum output power to be used. MAXIMUM POWER Sets maximum output power to be used. TARGET NOISE Desired Eb/No of the local modem. TRACKING RATE Sets speed at which modems will adjust to output power. LOCAL CL ACTION Defines action that local modem will take if it loses carrier (Maximum, Minimum, or Hold). REMOTE CL ACTION Defines action that local modem will take if remote modem reports carrier loss (Maximum, Minimum, or Hold). 301 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem AUPC Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM LINK MODEM A MODEM MODEM B Figure 25. AUPC Between Two Modems Figure 26. Self-Monitoring AUPC with One Modem With Local AUPC On, set modems (A and B), if modem A loses carrier: 1 Modem A sets its output power (MAXIMUM, MINIMUM, OR HOLD) as specified by LOCAL CL ACTION. 2 Modem A then sends a “lost carrier” command to modem B. 3 Modem B sets its output power (MAXIMUM, MINIMUM, OR HOLD) as specified by REMOTE CL ACTION. 4 Once modem A has reacquired the carrier, it sends commands to modem B to achieve the desired Eb/No. During this time, modem B sends commands to modem A to increase or decrease power to maintain modem B’s target Eb/No. Notes: 1 Modem B will not make changes to modem A if the Eb/No is within 0.5 dB of the target noise. 2 Modem B will not control modem A transmitting output level if the target noise for modem B is set within 15.5 to 16.0 dB and the receive signal to the modem is sufficient that the receive noise is 16 dB or better. 3 Modem A will be transmitting at the maximum output if the local carrier loss action is set to maximum. 4 Caution shall be observed when setting the target Eb/No above 15.5 dB, the maximum limit is established at 16.0 dB. 5 Local carrier loss always takes priority over remote carrier loss 6 The RX AUPC link is dead when the carrier is lost. 302 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem AUPC 11.1.1 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM AUPC – BETWEEN TWO MODEMS To operate, AUPC is enabled on both modems and they are setup as described in Table 23. 11.1.2 REMOTE AUPC This feature allows the user to monitor and control a remote modem location using the front panel or serial port of the local modem. The operator can set or reset the following commands: Baseband loopback TX 2047 pattern AUPC enable 11.1.3 REMOTE MODEM AUPC CONFIGURATION AND MONITOR The menu for this feature is remote AUPC, which is at the same level as the Configuration and Monitor menus. The menus are structured as follows: Menu Description Function Select Remote AUPC Press to proceed. Remote AUPC Configuration Press to proceed. AUPC Enable Select On to enable Remote AUPC. B-Band LoopBack Select On to place the unit at the distant end of the link in loopback. TX 2047 Pattern Select On for the distant end to TX a 2047 pattern. Select Off to stop the pattern distant end. Remote AUPC Monitor Press to proceed. 2047 Error This indicates the BER at the distant end measured from the 2047 pattern. This requires that the 2047 pattern is tuned On at the near end. 11.1.4 SELF-MONITORING LOCAL MODEM AUPC CONTROL This AUPC mode allows the modem to adjust its carrier power to maintain a target Eb/No while it monitors its own carrier returned through the satellite. This is often used in broadcast applications where a hub maintains control of the outbound carrier that is delivered to many remotes. This requires that the Earth Station is located within the satellite footprint. The self-monitoring AUPC does not require any special hardware or software options. However, if the Overhead Card or Reed-Solomon Cards are installed, do not select either the ASYNC or AUPC from the Modem Type menu located under the Utility: Modem Type menu, because these are used for AUPC between two modems. 303 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem AUPC Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM To setup the modem for the self-monitoring operation, enter the Local Modem AUPC menu located under the Utility Modem Type menu and select On. This enables the Configuration: Local AUPC menu to permit adjustment of the AUPC parameters described in Table 23. Notes: 1 Comtech EF Data does not recommend increasing the power to the satellite without consulting with the satellite controller. 2 Be careful not to set carrier output too high when there is a loss of carrier due to severe weather and the CL loss action is set to Maximum. 3 Do not use the distant end RX signal to compensate for local rain fade unless allowances are made for a narrow window for TX level changes. 11.1.5 FRONT PANEL OPERATION For information on the additional front panel operations that are specific to the ASYNC interface. The following menus are affected: Configuration Local AUPC Remote AUPC Configuration Remote AUPC Monitor Table 72. AUPC Default Settings Local AUPC AUPC ENABLE OFF Target Noise 6.0 dB Nominal Power +0.0 dBm Tracking Rate 0.5 dB/MIN Minimum Power -20.0 dBm Local CL Action Hold Maximum Power +5 dBm Remote CL Action Hold 304 NOTES: 305 12 Quick-Start Guide 12.1 INTRODUCTION This quick start guide will allow a user to configure a pair of CDM-IP300L’s (referred to as CDM-IP in rest of the document) from beginning (i.e., starting from factory default settings) and be able to pass traffic within minutes. It is assumed that the user is familiar with the configuration of the base satellite modem. 12.1.1 EQUIPMENT LIST Following equipment is required: Item Equipment Quantity Comments 1 CDM-IP Modem 2 Can be CDM-IP 550 or CDM-IP 300L Note: CDM-IP 550 can be used with a CDM-IP 300L, but customer will need to provide equipment to convert 70 MHz IF to L-band for a duplex connection. 2 10/100 BaseT Ethernet Hub 2 Provided by customer Note: Only 10BaseT operation is supported in easyConnect mode. RJ-45 crossover Ethernet cables can be substituted to directly connect PC to CDM-IP modem without the use of a hub. 3 PC with NIC and a terminal emulation program 2 Provided by customer 4 Console cable (DB-9 to RJ-11) 1 Supplied by Comtech EF Data 5 Ethernet cables (CAT 5) 4 Provided by customer 6 IF cables 2 Provided by customer (To interconnect TX-RX between both CDM-IP modems.) 12.1.2 Step EQUIPMENT SETUP Description 1 Connect each CDM-IP to the PC via the Ethernet Hub. 2 Connect the TX IF on CDM-IP 1 to RX IF of CDM-IP 2 and vice-versa. 3 Connect the DB-9 end of the console cable to the COM1 or COM2 port of the PC and the RJ-11 end to the console port at the back of CDM-IP 1. 4 Connect CDM-IP 1 and CDM-IP 2 to suitable power supply and turn them ON. 307 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 12.1.3 Step 1 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM TRANSMIT AND RECEIVE IF CONFIGURATION Description Configure the transmit and receive IF parameters on CDM-IP 1 and CDM-IP 2 via the front panel. Note: The IF parameters can also be set via console menu, Telnet, web interface and SNMP - but for this exercise, it is recommended that the front panel be used. 2 Set the TxPower to minimum level. 3 Before proceeding to next step, make sure that each CDM-IP is appropriately carrierlocked to the other CDM-IP. 12.1.4 SERIAL CONSOLE PORT COMMAND LINE INTERFACE (CLI) CONFIGURATION Step Description 1 Launch the terminal emulation program - such as HyperTerminal on Microsoft Windows. 2 Select the appropriate COM port (to which the DB-9 end of the console cable is connected) and configure it for: 38,400 bps 8 data bits no parity 1 stop bit no hardware flow control 3 Press return to bring up the Main menu. 308 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 12.1.5 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM MAIN MENU Figure 27. Main Menu To use the Command Line Interface (CLI), select the appropriate sub-menu or the entry by pressing the character indicated at the right. Enter x to return to the previous menu. Note: Any CDM-IP configuration changes need to be saved to permanent storage by selecting [S] from any menu screen and then typing [y] to save. 12.1.6 RESTORING FACTORY DEFAULT CONFIGURATION The following sections in this guide assume that the CDM-IP is still in factory default configuration for IP. If that is not the case, the factory default configuration can be restored from the menu: Step Description 1 From the Main Menu, select Operations and Maintenance sub-menu [O]. 2 From the Operations and Maintenance menu, select Database Operations sub-menu [D]. 3 From the Database Operations menu, select Restore Factory Default option [R]. 4 Confirm when prompted by typing ‘yes’ when the following prompt is displayed; Are you sure you want to restore factory default settings? WARNING: Choosing Yes will restore factory defaults and then reboot. This will erase any user configuration and restore the CDM-IP to factory default configuration. Proceed to Section 12.2 to perform the easyConnect Mode configuration or to Section 12.3 to perform the Router Mode configuration. 309 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 12.2 easyConnect POINT-TO-POINT SYSTEM CONFIGURATION The steps in this guide will lead to the following configuration: Ethernet Interface (fei0) IP Address: 172.16.10.2 Mask: 255.255.255.0 Ethernet Interface (fei0) IP Address: 172.16.10.1 Mask: 255.255.255.0 Satellite IP Modem (CDM-IP 1) Satellite IP Modem (CDM-IP 2) RF or IF IP Address: 172.16.10.12 Mask: 255.255.255.0 IP Address: 172.16.10.11 Mask: 255.255.255.0 10 BaseT Ethernet Hub PC 1 PC 2 10 BaseT Ethernet Hub Figure 28. easyConnect Point-to-Point System Configuration 12.2.1 Step PC CONFIGURATION Description 1 Set the IP address on PC 1 to 172.16.10.11, mask to 255.255.255.0. 2 Set the IP address on PC 2 to 172.16.10.12, mask to 255.255.255.0. 3 Reboot the PCs (if required). 12.2.2 CDM-IP CONFIGURATION After restoring the factory default settings, the CDM-IP will be in easyConnect Mode, which will automatically put the CDM-IP in 10BaseT Half Duplex. Select Interface Configuration\Ethernet Interface(fei0) to verify the Speed Mode is 10 baseT Half Duplex. If desired 10BaseT Full Duplex can be selected, but the CDM-IP will not allow Auto Speed Mode or 100 BaseT when in easyConnect. The CDM-IP will also be in Point-to Point HDLC Addressing Mode. HDLC addresses are used to identify remote satellite interfaces when there are more than two CDM-IP modems sending and receiving traffic. In Point-to-Point Mode, there is no need to define any HDLC addresses since all of the traffic will be to and from a single remote CDM-IP. 310 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 12.2.3 Step Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM SETTING IP ADDRESS(ES) Description 1 From the Main Menu select Interface Configuration sub-menu [I]. 2 From the Interface Configuration Menu select Ethernet Interface (fei0) sub-menu [E]. 3 Set IP Address [I]. CDM-IP 1 to 172.16.10.1 CDM-IP 2 to 172.16.10.2 4 Set Subnet Prefix Length [M] to 24 The other parameters can be left to their factory default settings. At this point the basic configuration is over and you should be able to: 5 From PC1 Ping 172.16.10.1 (CDM-IP 1) Ping 172.16.10.2 (CDM-IP 2) Ping 172.16.10.12 (PC 2) 6 From PC2 Ping 172.16.10.2 (CDM-IP 2) Ping 172.16.10.1 (CDM-IP 1) Ping 172.16.10.11 (PC 1) IMPORTANT Do not enable IF Loopback (or link the TX to RX by a BNC cable or satellite link) on a CDM-IP modem operating in easyConnect when connected to a LAN. In this configuration, easyConnect will resend all layer 2 broadcast packets and cause a “broadcast storm” on the LAN. 311 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 12.3 ROUTER MODE POINT-TO-POINT SYSTEM CONFIGURATION The steps in this guide will lead to the following configuration: Ethernet Interface (fei0) IP Address: 172.16.10.1 Mask: 255.255.255.0 Ethernet Interface (fei0) IP Address: 172.17.10.1 Mask: 255.255.255.0 IP Destination 172.17.10.0/24 Route Table Next Hop 0x02 Type To Sat IP Destination 172.16.10.0/24 Route Table Next Hop 0x01 Type To Sat RX HDLC Address – 0x02 RX HDLC Address – 0x01 Satellite IP Modem (CDM-IP 2) Satellite IP Modem (CDM-IP 1) RF or IF IP Address: 172.16.10.11 Mask: 255.255.255.0 GW: 172.16.10.1 10/100 BaseT Ethernet Hub IP Address: 172.17.10.11 Mask: 255.255.255.0 GW: 172.17.10.1 PC 1 PC 2 10/100 BaseT Ethernet Hub Figure 29. Router Mode Point-to-Point System Configuration 12.3.1 Step PC CONFIGURATION Description 1 Set the IP address on PC 1 to 172.16.10.11, mask to 255.255.255.0. Set PC Gateway to 172.16.10.1 2 Set the IP address on PC 2 to 172.17.10.11, mask to 255.255.255.0. Set PC Gateway to 172.17.10.1 Reboot the PCs (if required). 12.3.2 SETTING CDM-IP MODEMS TO ROUTER MODE OPERATION Perform the following steps on CDM-IP 1 Step Description 1 From the Main Menu, select Administration [A] sub-menu. 2 From the Administration menu, select CDM-IP Working Mode [C]. 3 Confirm when prompted by typing ‘y’ when the following prompt is displayed: Changing Modem working mode requires system Reboot. Do you want to continue(Y/N)[Enter :No] Select [1] for Router Mode. 4 Allow CDM-IP to reboot. After reboot, select Interface Configuration [I] from the Main Menu. 5 From the Interface Configuration menu, select Satellite/HDLC Interface (hdl0) [H]. 6 From the Satellite/HDLC Interface (hdl0) menu, select HDLC Addr Mode [M]. 312 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 7 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Confirm when prompted by typing ‘y’ when the following prompt is displayed: Changing HDLC address mode causes system Reboot. Do you want to continue(Y/N)[Enter :No] Select [1] for Small Network Mode. 8 Allow CDM-IP to reboot. After reboot, select Interface Configuration [I] from the Main Menu. 9 From the Interface Configuration menu, select Receive HDLC Channel Addresses [H]. 10 From the Receive HDLC Channel Addresses menu, select [1] for HDLC Addr 1. The following prompt will be displayed: Please enter a value for the HDLC Addr 1 Press ESC to abort HDLC address [SMALL NETWORK] in hex <0x1 - 0xFE, enter = 0001>: Enter [2] to set HDLC Addr 1 to 0x01. Note: HDLC Addr 1 will display as 0x0001, although only the last 2 digits are used in Small Network Mode, allowing up to 254 separate HDLC addresses. 11 Repeat Steps 1 - 9 on CDM-IP 2. Also, repeat Step 10, but set HDLC Addr 1 to 0x02. Both CDM-IP modems are now in Router/Small Network Mode, which means that the CDM-IP modems will be on independent IP subnets and will require adding static routes to pass traffic between them. Section 12.3.4, Route Table, explains this procedure. 12.3.3 Step SETTING IP ADDRESS(ES) Description 1 From the Main Menu select Interface Configuration sub-menu [I]. 2 From the Interface Configuration Menu select Ethernet Interface (fei0) sub-menu [E]. 3 Set IP Address [I]. CDM-IP 1 to 172.16.10.1 CDM-IP 2 to 172.17.10.1 4 Set Subnet Prefix Length [M] to 24. 313 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 12.3.4 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM ROUTE TABLE Perform the following steps on CDM-IP 1 Step Description 1 From Main Menu, select Route Table [R]sub-menu. 2 Enter 1 to configure the first route. 3 Enter a suitable name. 4 Set IP Address to 172.17.10.0 5 Set Number of Subnet Bits to 24. 6 For Interface to which route is destined to select S. 6 For HDLC address [SMALL NETWORK] in hex <0x1 - 0xFE, enter = 0000>: select 2. 7 CDM-IP 1 Route Table should display the following: Route Name Dest IP/SNet Bits Next Hop Route001..[test 172.17.10.0/24 0x2 MultiCast N/A State toSat] Perform the following steps on CDM-IP 2 Step Description 8 From Main Menu, select Route Table [R] sub-menu. 9 Enter 1 to configure the first route. 10 Enter a suitable name 11 Set IP Address to 172.16.10.0 12 Set Number of Subnet Bits to 24 13 For Interface to which route is destined to select S 14 For HDLC address [SMALL NETWORK] in hex <0x1 - 0xFE, enter = 0000>: select 1 15 CDM-IP 2 Route Table should display the following: Route Name Dest IP/SNet Bits Next Hop Route001..[test 172.16.10.0/24 0x1 314 MultiCast N/A State toSat] CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM At this point the basic configuration is over and you should be able to: Ping PC 1 from PC 2 and vice versa Ping CDM-IP 2 from PC 1 and vice versa Pass any other data between the 2 PCs 1 From PC1 Ping 172.16.10.1 (CDM-IP 1) Ping 172.17.10.2 (CDM-IP 2) Ping 172.17.10.11 (PC 2) 2 From PC2 Ping 172.17.10.1 (CDM-IP 2) Ping 172.16.10.1 (CDM-IP 1) Ping 172.16.10.11 (PC 1) 315 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 12.4 TROUBLESHOOTING IP MODULE The CDM-IP comes with a variety of diagnostic tools to aid in identifying the traffic path going into and out of the CDM-IP modem. This troubleshooting section shows how to use some of these tools and also identifies several common problems encountered when first setting up two CDM-IP modems. If following these troubleshooting steps fails to resolve the problem, contact a Customer Support representative at: Comtech EF Data Attention: Customer Support Department 2114 West 7th Street Tempe, Arizona 85281 USA (480) 333-2200 (Main Comtech EF Data Number) (480) 333-4357 (Customer Support Desk) (480) 333-2161 FAX or, E-Mail can be sent to the Customer Support Department at: [email protected] 12.4.1 easyConnect MODE TROUBLESHOOTING Use the following troubleshooting steps if unable to successfully send traffic in easyConnect. easyConnect Mode Troubleshooting Step 1 Problem No Ping response from the locally connected PC to the CDM-IP Ethernet port. ICMP response is ‘Request timed out’. Action a) Verify correct IP address/subnet on PC and CDM-IP. b) Verify Ethernet connection – cables, hub, etc. PC, hub, and CDM-IP should have Ethernet activity LED lit. Note: A PC must be connected to the CDM-IP using a hub, switch or a RJ45 crossover cable. When the CDM-IP Ethernet port senses an Ethernet connection, the CLI will display: phymon_callback(): enet link change! link=1 If the connection is broken, the CLI will display: phymon_callback(): enet link change! link=0 316 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 2 No Ping response from the locally connected PC to the remote CDM-IP or remote PC. ICMP response is ‘Request timed out’. Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM a) Verify both CDM-IP’s are in easyConnect/Pointto-Point Modes. b) Verify IF link between modems for proper settings and carrier quality (RX signal level, Eb/N0, etc.). It is possible that there is a spectrum inversion, particularly if you are using the CDM-IP with RF converter equipment. If this is the case, the signal level & Eb/N0 may be OK, but no data will be received. To correct this, invert the TX and RX Spectrum on one of the CDM-IPs. c) Send a constant ping from the PC 1 ‘ping 172.16.10.2 –t’ to PC 2. In the CDM-IP1, go to Operations and Maintenance/Diagnostics. Enable ‘Dump Packets transmitted to Satellite Interface’. Verify that the Pings are being transmitted by observing 1 packet on CLI every second. If not displayed, reverify PC 1 and CDM-IP 1 settings. Disable ‘Dump Packets transmitted to Satellite Interface’ by entering ‘T’. d) Continue sending constant ping from the PC 1 to PC 2. In the CDM-IP 2, go to Operations Maintenance/Diagnostics. Enable ‘Dump Packets received from Satellite Interface’. Verify that the Pings are being received by observing 1 packet on CLI every second. If not displayed, reverify PC 2 and CDM-IP 2 settings. Disable ‘Dump Packets received from Satellite Interface’ by entering ‘R’. Note: All pings transmitted will require a reply to be transmitted from the target host. Use the Diagnostics “Dump Packets” tools to isolate where packets are lost in the CDMIP duplex paths. Also, always disable “Dump Packets” before sending live traffic. 317 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem 12.4.2 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM ROUTER MODE TROUBLESHOOTING Use the following troubleshooting steps if unable to successfully send traffic in Router Mode. Router Mode Troubleshooting Step 1 Problem No Ping response from the locally connected PC to the CDM-IP Ethernet port. ICMP response is ‘Request timed out’. Action a) Verify correct IP address/subnet on PC and CDM-IP. b) Verify Ethernet connection – cables, hub, etc. PC, hub, and CDM-IP should have Ethernet activity LED lit. Note: A PC must be connected to the CDM-IP using a hub, switch or a RJ45 crossover cable. When the CDM-IP Ethernet port senses an Ethernet connection, the CLI will display: phymon_callback(): change! link=1 enet link If the connection is broken, the CLI will display: phymon_callback(): change! link=0 enet link 2 No Ping response from the locally connected PC to the remote CDM-IP or remote PC. ICMP response is ‘Request timed out’. a) Verify both CDM-IP’s are in Router/Small Network Modes. b) Verify PC’s Gateways are set to local CDM-IP address. c) Verify IF link between modems for proper settings and carrier quality (RX signal level, Eb/N0, etc.). It is possible that there is a spectrum inversion, particularly if you are using the CDM-IP with RF converter equipment. If this is the case, the signal level & Eb/N0 may be OK, but no data will be received. To correct this, invert the TX and RX Spectrum on one of the CDM-IPs. 3 No Ping response from PC 1 to PC 2 or vice versa. ICMP response is ‘ Reply from 172.XXX.10.1 Destination net unreachable’ a) Verify CDM-IP Route Tables are correct. 318 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM CD 13 Flash Upgrading CDM-IP Satellite Modems 13.1 FLASH UPGRADE OVERVIEW Many Comtech EF Data modems use "flash memory" internally, eliminating the need for physically replacing firmware. The advantages of using flash are many, but perhaps the greatest benefit is realized by not having to disassemble the modems to replace an integrated circuit. New firmware can simply be uploaded to the units from an external PC. The CDM-IP family of modems have base modem firmware (M&C) and CDM-IP module firmware. IMPORTANT Performing a base modem M&C flash upgrade erases the non-volatile RAM, which is where the modem's configuration is stored. Users must re-enter the desired configuration parameters. Note: While the M&C and CDM-IP module firmware downloads are independent processes, the modem may require the latest firmware releases for both the M&C and CDM-IP module for proper functionality. Flash updating firmware is a simple process.Users can obtain upgrades by any of these methods: Download from the Comtech EF Data website (http://www.comtechefdata.com) Download from the Comtech EF data FTP Site (ftp://ftp.comtechefdata.com) Contact CDM-IP Modem Support for downloading information mailto:[email protected]) Request as E-mail attachments Request shipment on diskettes or CD-ROM. M&C upgrade can be performed without opening the unit, by connecting the modem to the serial port of a computer and executing a flash uploader software program. The cable to connect the PC to the modem is the same as is used for normal EIA-232 remote control, and comprises three wires connected between two 9-pin "D" type female connectors. Ensure this cable is connected and working properly before proceeding with an M&C or BULK firmware flash upgrade. CDM-IP module firmware is upgraded by using an FTP utility to transfer flash files to the modem. The cable to connect the PC to the modem is a standard 8 pin Category 5 Ethernet cable. An Ethernet switch, hub or crossover cable is required to facilitate proper connectivity. Ensure connection is working properly before proceeding with CDM-IP module firmware flash upgrade. IMPORTANT The Remote Control port EIA-232 lines used for Flash upgrading are also connected to the Primary 25-pin data connector (P3B), and are used when 1:N Redundancy Switch is connected. Please ensure that NOTHING is connected to P3B pins 4, 21 and 22; if these pins are used, the EIA-232 remote control port will not function, and Flash upgrading will be impossible. 320 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 13.2 DOWNLOADING FLASH UPGRADES FROM THE WEB 13.2.1 BASE MODEM (M&C OR BULK FIRMWARE) The latest firmware releases and a free software utility are available on the Comtech EF Data web site (http://www.comtechefdata.com). This utility is designed to run under Windows 95/98 or Windows NT/2000/XP and provides all of the support required to perform a Comtech EF Data firmware reflash. If web downloading is not available or practical, contact the Customer Support department to obtain the firmware via an alternate method. The downloadable firmware files are provided in.zip or self extracting .exe formats. If your firewall does not permit downloading an .exe file, download the .zip file. The downloadable file contents are identical, usually comprising an uploader program, help file, and flashable data file. How to Download Base Modem M&C Firmware Flash Upgrade Files Step 1 Procedure Create a new folder on the PC. This folder will be the destination folder for any flash upgrade files downloaded. 2 On the Comtech EF Data web site (http://www.comtechefdata.com/), click the "downloads" link. 3 Click the "flash upgrades" link for detailed downloading instructions. There are two primary instruction sheets, one for the base M&C/BULK firmware and one for the CDM-IP300L and CDMIP 300L IP module firmware. The instruction sheet displayed will be for the M&C/BULK firmware. 4 Click the "flash firmware data files" link (located at the bottom of the instruction page). The flash firmware data files are organized by product. 5 Click the product type. 6 Identify and download the latest base modem M&C firmware file to destination folder on the PC. How to Perform a Flash Upgrade for Base Modem M&C Firmware Included in the M&C download is an uploader software utility program. Full online help is provided with this uploader program. However, if you experience a problem, or have a question, contact Comtech EF Data Network Customer Support for assistance. Step 1 Procedure On the PC, double-click the .exe or .zip flash upgrade file to uncompress its contents. 2 Identify and execute the uploader program. 3 Follow the instructions presented on the screen to select a firmware file and initiate the upload. Following a successful upload process, the modem will automatically restart, running the new version of the firmware. 321 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM 13.2.2 CDM-IP MODULE FIRMWARE Perform the CDM-IP Module upgrade by using an FTP (File Transfer Protocol) utility program. The latest firmware releases are available on the Comtech EF Data web site (http://www.comtechefdata.com). An FTP utility is required to perform a Comtech EF Data firmware reflash. If web downloading is not available or practical, contact the Network Customer Support department ([email protected]) to obtain the firmware via an alternate method. The downloadable firmware files are provided in .zip or self extracting .exe formats. If your firewall does not permit downloading an .exe file, download the .zip file. The downloadable file contents are identical, usually comprised of several flashable data files. How to Download CDM-IP Module Firmware Step Procedure 1 Create a new folder on the PC. This folder will be the destination folder for any flash upgrade files downloaded. 2 On the Comtech EF Data web site (http://www.comtechefdata.com/), click the "downloads" link. 3 Click the "flash upgrades" link for detailed downloading instructions. There are two primary instruction sheets: One for the base M&C/BULK firmware and one for the CDM-IP300L and CDMIP 300L IP module firmware. The instruction sheet displayed will be for the M&C/BULK firmware. Click on the link for the CDM-IP module to display the CDM-IP firmware upgrade procedure. 4 Click the "flash firmware data files" link (located at the bottom of the instruction page). The flash firmware data files are organized by product. 5 Click the product type (CDM-IP300L or CDM-IP 300L). 6 Identify and download the latest IP Module firmware file to the destination folder on the PC. How to Perform a Flash Upgrade for the CDM-IP Module Step 1 Procedure On the PC, double-click the .exe or .zip flash upgrade file to uncompress its contents. Ensure that the following unzipped files are located in the directory: fw9872-X-.mpp, where "x" is the version number (Boot). fw101741-1-.mpp, where "x" is the version number (Application). fw9784-X.mpp, where "x" is the version number (FPGA). fw9783-X.mpp, where "x" is the version number (FFPGA). fw101741-X-.mib, where "x" is the version number (cdmipController mib). fw101741-X-.mib, where "x" is the version number (cdmip300L.mib). fw101741-X-.mib, where "x" is the version number (cdmip300L.mib). fw101741-X-.mib, where "x" is the version number (cdmip300LTraps.mib). fw101741-X-.mib, where "x" is the version number (cdmip300Ltraps.mib). Notes on .mib files: The .mib files are only needed when using SNMP operation with a customersupplied MIB browser. The .mib files are compiled on a MIB Browser (cdmipController MIB must be compiled first; see compiling instructions provided with the MIB Browser that you are using). The cdmipController.mib (fw101741-X-.mib) file is required for proper SNMP operation of both the CDMIP300L and CDM-IP 300L. The cdmip300L.mib (fw101741-X-.mib) file is required if you are using CDM-IP300L modems. The cdmip300L.mib (fw101741-X-.mib) file is required if you are using CDM-IP 300L modems. The cdmip300LTraps.mib (fw101741-X-.mib) is required if you are only using the CDM-IP300L and using SNMP v1 traps. 322 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM The cdmip300LTraps.mib (fw101741-X-.mib) is required if you are only using the CDM-IP 300L and using SNMP v1 traps. The cdmip300LTraps.mib and the CDMIP300LTraps.mib are not required if you are using SNMP v2 traps. 2 Connect the Client PC to the CDM-IP Modem via an Ethernet Hub, Switch, or Ethernet crossover cable. Verify the connection by issuing a "ping" command to the CDM-IP. 3 Initiate an FTP session with the CDM-IP by typing "ftp xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx" where "xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx" is the IP address of the CDM-IP. Enter your admin user name and password to complete the login. 4 Verify the FTP transfer is binary by typing "bin". 5 Type "prompt" then type "hash" to facilitate the transfer process. 6 Type "mput *.mpp" to begin the file transfers. Note: This will load the Application fw9630-1x.mpp and the FPGA fw9781-1x.mpp files. 7 After verifying a successful file transfer, terminate the FTP transfer by typing "by". 8 Reboot the CDM-IP. Verify the new software versions are booting by observing the following messages on the terminal screen: "Booting flash image fwXXXX-YY, version Z.Z.Z (Appl #2)" where XXXX-YY is the firmware number/revision and Z.Z.Z is the version number. "Programming FPGA using image UART (FPGA #2)… Done" If you experience a problem, or have a question, contact Comtech EF Data Network Customer Support for assistance: Comtech EF Data Network Customer Support Phone 480.333.2089 Email - [email protected] 323 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM Index A I Administration Page.................................135 Async-Serial Console.................................40 AUPC.......................................................301 AUPC...........................................................2 ICMP Group.............................................220 IGMP Support for Multicast ........................3 INSTALLATION ......................................36 Interface Configuration Page ...................152 Interface Group ........................................214 INTRODUCTION .......................................1 IP Header Compression .............................14 IP Traffic Classifying.................................11 C CDM-IP300L MIB Tree ..........................271 CDM-IP300L Objects Group...................247 CDM-IP300L Private MIB ......................247 CDM-IP Administration Group ...............226 CDM-IP Configuration ............................310 CDM-IP Controller MIB Tree .................262 CDM-IP Demo Mode ................................22 CDM-IP IP Controller Private MIB.........226 CLI AND TELNET INTERFACE ..........133 Configuration Commands/Responses........99 Contact Information .................................203 K Keypad .......................................................52 L LED Indicators...........................................53 Logoff ......................................................205 M Main Menu...............................................309 Main Menu Page ......................................135 Major Assemblies ........................................2 Menus.........................................................54 Menu Tree..................................................54 Message Structure......................................96 Methods of Operation ................................47 MIB-II ......................................................212 Modem Parameters Page..........................172 Modem Summary Page............................173 D Dimensional Envelope ...............................34 Downloading FLASH Upgrades..............321 E easyConnect Mode ...................................3 easyConnect Mode Troubleshooting....316 easyConnect Point-to-Point System Configuration .....................................310 EGP Group...............................................223 Equipment List.........................................307 Equipment Setup......................................307 Ethernet Interface Connector .....................40 O OPERATION.............................................47 Operations and Maintenance Page...........180 Options.......................................................12 P F Fault Isolation ..........................................294 FLASH Upgrading CDM-IP Modems.....320 Forward Error Correction Options...........275 FRONT PANEL MENUS..........................51 Front Panel Operation ................................51 Payload Compression.................................20 PC Configuration easyConnect................310 PC Configuration Router Mode ...............312 Private MIB Implementations..................226 Protocol Configuration Page....................166 H Q QoS (Quality of Service) Configuration Page....................................................156 Header Compression..................................14 Home Page ...............................................202 325 CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Quality of Service ......................................15 QUICK-START GUIDE .........................307 R Remote Control Connectors and Pinouts...41 Route Table..............................................314 Route Table Configuration Page..............162 Router Mode Point-to-Point System Configuration .....................................312 Router Mode Troubleshooting.................318 S Serial Command Line Interface (CLI) Operations ............................................48 Serial Console Port Command Line Interface (CLI) Configuration............308 SERIAL REMOTE CONTROL ................95 Serial Remote Control Operations .............48 Setting CDM-IP Modems to Router Mode Operation............................................312 Setting IP Address(es)..............................311 SNMP Community String Access Levels211 SNMP Group ...........................................223 SNMP INTERFACE................................211 SNMP Operations ......................................48 Software .......................................................3 Specifications.............................................23 Standard Features.........................................2 Start Character ...........................................97 Statistics Pages.........................................207 Status Commands/Responses...................107 Stored Faults ............................................113 Support.....................................................204 System Checkout .....................................289 System Group...........................................213 Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM U UDP Group ..............................................222 Uncoded Operation (No FEC) .................279 Unpacking and Inspection..........................36 V Verification ..................................................3 W Web Server Menu Tree............................201 Web Server Operation................................48 WEB SERVER PAGES...........................199 Web Server Usage....................................199 T TCP Group ...............................................221 Telnet - Logout Option ............................197 Telnet Operations.......................................48 Transmission Group.................................223 Transmit and Receive IF Configuration ..308 Triple DES Encryption with Ability to Change Keys ........................................13 Troubleshooting IP Module .....................316 Turbo Product Codec (Option) ................275 Turbo Product Coding (TPC).....................13 –326– CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM NOTES –327– CDM-IP 300L IP-Centric Satellite Modem Rev. 1 CD/CDMIP300L.IOM METRIC CONVERSIONS Units of Length Unit Centimeter Inch Foot Yard Mile Meter Kilometer Millimeter 1 centimeter — 0.3937 0.03281 0.01094 6.214 x 10-6 0.01 — — 1 inch 2.540 — 0.08333 0.2778 1.578 x 10-5 0.254 — 25.4 1 foot 30.480 12.0 — 0.3333 1.893 x 10-4 0.3048 — — 1 yard 91.44 36.0 3.0 — 5.679 x 10-4 0.9144 — — 1 meter 100.0 39.37 3.281 1.094 6.214 x 10-4 — — — 1 mile 1.609 x 105 6.336 x 104 5.280 x 103 1.760 x 103 — 1.609 x 103 1.609 — 1 mm — 0.03937 — — — — — — 1 kilometer — — — — 0.621 — — — Temperature Conversions ° Fahrenheit Unit 100 F = (C * 1.8) + 32 (water boils) 273.1 — -459.6° Fahrenheit C = (F - 32) * 0.555 (water freezes) — 212° Fahrenheit Formulas 0 — 32° Fahrenheit ° Centigrade (absolute 0) Units of Weight Gram Ounce Avoirdupois Ounce Troy Pound Avoir. Pound Troy Kilogram — 0.03527 0.03215 0.002205 0.002679 0.001 1 oz. avoir. 28.35 — 0.9115 0.0625 0.07595 0.02835 1 oz. troy 31.10 1.097 — 0.06857 0.08333 0.03110 1 lb. avoir. 453.6 16.0 14.58 — 1.215 0.4536 1 lb. Troy 373.2 13.17 12.0 0.8229 — 0.3732 1 kilogram 1.0 x 103 35.27 32.15 2.205 2.679 — Unit 1 gram –329– 2114 WEST 7TH STREET TEMPE ARIZONA 85281 USA 480 • 333 • 2200 PHONE 480 • 333 • 2161 FAX

Cdm-ip 300l 2.8 Mb

Rating

Date

Size

Views

Categories

Share

Transcript

Forgot your password?.